Home

Avaya Communication Manager Hardware Guide

Contents

1. O 12345 6 7 8 910 O O D SS p AVAYA avaya oj o J Si ol off o ol off off off o o o o o o o o o o o ol o ae ol off o ol off off ol o O H la O lias o l OJ H fear mer met o o ka O Il hev m o OJ j O BEE E ey B a B A E N N Tl QJ be mj 3 s E i OA La fA AR A Li fla LA LA ie H tH 0 aa Ta 5 OJ HO TI NT MN MT TAMA MA AA AT TT TTM MM TM TM TM TM TM TR TM TM scdlip60 KLC 031302 Reguired circuit packs for a G600 Media Gateway and an S8700 Media Server 128 When the G600 Media Gateway is connected to an 8500 Media Server or an 8700 Media Server the following circuit packs are required IP Server Interface TN2312BP The IP Server Interface IPSI provides transport of control messages over IP allowing the media server to communicate with the PNs The IPSI is required to provide control network signaling over the customer s LAN and WAN Tone generation
2. cymsdren LAO 080503 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 67 December 2003 Avaya S8500 Media Server RAM disk RAM disk is a portion of memory used as a disk partition Under normal circumstances RAM disk and the hard disk drive are both used by the 8500 In the event of a disk failure the S8500 Media Server using only RAM disk will continue to provide call processing for up to 72 hours Administration and backups will be prohibited High level capabilities 68 The following table presents a subset of high level capabilities for the S8500 Media Server For more detailed system capacity information refer to the Avaya MultiVantage Solutions System Capacities Table 555 233 605 The Capacities Table can be found on the http support avaya com Web site Table 2 High level capabilities Capability 8500 Media Server Call processing feature set Maximum number of stations Maximum number of trunks Reliability options Port network connectivity Supported media gateways Maximum number of supported gateways Maximum locations Survivability options Number of LSPs in one configuration Port networks per IPSI Avaya Communication Manager 2 0 2400 IP or TDM 800 Simplex IP and direct connect G650 G700 G350 new i
3. s M S el elo Z100A1 38 631DB1 blanks i or 8 or 649A 631DA1 Lo B 8 8 8 B 11717 1 I ajajaja a njnjnjn n kii k k k k A Pamit maven bees see ZTT T TITT T T 1NN N NNNWN N N 072 2 25 5 7 T 7 09 4 4 177 7 9 5 C20 0 800 1 9 5 4 1 2 x39 vO UOO N The control carrier J58890AH has dedicated white colored circuit pack slots that always contain specific control circuit packs Dual colored slots can contain any port circuit pack or the designated white circuit pack such as an EI or power unit AC or DC power units supply power to the carrier The following table describes the connectors in the control carrier Connector Function 1 to 9 Al to A9 AUX Auxiliary Processor interface for standard reliability configurations Duplication option terminal 25 pair connectors provide interfaces between port circuit packs and the cross connect field or fiber transceiver Provide an interface for alarms attendant console power emergency power transfer panels and an internal modem that is used for remote maintenance Connects directly to the PI circuit pack Provides a BX 25 protocol interface for communication between the circuit pack and external DCE equipment Used in high and critical reliability systems to connect an administration terminal to the active processor from the
4. Description Icdfpdui KLC 031202 1 DI DN uu A WwW N Carrier in position C Carrier in position B Carrier in position A Fan unit Carrier in position D Carrier in position E Power distribution unit For more information see the MCC1 Media Gateway Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway SCC1 Media Gateway voice bearer over ATM or CSS only The SCC1 Media Gateway consists of a single carrier Up to four SCC1 Media Gateways can be connected together in one location to form a PN The SCC1 Media Gateway provides vertical slots for circuit packs Rear cabinet clips connect the cabinets together A ground plate connects the stacked cabinets for ground integrity There are two types of SCC1 Media Gateways e An Expansion Control Cabinet that contains service slots and port slots e A Port Cabinet that contains ports and interfaces to an Expansion Control Cabinet See Figure 22 Typical SCC1 Media Gateway on page 77 for an example of the SCC1 Media Gateway Figure 22 Typical SCC1 Media Gateway scdfscci KLC 032502 Figure notes Number Description 1 Circuit packs 2 Power converter 3 Air circulation vents For more information see SCC1 Media Gateway on page 150 CMC1 Media Gateway voice bearer o
5. BIB B ma A ol aad LJ La off ala a ell nln n BH k k k T T m ea TTE T TTT T T NN5 N NNN N N 728 2 255 7 7 94P 4 177 9 5 2 0 o 800 9 5 4 1 2 ccdfr8m KLC 081601 154 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 SCC1 Media Gateway The following table lists a duplicated control cabinet s connectors and their functions Connector Function 01 to 16 A01 to A16 25 pair connectors that provide interfaces between port circuit packs to the cross connect field or a fiber transceiver TERMINAL Can connect to the processor circuit pack in the duplicated control cabinet in the event the duplication interface circuit pack fails in the control carrier Expansion control cabinet for a DEFINITY Server SI DEFINITY Server R S8700 Media Server or S8500 Media Server The expansion control cabinet contains ports an interface to a port cabinet a maintenance interface and a tone clock The tone clock which is replaced by an IPSI is not needed when using the 8700 Media Server or the S8500 Media Server in an IPSI controlled port network An expansion control cabinet is the first in an expansion PN stack of SCC1 Media Gateways An expansion control cabinet has optional port circuit packs in port slots 2 to 17 An AC or DC power supply resides in the right side of the cabinet Figure 56 Expansion control cabinet 3 00000 xw
6. Terminal External Terminal External External trunks lines trunks lines trunks lines and IP and IP and IP cydfcss3 LJK 022299 addresses addresses addresses Port Network The Port Network PN consists of the following components e Time Division Multiplexing TDM bus The TDM bus has 484 time slots 23 B channels and 1 D channel available per bus The TDM bus runs internally throughout each PN and terminates on each end The TDM bus consists of two 8 bit parallel buses bus A and bus B Bus A and bus B carry switched digitized voice and data signals and control signals to all port circuits and between port circuits and the SPE The port circuits place digitized voice signals and data signals on a TDM bus Bus A and bus B are typically active simultaneously e Packet bus The packet bus runs internally throughout each PN and terminates on each end The packet bus is an 18 bit parallel bus that carries logical links and control messages from the SPE through port circuits to endpoints such as terminals and adjuncts The packet bus carries logical links for both on switch and off switch control between some specific port circuits in the system for example D channels X 25 and remote management terminals 98 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server SI e Port circuits The port circuits form analog digital interfaces between the PN and external trunks and devices that provide lin
7. T T T T T T T T Application Circuit Packs TN568 DEFINITY AUDIX 4 0 Voice Mail System part of ED 1E568 on page 181 TN750C Recorded Announcement 16 channels on page 185 TN801 MAPD LAN Gateway Interface on page 194 TN2501AP Voice Announcements over LAN VAL on page 210 Port Circuit Packs TN2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 TN789B Radio Controller on page 191 Avaya telephones for DEFINITY Server SI IP telephones Avaya 4602 IP telephone on page 259 Avaya 4602SW IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4606 IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4610SW IP telephone on page 261 Avaya 4612 IP telephone on page 262 Avaya 4620 IP telephone on page 263 Avaya 4620SW IP telephone on page 264 Avaya 4630 IP Screenphone on page 266 Avaya 4630SW IP telephone on page 267 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 253 December 2003 Optional components for DEFINITY Server SI Digital telephones Avaya 2402 Digital Telephone on page 267 Avaya 2420 digital telephone on page 268 Avaya Callmaster IV 603F digital telephone on page 272 Avaya Callmaster V 607A digital telephone on page 273 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6408D digital telephone on page 269 Avaya 6416D M digital telephone on page 270 Avaya 6424D M digital telephone on page 271 Soundstation speakerphon
8. T T TN775C Maintenance on page 189 TN780 Tone Clock on page 190 T T T N790DP Control LAN C LAN Interface on page 193 N2182C Tone Clock Tone Detector and Call Classifier 8 ports on page 197 N2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 TN2312BP IP Server Interface on page 204 Service circuit packs TN433 Speech Synthesizer on page 178 N725B Speech Synthesizer on page 183 N744E Call Classifier and Tone Detector 8 ports on page 184 NCCSC 1 PRI to DASS Converter on page 211 NCCSC 2 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 NCCSC 3 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 N C7 PRI to SS7 Converter on page 211 N CIN Voice FAX and Data Multiplexer on page 211 Sih Dar De DA Tae RA ar Ja Application circuit packs Optional components S8500 TN568 DEFINITY AUDIX 4 0 Voice Mail System part of ED 1E568 on page 181 TN801 MAPD LAN Gateway Interface on page 194 TN2501AP Voice Announcements over LAN VAL on page 210 Port circuit packs TN2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 TN789B Radio Controller on page 191 Avaya telephones IP telephones Avaya 4602 IP telephone on page 259 Avaya 4602SW IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4606 IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4610SW IP telephone on page 261 Avaya 4612 IP telephone on page 262 Avaya 4620 IP telephone on page 263 Avaya 4620SW IP telephon
9. val AMO s0 El sss gpsssssees sss S 2 logoo 20 O fu or va mo ke O28 82 O Pu S9 Je eee e 0 we N Eo msdcs830 KLC 031402 0 S8300 Media Server in Slot V1 Services port Two USB ports Slot for an Avaya expansion module Dual 10 100 Base T Ethernet switch ports Media module Slot V2 Media module Slot V3 Media module Slot V4 o Aa Au Fk URN Console connection for on site administration Avaya G700 Media Gateway An Avaya G700 Media Gateway is scalable and offers options It is functional on its own or with other G700 Media Gateways Up to 50 G700 Media Gateways can be supported using an 8300 Media Server Up to 250 G700 Media Gateways can be supported using an S8500 Media Server or an S8700 Media Server The G700 is also functional in a stack that is mixed with Avaya P330 devices such as the P333T P333R and P334 To power IP telephones without additional cables stack the G700 Media Gateways with the Avaya P333T PWR The following list describes the basic architecture of the G700 Media Gateway e Intel 1960 controller that hosts the base switch control and management software e Supports 15 ports of tone detection e Fits in an EIA 310 D standard 19 inch data rack e Can sit on a desk top Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 41 December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway 42 e Contains four slots for media modules e One slot for an Avaya P330 expa
10. Consoles Avaya 302D attendant console on page 274 Avaya Softconsole on page 275 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones Avaya IP telephones Avaya 4602 IP telephone The Avaya 4602 is an entry level IP telephone with 2 call appearances The following are characteristics of an Avaya 4602 IP telephone 2 x 24 character display 2 call appearances Ready to be sold and used world wide Fixed button for voice mail retrieval I way speaker Seven fixed feature buttons that include the following Speaker Mute Hold Transfer Conference Drop Redial Supports power over Ethernet Supports Quality of Service features including RTCP and RSVP Wall or desk mount 10 100Base T Ethernet network connection with RJ 45 interface Integrated Ethernet repeater hub for optional PC connection Supports G 711 G729A and G 729B audio voice coders Supports H 323 V2 IP address assignment using DHCP or statically configured Downloadable firmware for future upgrades Native support that provides the user with the capability to administer and maintain the 4602 IP telephone 12 button touch tone dial pad with raised bar on the button labeled five for the visually impaired Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 259 December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones
11. scdflef2 LJK 083100 The following figure shows the connections on the right side of the cabinet From 1 to 10 25 pair connectors provide an interface between port circuit packs and the cross connect field or a cable access panel Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 147 December 2003 CMC1 Media Gateway Figure 50 CMC1 Media Gateway right side scdfri2 KLC 061097 An S8100 Media Server can support up to three CMC1 Media Gateways Whereas a DEFINITY Server CSI can support up to four In the CMC1 Media Gateway that contains the server and Tone Clock circuit packs some slots are unavailable for port and service circuit packs Whereas in every other connected CMCI1 Media Gateway every slot is available for a port or service circuit pack 148 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 CMC1 Media Gateway Figure 51 Typical vertical installation front view of the CMC1 Media Gateway o 5 E A Oh m o Q mmm Ll Wa a L T U Floor indf3cmc KLC 110497 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 149 December 2003 SCC1 Media Gateway SCC1 Media Gateway This section describes the SCC1 Media Gateway Each SCC1 Media Gateway has vertical slots that hold circuit packs A blank faceplate covers each unused slot The following figure shows a typical SCC1 Media Gateway Figure 52
12. 09 O O raNORPOWERFALO off off off off off off off o o off off off off off off off o o FananDPoweRoKO IM ol off off off off off of o o 8 acinpuTo Ol 9 Kej 2 cowuro rey 8 8 Oo o ACTIVE RING O a o O T ol ol o fo E e FAN OR POWER FAIL O FAN AND POWER OK O AC INPUT O DC INPUT O ACTIVE RING O 0c 50 Oli Oo scdiff02 LAO 081203 Figure notes Number Description 1 EDS ground jack 2 655A power supply 3 TN2312BP IP server interface IPSI 4 TN799DP CLAN 5 TN2302 IP media processor Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 131 Avaya G650 Media Gateway Mounting G650s The G650 can be rack mounted or in single G650 configurations table or floor mounted Multiple G650s up to five can be mounted in a rack and connected by TDM cables to create a
13. Ethernet RJ 45 A 10 100 Mbps connector for LAN connectivity connector Serial connector Used for serial modem connectivity ASM RS 485 RJ 14 Not used in the 8500 Media Server configuration connector Standard features of the RSA are Continuous health monitoring and control of the S8500 Media Server Automatic notification and alerts Event log showing time stamped entries Remote access through the LAN and serial modem Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP trap support Domain Name System DNS server support Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP support Remote power control Remote firmware updates NOTE The S8500 Media Server monitors the health of the RSA and generates an alarm if a failure condition is detected Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 63 December 2003 Avaya S8500 Media Server 64 RSA power The RSA obtains power from an external power source or from the S8500 Media Server Avaya recommends that an external power source on a different circuit from the S8500 be provided for the RSA For external power plug the cord from the power supply adapter into the power connector on the RSA For domestic installations a 3 pronged power cord will be plugged from the power supply adapter into the power source For international installations a power cord with a male IEC320 connector is used The RSA can only be plugged into a AC power source A power LED on the RSA lights when one or both of the follow
14. TN2314 S8100 Media Server The S8100 Media Server supports voice stations with co resident voice switching voice and FAX messaging and system applications run on a Microsoft Windows 2000 operating system The communication between the firmware and the software is done by an Ethernet connection An Intel processor Message Link IML is the Ethernet control link between the Pentium processor and the MPC860 processor The link allows for the message based communication between the two processors The S8100 Media Server has the following characteristics e Processor The processor is a 500 MHz Pentium III e RAM There are two slots for SDRAM memory modules with a minimum of 256 MB of RAM and a maximum of 512 MB of RAM Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 207 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply e Front panel ethernet access Services can access the switch via an RJ45 Ethernet jack on the circuit pack faceplate e Hard disk The circuit pack has a 20 GB hard disk TN2401 Network Control Packet Interface for SI The TN2401 network control and packet interface is used with DEFINITY SI only The TN2401 Net Pkt interface circuit pack provides the network control interface NETCON the packet interface PACCON and if BX 25 connectivity is not required the processor interface PI The TN2401 provides eight asynchronous data channels The TN2401 does not include modems The TN2401 i
15. The TN2302AP IP Media Processor is also used for H 323 VoIP applications IP Trunk mode The IP Trunk mode allows trunk groups to be defined as DS1 tie lines between DEFINITY systems over a customer s data network Each IP Interface circuit pack in IP Trunk mode provides a basic 12 port package that can be expanded up to 30 ports Each TN802 or TN802B circuit pack in IP Trunk mode requires e A connection to a modem e An incoming line for Avaya remote access e Direct access to the NT server on the hard disk using ppANYWHERE version 8 or later The TN2302AP circuit pack does not require e A connection to a modem e An incoming line e Access using ppANYWHERE e A TN790B circuit pack Connectivity LAN Gateway With the optional J58890MA 1List 2 LAN Gateway circuit pack assembly installed the switch works with PC LAN based communications applications that support the Call Visor Adjunct Switch Application Interface ASAI C LAN TCP IP connectivity is provided over Ethernet or Point to Point Protocol PPP to adjuncts such as CMS or INTUITY AUDIX and for DCS connectivity The C LAN circuit pack TN799DP provides a bridge from the TDM bus to the packet bus on a DEFINITY server Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 103 December 2003 DEFINITY Server SI 104 IP Asynchronous Links using C LAN The IP Asynchronous Links feature enables the switch to transfer existing asynchronous adjunct connectivity t
16. The TN556D ISDN BRI circuit pack supports A or u Law companding The TN556D ISDN BRI circuit pack also functions as a trunk when connecting to a TE interface for example a TN2185B in another switch It can be used for lines and trunks simultaneously The TN556D ISDN BRI circuit pack provides end to end outpulse signaling when the circuit pack is in tie trunk mode with a TN2185B ISDN BRI S T TE Interface 4 wire 8 ports TN568 DEFINITY AUDIX 4 0 Voice Mail System part of ED 1E568 The TN568 circuit pack is a component of the ED 1E568 that supports an DEFINITY AUDIX voice mail system using an embedded 386EX processor The DEFINITY AUDIX systems can be interconnected to create large voice mail networks that support up to 100 000 subscribers and store up to 100 hours of messages Each circuit pack has eight ports available for calls when networking is enabled Without networking 12 ports are available The TN568 DEFINITY AUDIX voice mail system takes up two adjacent slots The TN568 DEFINITY AUDIX circuit pack includes a writable magneto optical disk drive for backing up and upgrading system software and a hard disk for storing messages The TN568 DEFINITY AUDIX circuit pack also includes an RS 232 connection for a maintenance and administration terminal an Ethernet port for the Message Manager PC desktop application an Amphenol connection to the switch and an RS 232 port for an external modem that is used for maintenance Hardwa
17. IP Server Interface TN2312BP C LAN TN799DP IP Media Processor TN2302AP Required circuit packs for a G600 Media Gateway and an S8100 Media Server TN2314 Processor S8100 TN744E Call Classifier and Tone Detector e Avaya G650 Media Gateway Overview Mounting G650s Mounting a single G650 Mounting multiple G650s Carrier addressing I O connections I O adapters Fan assembly 105 106 107 107 108 109 115 115 120 121 121 123 123 123 124 124 125 127 127 128 128 128 129 129 129 130 131 131 132 132 132 132 135 135 135 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Contents 655A power supply 135 Input power 135 655A faceplate LEDs 136 655A ring generation 137 e Avaya G700 Media Gateway 139 Expansion modules 140 X330 WAN Access routing module 140 Avaya P330 LAN expansion module 141 P330 stacking fabric Octaplane 142 Power supply 142 Motherboard 142 Fans 143 LEDs 143 Media module LEDs 143 System level LEDs 143 Gateway software 144 Maintenance software 144 Connectivity 144 Media modules 145 e CMC1 Media Gateway 147 e SCC1 Media Gateway 150 Carriers 153 Basic control cabinet for a DEFINITY Server SI 153 Duplicated control cabinet for a DEFINITY Server SI 154 Expansion control cabinet for a DEFINITY Server SI DEFINITY Server R S8700 Media Server or S8500 Media Server 155 Port cabinet for a DEFINITY Server SI DEFINITY Server R S8700 Med
18. The AC power supply produces the following DC outputs 5 VDC 5 VDC 48 VDC 12 VDC and a battery charging voltage The DC outputs distribute power on the cabinet backplane to the circuit pack slots Additionally the 48 VDC output current capacity has been increased from 6 85 amps to 8 25 A A 50 A load inrush requirement has been added to the 48 VDC output Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 333 December 2003 Power requirements 334 A holdover circuit in the power supply allows a system to operate normally during AC power interruptions If AC input power fails reserve batteries supply power to the memory and processor circuit packs and fans for two minutes All port circuit packs are inactive during this time The power supply contains a battery charger to charge the holdover batteries DC power supply 676C In a DC powered SCC the power slots contain a single plug in multi output DC power supply The 676C DC power supply has a wide input voltage operating range of 42 to 60 VDC at up to 22 A The 676C power supply produces the following outputs 5 1 VDC at 0 to 55 A 5 1 VDC at 0 to 5 5A 12 VDC at 0 to 2 A surge to 2 8 A for 350 ms 48 VDC at 0 to 8 25 A The outputs distribute power on the cabinet backplane to the slots for the circuit packs The value and frequency of the AC ringing voltage output value depend on the country of use The power supply has circuit breakers and EMI filtering DC power dis
19. e Optional switch node carrier PPN and or EPN cabinets Cabinets The system cabinets contain the carriers and all other components including the power supply A cabinet contains at least 1 carrier in an enclosed shelf with vertical slots to hold circuit packs The circuit packs fit into connectors that attach to the rear of the slots There are two cabinet types e Single carrier cabinet SCC1 e Multicarrier cabinet MCC1 Single carrier cabinets Up to four single carrier cabinets SCC1s can be stacked to form a single PN Single carrier cabinets come in any of four configurations e An expansion control cabinet that contains additional port circuit packs interfaces to the PPN a maintenance interface and a power converter e A port cabinet that contains port circuit packs and a power converter e See the following figure for an example of a SCC1 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 111 December 2003 DEFINITY Server R 112 Figure 36 Typical single carrier cabinet SCC1 Power converter Air circulation vents Circuit packs scaf001 KLC 060597 Multicarrier cabinets A multicarrier cabinet MCC1 is a 70 inch 178 cm cabinet that has up to five carriers The three types of multicarrier cabinets are as follows e A PPN cabinet contains the ports SPE an interface to an EPN cabinet or a CSS e An EPN cabinet contains additional ports interfaces to the PPN and other EPN cabinets the maint
20. Avaya 4602 IP telephone on page 259 Avaya 4602SW IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4606 IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4612 IP telephone on page 262 Avaya 4620 IP telephone on page 263 Avaya 4620SW IP telephone on page 264 Avaya 4624 IP telephone on page 264 Avaya 4630 IP Screenphone on page 266 Avaya 4630SW IP telephone on page 267 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 245 December 2003 Optional components S8700 Voice Bearer Over CSS or ATM Digital telephones Avaya 2402 Digital Telephone on page 267 Avaya 2420 digital telephone on page 268 Avaya Callmaster IV 603F digital telephone on page 272 Avaya Callmaster V 607A digital telephone on page 273 Avaya Callmaster VI 606A digital telephone on page 273 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6408D digital telephone on page 269 Avaya 6416D M digital telephone on page 270 Avaya 6424D M digital telephone on page 271 SoundStation speakerphones 3127 SoundPoint Speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation Premier audioconferencing speakerphone on page 285 Analog telephones Avaya 2500 and 2554 analog terminals on page 276 Avaya 6211 Analog Telephone on page 277 Avaya 6219 analog telephone on page 278 Avaya Explosive Atmosphere telephones Avaya 2520B Explosive Atmosphere telephone on page 279 Wireles
21. EPNs 101 Ethernet Switch for S8700 Multi Connect 72 international reguirements 322 329 expansion AA cabinets IP Server Interface for S8700 Multi Connect 71 S 1183 IP Solutions 101 113 expansion port carriers J58890BB 163 Mae entation Saas H 323 103 115 IPSI for S8700 Multi Connect 71 F isolator interfaces 330 TC Features 123 Fixed ports J CC 125 CON 123 J58886N auxiliary cabinets 161 LINE 2 725 J58889AB fuse panels 161 LINE4 125 J58890A EPN PPN cabinet 163 TRK 125 J58890AF expansion control cabinets 163 USB 125 J58890AP processor carriers 166 J58890BB port carriers 161 163 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 349 December 2003 Index J58890CE 2 AC power distribution units battery chargers 324 J58890CF 2 DC power distribution units 329 J58890CG DC power distribution units 334 J58890CH 1 AC power distribution units 327 J58890H port cabinets 99 J58890L BCCs 99 J58890R enhanced DC rectifier cabinets 334 J58890SA SN carriers 164 K KS 21906 L9 48 VDC battery 325 L LAN 1 port 125 large battery power backup 328 lightning protection 337 LINE 1 port 125 LINE 2 port 125 Local Survivable Processor LSP 50 MCC1 Media Gateway 159 164 MCC1 Media Gateway for S8700 Multi Connect 75 MCCs multicarrier cabinets auxiliary cabinets 161 carrier types 100 DC power distribution 330 fan units 335 ground integrity 337 power distribution 326 327
22. Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN553 Packet Data Line The TN553 packet data line circuit pack has 12 ports that can connect through a cross connect field to a TN726B circuit pack and provides software administrable connections between the Switch Processing Element SPE and system access ports Inside the system the TN553 connects to the packet bus and converts mode 2 to mode 3 protocol which connects the TN726B circuit pack to the TDM bus for asynchronous EJA connections to adjuncts TN556D ISDN BRI 4 Wire S T NT Interface 12 ports The TN556D ISDN BRI circuit pack has 12 ports that connect to ISDN BRI terminals Each port on a TN556 ISDN BRI circuit pack has TXT TXR PXT and PXR signal leads Up to eight ports can be used for Adjunct Switch Application Interface ASAI links Each port operates at 192 kbps and has 2 B channels and 1 D channel The TN556D ISDN BRI circuit pack has a maximum range of up to 1900 feet 579 m from the system to the telephone when connected with 24 AWG 0 20 mm7 0 51 mm wire and uses standard ANSI T1 605 protocol Up to 24 terminals can be connected where each terminal uses 1 B channel and shares the D channel The TN556 also has multipoint support Capacity for the multipoint support depends on the protocol In countries that do not support Service Profile Identifier SPID there is a limitation of one BRI phone per port
23. I O connections The fourteen slots of the G650 are equipped with twisted pair cables from the backplane to the 25 pair type D metal shelled I O connector panel mounted on the rear of the carrier The power supply slots 0 and 15 do not provide external I O connections I O adapters You can use any existing adapter for input and output if the associated TN circuit pack is supported in the G650 Fan assembly The three fan unit can operate at two different speeds e Mid speed for normal cooling e High speed when a temperature threshold is exceeded or a fan failure is detected 655A power supply The G650 can use one or two 655A power supplies that can have both AC and DC input power present Either power supply can provide all the power needed by the G650 When there are two power supplies they share the power load One power supply can operate on AC power and the other on DC power although if AC power is available the system always uses AC power The 655A power supply is e The only power supply supported in the G650 e Not backward compatible to other carrier types If you use only one 655A power supply place it in slot 0 If you are using two power supplies place them in slots 0 and 15 NOTE You can insert or remove a redundant power supply and not affect the G650 if the other 655A power supply is operating Input power The 655A power supply is capable of operating on either AC or DC input power although AC power is
24. Power requirements DC power relay The DC power relay disconnects the batteries from a system that is using AC power The relay also disconnects the batteries if power fails for more than e 10 minutes in a standard reliability system e 5 minutes in high and critical reliability systems e 10 minutes in an expansion port network EPN This protects the batteries from over discharging EMI filters The Electromagnetic interference EMI filters suppress noise voltage on the AC input line to the MCC1 cabinet Ring generator The ring generator converts the 48 VDC input to a 67 to 100 VAC 20 or 25 Hz ringing voltage The analog line circuit packs use this AC voltage output to ring telephones The AC outputs are routed from the ring generator to port carriers expansion control carriers and control carriers Fuses 20 A fuses protect the power on each cable that goes from the AC power distribution unit to power converters in the carriers The following figure shows AC power distribution in some MCC 1s The DC power distribution cables are on both sides of the cabinet These cables supply power to each of the carriers The optional battery charger is at the right side of the power distribution unit Figure 76 AC power distribution in MCC1 cabinets D position carrier Battery distribution ir gt h unit charger pel AH aa optional Icdfacpd RPY 053097 Power backup If AC power fail
25. The TN2302AP circuit pack does not require e A connection to a modem e An incoming line e Access using ppANYWHERE e A TN790B circuit pack Connectivity The following sections describe connectivity using TCP IP CSS and ATM Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 115 December 2003 DEFINITY Server R 116 Connectivity using TCP IP LAN Gateway With the optional J58890MA 1List 2 LAN Gateway circuit pack assembly installed the switch works with PC LAN based communications applications that support the Call Visor Adjunct Switch Application Interface ASAD C LAN TCP IP connectivity is provided over Ethernet or Point to Point Protocol PPP to adjuncts such as CMS or INTUITY AUDIXO and for DCS connectivity The C LAN circuit pack TN799DP provides a bridge from the TDM bus to the packet bus on a DEFINITY server IP Asynchronous Links using C LAN The IP Asynchronous Links feature enables the switch to transfer existing asynchronous adjunct connectivity to an Ethernet network using TCP IP protocol IP Asynchronous Links is a simple session layer proprietary protocol that creates value for the customer in the following ways e Reduces the cost to connect the switch to various adjuncts e Allows for an open architecture to transport information and increases the speed at which data is transferred e Allows customers to manage applications from both on site and remote locations e Allows for several system managem
26. Type of call DEFINITY Server R All analog 135 000 General business 100 000 ISDN 40 000 ACD 70 000 ICM 30 000 OCM 44 000 CTI ASAI 70 000 Wireless 70 000 IP telephones non IP trunks 24 000 DCP telephones IP trunks 18 000 IP telephones IP trunks 10 000 Adjuncts The following is a partial list of the adjuncts that Avaya provides Hardware Guide December 2003 Voice messaging and response such as INTUITY AUDIX Call center tools such as Avaya Call Management System NICE Analyzer Avaya Call Recording Avaya Visual Vectors and Avaya Basic Call Management System Reporting Desktop System printer Journal printer Call Accounting Systems Call Detail Recording CDR Avaya Site Administration ASA DEFINITY Network Management DNM DEFINITY Translator ATM Manager DTA for Avaya Communication Manager 121 Media gateways Avaya G350 Media Gateway Media gateways Avaya G350 Media Gateway The Avaya G350 Media Gateway forms part of Avaya Enterprise Connect Avaya s solution for extending communication capabilities from the headquarters of an organization to all collaborative branch locations Avaya Enterprise Connect helps you provide the same high quality services to all organization members regardless of their location The G350 is a high performance converged telephony and networking device that sits in a small branch location providing all infrastructure needs in one box telephone exchange and data networking The
27. Voice bearer over CSS or ATM Center Stage Switch CSS or ATM or Direct Supported Media Gateways Voice bearer over IP G350 G650 G600 CMC1 and G700 Voice bearer over CSS or ATM G350 G650 SCC1 MCC1 and G700 Maximum number of Port Networks PN Voice bearer over IP 64 Voice bearer over CSS or ATM e 44 Center Stage Switch CSS or e 64 ATM PNC Survivability options Voice bearer over IP LSP Voice bearer over CSS or ATM SRP and LSP LSP options S8300 Media Server in a Local Survivable Processor LSP configuration maximum of 50 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Table 3 High level capabilities Capability Description Port Networks per IPSI Up to five Note A high or critical reliability configuration requires two IPSIs per IPSI connected PN Modem calls Supported Wideband connections Supported For more detailed system capacity information refer to the Avaya MultiVantage Solutions System Capacities Table 555 233 605 The Avaya MultiVantage Solutions System Capacities Table can be found on the http support avaya com Web site BHCC capacity for S8700 Media Server The following is information about busy hour call completion BHCC capacities for the S8700 Media Server The values are based on current available data and may change as more data becomes available S8700 Media Server with MCC1 SCC1 G600 Med
28. 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 12 000 3 657 m 9100 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 12 000 3 657 m TN747B Central Office Trunk 8 ports The TN747B CO trunk circuit pack has eight ports for loop or ground start CO foreign exchange FX and wide area telecommunications service WATS trunks Each port has tip and ring signal leads A port can connect to a PagePac paging system The TN747B supports the abandoned call search feature in automatic call distribution ACD applications if the CO has this feature Vintage 12 or greater of the TN747B circuit pack also provides battery reversed signaling TN750C Recorded Announcement 16 channels NOTE The TN2501AP circuit pack has replaced the TN750 circuit pack However the TN750 circuit pack is still supported The TN750 recorded announcement circuit pack records and stores announcements to be played back on demand as part of a calling feature The TN750 circuit pack has sampling rates of 16 32 or 64 kbps The TN750 circuit pack records announcement messages from on premises or off premises telephones and can store up to 128 recorded announcements of a maximum of eight minutes total The TN750 circuit pack has 16 channels and each can play any announcement Up to 25 call connections can listen to each channel A total of 10 TN750C circuit packs in a system provides an announcement capacity of 42 6 minutes at 32 kbps and 160 ports In other words 160 announcements can play simultaneously The 16 kb
29. 231 231 231 231 232 232 232 232 232 233 233 233 233 233 233 234 234 234 235 235 235 235 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Contents Line circuit packs 235 Trunk circuit packs 236 Control circuit packs 236 Service circuit packs 237 Application circuit packs 237 Port circuit packs 237 Avaya telephones 237 IP telephones 237 Digital telephones 238 SoundStation speakerphones 238 Analog telephones 238 Avaya Explosive Atmosphere telephone 238 Wireless telephone 238 Consoles 238 e Optional components for an 88700 Media Server in an IP Connect configuration 239 Media gateways 239 Circuit packs 239 Line circuit packs 239 Trunk circuit packs 239 Control circuit packs 240 Service circuit packs 240 Application circuit packs 240 Port circuit packs 240 Avaya telephones 241 IP telephones 241 Digital telephones 241 SoundStation speakerphones 241 Avaya Explosive Atmosphere telephone 241 Wireless telephone 241 Consoles 242 e Optional components S8700 Voice Bearer Over CSS or ATM 243 Media gateways 243 Circuit packs 243 Power 243 Line circuit packs 243 Trunk circuit packs 244 Control circuit packs 244 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 15 December 2003 Contents 16 Service circuit packs Application circuit packs Port circuit packs Avaya telephones IP telephones Digital telephones SoundStation speakerphones Anal
30. 245 Control 244 Line 243 Port 245 Power 243 Service 245 Trunk 244 Media Gateways 243 8700 Multi Connect Communication Complex Configuration 71 Connectivity 88 ATM Network 89 CSS Network 88 Detailed Description 70 Ethernet Switch 72 G700 Media Gateway 79 High level capabilities 90 IP Server Interface TN2312AP 71 MCC1 Media Gateway 75 Media Gateways 73 Overview 70 Recoverability 89 Reliability 83 88 89 Critical Reliability 88 Duplex Reliability 83 High Reliability 85 Required System Components 70 8300 Media Server in a Local Survivable Processor Mode 89 S8700 Media Server 71 SCC1 Media Gateway 77 Survivable Remote EPN 90 System Capacity 91 System Management 93 UPS or Power Backup 73 USB Modem 73 8700 Multi Connect Connectivity 88 ATM Network 89 CSS Network 88 8700 Multi Connect Detailed Description 70 8700 Multi Connect Recoverability 89 8700 Multi Connect Reliability 83 88 89 Critical Reliability 88 Duplex Reliability 83 High Reliability 85 8700 Required System Components 70 SCC1 Media Gateway 150 SCC1 Media Gateway for S8700 Multi Connect 77 SCCs single carrier cabinets acoustic noise levels 319 DC power supply 676B 334 fan units 336 power systems 333 SCSI drives 196 single point ground terminals 333 small battery power backup 327 SN carriers 164 SN clock circuit packs 182 sneak fuse panels 507B 337 sneak protectors 336 SNIs TN573 B 1
31. 26 35 cm e Depth front to back 8 5 inches 21 59 cm e Height with deskstand and handset in place 4 75 inches 12 07 cm Avaya 6424D M digital telephone The Avaya 6424D M telephone is a multi appearance digital telephone with 24 call appearances and feature buttons The Avaya 6424D M comes equipped with a modular plug that allows you to install a 100A tip and ring module to the desktop stand on the telephone for increased set functionality Through the 100A tip and ring module you can connect adjuncts such as answering machines FAX machines modems analog speakerphones and hearing impaired TDD machines A XM24 expansion module can be connected to any Avaya 6416D M telephone to expand the number of buttons you can use However when the expansion module is connected you must connect an auxiliary power supply to the telephone An 1151B1 local power supply or an 1151B2 local power supply with battery holdover is recommended The following are characteristics of the 6424D M telephone e 2 line x 24 character LCD display showing time and date when the telephone is in an idle status e A tiltable display with three viewing angles e A 24 call appearance and feature buttons with dual LEDs e Built in 2 way speakerphone which can also be optioned as I way group listening speaker e Six fixed feature buttons which include the speaker button the mute button the hold button the redial button the transfer button and the conference button
32. Avaya 4612 IP telephone on page 262 Avaya 4620 IP telephone on page 263 Avaya 4620S W IP telephone on page 264 Avaya 4630 IP Screenphone on page 266 Avaya 4630S W IP telephone on page 267 Digital telephones Avaya 2402 Digital Telephone on page 267 Avaya 2420 digital telephone on page 268 Avaya Callmaster IV 603F digital telephone on page 272 Avaya Callmaster V 607A digital telephone on page 273 Avaya Callmaster VI 606A digital telephone on page 273 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6408D digital telephone on page 269 Avaya 6416D M digital telephone on page 270 Avaya 6424D M digital telephone on page 271 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 249 December 2003 Optional components for DEFINITY Server CSI SoundStation speakerphones 3127 SoundPoint Speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation Premier audioconferencing speakerphone on page 285 Analog telephones Avaya 2500 and 2554 analog terminals on page 276 Avaya 6211 Analog Telephone on page 277 Avaya 6219 analog telephone on page 278 Explosive Atmosphere telephones Avaya 2520B Explosive Atmosphere telephone on page 279 Wireless telephone Avaya TransTalk 9040 on page 279 Consoles Avaya 302D attendant console on page 274 Avaya Softconsole on
33. DSI tests include loopback tests at the DS1 board edge or the 120A if used bit error rate BER loopback tests at the far end CSU and BER I way DSI facility tests Other tests include loopback testing specifically designed to locate DS1 facility faults TN769 Analog Line 8 ports 188 The TN769 analog line circuit pack has eight ports each with tip and ring signal leads The TN769 circuit pack supports e On premises or off premises wiring with either touch tone or rotary dialing and with or without LED or neon message waiting indicators e Three ringer loads such as three telephones with one ringer load each e Up to four simultaneous ports ringing e Queue warning level lights that are associated with the DDC feature and UCD feature e Recorded announcements for the intercept treatment feature e Dictation machines for the recorded telephone dictation access feature e PagePac paging system for the loudspeaker paging feature e External alerting devices for the trunk answer any station TAAS feature e Modems The TN769 circuit pack does not support off premises message waiting indicators The TN769 circuit pack provides secondary lightning protection and supports y Law companding Each carrier with neon message indicators requires the TN769 circuit pack along with a TN755B neon power circuit pack to support neon message waiting indicators Only one telephone can have an LED or neon message waiting indicator Combined conversion
34. Safety standards and approval summary US and Canada Europe International UL 1960 CSA 22 2 No 950M95 3 edition Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC TUV GS to EN60950 2 Edition with Amendments Al A2 A3 A4 All CB Certificate and Report to IEC 60950 and edition including EMKO TSE 74 SEC 207 94 and other national deviations Electromagnetic compatibility EMC standards and approvals Country EMC standards and approvals US FCC 47 CFR Parts 2 and 15 Verified Class A Limit Canada IC ICES 003 Class A Limit Europe EMC Directive 89 336 EEC Australia and EN55022 Class A Limit Radiated and Conducted Emissions EN55024 Immunity Standard for Information Technology Equipment EN61000 3 2 Harmonic Currents EN61000 3 3 Voltage Flicker C Tick AS NZS 3548 Class A Limit New Zealand Japan VCCI Class A ITE CISPR 22 Class A Limit IEC 61000 3 2 Harmonic Currents Taiwan BSMI Class A CISPR 222 Russia Gost Approval International CISPR 22 Class A Limit Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 313 December 2003 Data rack mounting and media gateway floor loading for an S8700 Multi Connect Data rack mounting and media gateway floor loading for an S8700 Multi Connect Hardware components of the S8700 Media Server with Multi Connect are the S8700 Media Servers an Ethernet Switch a modem and the two UPS units All components are installed in a 19 inch open data rack 19 Inch Rack The custome
35. TN769 Analog Line 8 ports on page 188 TN791 Analog Guest Line 16 ports on page 191 TN793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports on page 192 TN797 Analog Trunk or Line Circuit Pack 8 ports on page 193 TN2181 DCP Digital Line 2 wire 16 ports on page 197 TN2183 TN2215 Analog Line for multiple countries 16 ports on page 197 TN2185B ISDN BRI S T TE Interface 4 wire 8 ports on page 198 TN2198B ISDN BRI U Interface 2 wire 12 ports on page 199 TN2214B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports on page 201 TN2215 TN2183 Analog Line for Multiple Countries 16 ports International Offers or Offer B only for US and Canada on page 202 TN2224B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports on page 203 TN2793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports on page 210 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 229 December 2003 Optional components Optional components for an S8100 Media Server 230 Trunk circuit packs TN429D Incoming Call Line Identification ICLID on page 178 TN459B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 179 TN464GP DSI Interface T1 24 channels or E1 32 channels on page 179 TN465C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 180 TN747B Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 185 TN753B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 186 TN760E Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 187 TN763D Auxiliary Trunk 4 ports on page 187 TN767E DS1 Interface T1 24 chan
36. Typical SCC1 Media Gateway scdfscci KLC 032502 Figure notes Number Description 1 Circuit packs 2 Power converter 3 Air circulation vents A maximum of four SCC1 Media Gateways can be stacked on top of each other The cabinet positions are labeled A through D The position of the basic control cabinet or expansion control cabinet is always labeled A Additional port cabinet positions are labeled B C and D sequentially The duplicated control cabinet used for the DEFINITY servers is labeled B See the following figure for an example of a stack of SCC1 Media Gateways 150 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 SCC1 Media Gateway Figure 53 Typical SCC1 stack Figure notes Q Iedfsc1i KLC 012500 Number Description 1 Port cabinet in the D position 2 Port cabinet in the C position 3 Port cabinet or duplicated control cabinet in the B position 4 Basic control cabinet or expansion control cabinet 5 Cabinet clips Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 151 SCC1 Media Gateway For DEFINITY Servers e Each stack of SCC1 Media Gateways requires one basic or expansion control cabinet at the bottom of the stack e The maximum number of SCC1 Media Gateway stacks or port networks Three for the DEFINITY Server SI e 44 for the DEFINITY Server R Cabinet clips connect the c
37. battery cabinet Small batteries The small batteries are an 8 AH Amp hour batteries fused for short circuit protection and charged by the J58890CH 1 The batteries also contain a thermal sensor that changes the charging voltage depending on battery temperature See the following figure for an example of the small batteries Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 327 December 2003 Power requirements The small batteries provide short term battery holdover If AC power fails 48 VDC batteries supply system power for e 10 seconds in a PPN cabinet e 15 seconds in an EPN cabinet e 10 minutes in the control carrier in a standard reliability system e 5 minutes in the control carrier in high and critical reliability systems e 10 minutes in the expansion control carrier in the A position of an EPN cabinet for a DEFINITY R configuration only Figure 78 Small Battery Assembly A Battery connector jy psdfbatw RPY 061797 Large batteries The large batteries provide holdover times of 2 to 8 hours depending on the number of batteries To use large battery holdover one battery cabinet is required per system The 24 cell battery cabinet must have a float voltage of 54 2 VDC The 23 cell battery cabinet must have a float voltage of 51 75 VDC The batteries are circuit breaker protected and are charged by the J58890CH 1 328 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Power requirements
38. mute buttons each with LED indicators Volume up or down buttons for handset headset speakerphone and ringer 100 Entry Call Log total incoming answered incoming unanswered and outgoing calls Downloadable firmware for future upgrades Automatic Gain Control on all audio interfaces Electronically stored part ID and serial number for use with Automatic Customer Telephone Rearrangement Optional 24 button feature key expansion unit Optional analog interface application module Native support that allows users the capability to administer and maintain the 2420 using the associated Feature Expansion Module Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones The Avaya 6402 and 6402D are single line digital telephones The difference between the Avaya 6402 and the 6402D is the Avaya 6402D is equipped with a 2 line by 24 character display The following are characteristics of the Avaya 6402 telephone 268 Built in group listening speaker Six Fixed buttons which include the speaker button the feature button the hold button the redial button the transfer button and the conference button Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones The feature button allows access by way of the dialpad to 12 Communication Manager features that do not require indicators or display messages Adjustable volume control for the handset speaker and ringer 2 wire connectivity through a digita
39. or immediate start DID trunk or as an on or off premises analog line with or without LED Message Waiting Indication It does not support ICLID on the analog trunk to the CO nor Caller ID on the line side to the telephone TN799DP Control LAN C LAN Interface The TN799DP control LAN C LAN interface provides TCP IP connectivity over Ethernet or Point to Point Protocol PPP to adjuncts such as Avaya CMS INTUITY AUDIX DCS printers call detail recording CDR and property management systems PMS The C LAN is required to support the TN2302AP IP Media Interface for H 323 functionality and to support ATM interfaces and WAN PNC The C LAN operates at 10 or 100 Mbps and full or half duplex both of which are administrable The C LAN provides connectionless UDP sockets for IP solutions support The C LAN will also support 500 remote sockets with support for 4 Kbyte UDP sockets The C LAN supports variable length ping and the traceroute and netstat network testing commands The C LAN circuit pack provides call control for every IP endpoint that is connected to the 8700 Media Server using the G600 Media Gateway A maximum number of 64 C LANs can be used for each configuration The number of C LANS that are required depends on the number of devices that are connected as well as the options that are being utilized by the endpoint It might be advantageous to segregate IP voice control traffic from device control traffic as a safety measure To d
40. underlying hardware software platforms and interfaces e Any other equipment networked to your Avaya products TCP IP Facilities Customers may experience differences in product performance reliability and security depending upon network configurations design and topologies even when the product performs as warranted Standards Compliance Avaya Inc is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized modifications of this equipment or the substitution or attachment of connecting cables and equipment other than those specified by Avaya Inc The correction of interference caused by such unauthorized modifications substitution or attachment will be the responsibility of the user Pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules the user is cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by Avaya Inc could void the user s authority to operate this equipment Product Safety Standards This product complies with and conforms to the following international Product Safety standards as applicable Safety of Information Technology Equipment IEC 60950 3rd Edition including all relevant national deviations as listed in Compliance with IEC for Electrical Equipment IECEE CB 96A Safety of Information Technology Equipment CAN CSA C22 2 No 60950 00 UL 60950 3rd Edition Safety Requirements for Customer Equipment ACA Technical Standard TS 001 1997 One or more of the fo
41. 11 12 13 Duplication Links The Ethernet link default Ethernet 2 and the fiber link Services interface default Ethernet 1 The server s dedicated Ethernet connection from the 8700 Media Server to a Services laptop This link is active only during onsite administration or onsite maintenance Network control A interface default Ethernet 0 The server s Ethernet connection to one or two Ethernet switches This private LAN carries the control signals for the PNs when possible Control network A is considered the primary control network because it connects to the primary IPSI board in a PN Network control B interface default Ethernet 3 The S8700 Media Server s Ethernet connection to a duplicated set of Ethernet switches This private LAN carries control signals for the PNs when the primary control network is unavailable Control network B connects to the secondary IPSI board in a PN When the problem is resolved primary control is returned to control network A Ethernet switch At least one is required to support each control network UPS Keeps the S8700 Media Servers and Ethernet switches functional during brief power outages Usually UPS one powers server one and the Ethernet switch associated with it UPS two powers server two and the Ethernet switch associated with it PN Provides the telecommunications functions of the S8700 Media Server For high reliability each IPSI connected PN contains a pair of IPSI
42. 260 FCC and CISPR Class B Message waiting light LED Hearing aid compatible Adjustable volume control Available in dark gray Avaya 4602SW IP telephone The 4602SW IP telephone has the same feature set as the 4602 with the addition of a built in Ethernet switch instead of the hub Avaya 4606 IP telephone The 4606 IP telephone is a fully Internet capable set supporting Internet Protocol IP standards providing extensive telephone features and functionality in both the handset and speakerphone The following are characteristics of the Avaya 4606 IP telephone Six programmable appearance or feature buttons with dual red and green LEDs Four fixed feature buttons that include the speaker button the mute button the hold button the volume button Three fixed feature buttons under display which include the conference button the transfer button and the redial button 2 line by 16 character LCD display Full duplex speakerphone with echo cancellation 10 100Base T Ethernet network connection with RJ 45 interface Integrated Ethernet repeater hub for optional PC connection Supports G 711 G729A and G 729B audio voice coders Supports H 323 V2 IP address assignment using DHCP or statically configured Infrared port to support IR dialing and other applications Downloadable firmware for future upgrades Supports CTI applications from the Avaya Softphone and is CTI ready for other applications Supports power over Ethernet Suppo
43. 6400 series terminal Comes with all appropriate cabling and is user installable 284 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 SoundPoint and SoundStation speakerphones 3127 SoundStation Premier audioconferencing speakerphone The SoundStation Premier speakerphone has three microphones providing 360 of coverage for offices and small conference rooms The amplified speaker provides enough audio for groups of up to 25 people The analog version plugs into any standard analog phone jack the DCP version plugs into the adjunct port of the 7102 8102 and 7400 and 8400 series terminals and the 6400 SSDP version plugs directly into a DCP jack The full duplex operation eliminates the clipping of speech and the Acoustic Clarity Technology helps to eliminate background noise In addition SoundStation Premier focuses a microphone on the main speaker effectively eliminating the hollow sound common with standard speakerphones Also included is a full feature remote control and Display SoundStation Premier automatically adapts itself to both the room and line conditions in order to ensure the best full duplex operation This is especially critical when you have multi party international conference calls operating over a bridge This adaptation is an automatic and continuous process to accommodate for changing room conditions Highlights e 360 of microphone coverage ideal for desktop applications e Digitally tuned spe
44. As a trunk the TN2305 uses Circuit Emulation Service CES to emulate up to eight ISDN PRI trunks on an ATM facility As a port network expansion interface the TN2305 connects port networks to an ATM switch that provides port network connectivity The TN2305 provides echo cancellation The TN2305 does not support hybrid port networks that use both ATM and CSS simultaneously TN2305s must connect all port networks through the ATM switch Direct connect EPNs are not supported Category B offers are not supported TN2306B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for single mode fiber The TN2306 circuit pack has the same features as the TN2305B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for multimode fiber but supports single mode fiber The TN2306B is not available with Category B offers TN2308 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports The TN2308 uses eight ports for immediate or wink start direct inward dialing DID trunks for Brazil Each port has tip and ring signal leads The switch requires the TN2308 to support Brazil Block Collect Call The TN2308 transmission characteristics comply with Brazilian telecom standards for PBXs TN2312BP IP Server Interface 204 The TN2312BP IP Server Interface IPSI provides environmental maintenance and is the only IP server interface that is supported in the G650 A TN2312BP IPSI placed in a G650 with a carrier address set to A acts as the serial bus master A TN2312BP IPSI can only be placed in a
45. Avaya UPS Units Avaya Series 1 AS1 UPS Dimensions H x W X D 4 5 x 4 x 1 Weight 0 2 pounds BYPASS DISTRIBUTION MODULE 120V 1000 1500 VA The bypass distribution module BDM allows for replacement of the UPS or internal batteries without shutting down the connected load Dimensions H x W X D 12 x 5 x 4 Weight 5 0 pounds PWR UPS BYPASS DISTR MOD S1 1000VA 2K VA The bypass distribution module BDM allows for replacement of the UPS or internal batteries without shutting down the connected load Dimensions H x W X D 12 x 5 x 4 Weight 5 0 pounds 290 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya Ethernet Switches Avaya P330 Ethernet Switches Avaya Ethernet Switches Avaya P330 Ethernet Switches The Avaya P330 family of stackable Ethernet workgroup switches include e A range of modules with 10 100 1000 Mbps ports e A Layer 3 capability e ATM Expansion sub module The Avaya g2T switch has 24x10 100 Mbps ports and an Expansion sub module slot The optional expansion sub modules provide additional Ethernet Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet connectivity An Avaya P330 stack can contain up to 10 switches and up to three backup power supply units The stacked switches connect using the Avaya X330STK stacking sub modules that plug into a slot in the back of the Avaya P330 If the stack is split between two racks you can connect the P330 by using the X330SC or X330
46. Bus Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply UN332C Mass Storage Network Control for R The UN332 provides an interface between the UN331C processor and the SCSI bus for access to the mass storage system MSS such as a disk drive The UN332 also provides TDM network control for the PPN and terminates one end of the processor multiplexed bus The UN332C allows the interface of the switch to the TN2211 optic disk drive The UN332C circuit pack includes the SCSI Host Adapter the ArchAngel and the tone clock switching logic Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 213 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply 214 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Media modules MM312 DCP media module Media modules MM312 DCP media module The Avaya MM312 Media Module provides 24 Digital Communications Protocol DCP ports with RJ 45 jacks The MM312 supports simultaneous operation of all 24 ports Each port can be connected to a 2 wire DCP telephone The MM312 does not support 4 wire DCP telephones NOTE The MM312 is not supported in the G700 Media Gateway Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 215 December 2003 MM314 LAN media module MM314 LAN media module The Avaya MM314 Media Module provides 24 Ethernet 10 100 Base T Ethernet access ports with inline Power over Ethernet PoE O
47. Each Hundreds group button is assigned the first digit or first two digits of each group of 100 extension room numbers The Tens group buttons are automatically assigned a tens and ones digit The buttons can be used for 3 or 4 digit extensions For an example of 4 digit extensions if you have rooms numbered from 7000 to 7099 you can have a Hundreds button labeled 70 and a tens group button labeled 01 Pressing 70 then 01 dials extension 7001 with only two button presses Has busy or idle status display for each button The display is 1 x 40 and supports Katakana Roman and Euro font Character set Label Languages are Japanese English French Dutch Spanish Latin America Italian German Canadian French Brazilian Portuguese Two labels are included with each 302D console Handset Headset connection is moved to the front and is a single modular plug For headset an H1C or M12L is Optional Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones e Service observing must be done through the Communication Manager via the feature of Service Observing An optional Training Y connector can be used in conjunction with headset connection for desktop listen only supervisor support Avaya Softconsole Avaya Softconsole is a software attendant console solution Avaya Softconsole is available for industry standard IP and Avaya Digital Communications Protocol DCP IP connec
48. Electromagnetic interference EMI filter e AC input fuse 324 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Power requirements e Five circuit breakers 1 for each carrier e 20 A fuses e A signal connector e 48 VDC fan power The optional battery charger sits at the bottom of some MCC 1s Figure 75 Battery Charger Optional Part of J58890CE 2 Front te Battery charger Batteries psdfbatt RPY 053097 The battery charger is used only without an uninterruptible power supply UPS The charger contains e Three 48 VDC batteries for backup power to the cabinet e A DC power relay to connect the batteries into the power circuit if a main power failure is detected Circuit breaker The circuit breaker protects the AC input power to the cabinet and serves as the main AC input disconnect switch The circuit breaker has two poles for 120 VAC or three poles for 208 240 VAC Ifa problem develops the circuit breaker automatically opens and removes the AC power input 48 VDC batteries The three series connected 48 VDC batteries produce a nominal 144 VDC that is fused at 20 A The batteries are trickle charged from the battery charger Battery charger When AC power restores after an outage the battery charger converts a 120 VAC input to a DC voltage that recharges the batteries The batteries typically recharge within 24 hours Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 325 December 2003
49. FAX calls from the switch across a corporate intranet or the Internet This circuit pack is still supported but has been replaced with the TN2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 The IP trunking software runs on an embedded PC that runs Windows NT The TN802 circuit pack supports IP Solutions including IP trunking and MedPro H 323 with IP softphones The TN802 IP Interface operates in two modes IP Trunk and Media Processor MedPro H 323 The TN802 defaults to IP Trunk mode To use it in MedPro mode you activate it through administration to use the H 323 trunking feature related to IP softphones TN1648B System Access and Maintenance SYSAM 194 The TN1648B is an SPE component that is used for maintenance on a DEFINITY R configuration A processor in the TN1648B circuit pack runs control routines that connect to maintenance software The TN1648B circuit pack has an alarm panel with five LEDs and a toggle switch to manually inhibit automatic emergency transfer of PPN analog lines The TN1648B circuit pack provides two RS 232 interfaces for connection to an administration terminal and with duplication connection to a standby maintenance terminal The TN1648B circuit pack also provides a tip and ring port with a built in modem to allow a remote administration terminal to access the system The TN1648B circuit pack allows connection to the management terminal and connection to and termination of one end of the processor bus Other maint
50. Hz auto sensing user selectable 100 or 127 VAC 6 foot attached cord with 5 15 P Output Six 5 15 R receptacles in two load segments sine wave voltage 3 of nominal Battery Two 12 V 9 A H sealed lead acid maintenance free Dimensions H x W x D 89 mm x 432 mm x 494 mm 3 5 x 17 x 19 4 Weight 15 kg 34 pounds AS1 1000VA 230V Online UPS The 1000 VA 230 V Online UPS provides up to 700 Watts and basic battery holdover of five minutes at full load Output current for 208 220 230 240 volts is 4 8 4 5 4 3 4 2 Amps Two optional Extended Battery Modules EBM24 extend the run time to 104 minutes at full load By grouping the six available 5 15 R receptacles into two groups of three the UPS allows users to shutdown one set of loads to allow longer run times for more critical loads during a power failure Power management is included The UPS can be installed as a tower or mounted in a data rack Serial interface capabilities and DEFINITY alarm contacts are standard Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 287 December 2003 Avaya UPS Units Avaya Series 1 AS1 UPS 1000VA 230 V models include the following accessories Extended Battery Module EBM24 e Bypass Distribution Module 700 2000 VA 230 V e SNMP Module Safety Compliance UL CSA NOM CE EMC Compliance FCC Class B EN 50091 2 VCCI Class II IECS 003 Input 230Vac 50 60 Hz auto sensing user selectable 220 240 2 meter cord with unterminated pl
51. LED 2 wire connectivity through 2 wire Digital line circuit packs only Accepts download from Communication Manager of voice and touchtone transmission parameters as required by each country Internal self test to determine if LEDs light Choice of eight ringing patterns Line powered Can be used with or without stand Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 269 December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones e Desk or wall mountable e Matching 9 foot 2 7 m handset cord and a 7 foot 2 1 m modular line cord e Available in dark gray and white Avaya 6416D M digital telephone The Avaya 6416D M telephone is a multi appearance digital telephone with 16 call appearances or feature buttons The Avaya 6416D M comes equipped with a modular plug that allows you to install a 100A tip and ring module to the desktop stand on the telephone for increased set functionality The 100A tip and ring module provides a connection to adjuncts such as answering machines FAX machines modems analog speakerphones and hearing impaired TDD machines A XM24 expansion module can be connected to any Avaya 6416D M telephone to expand the number of buttons you can use However when the expansion module is connected you must connect an auxiliary power supply to the telephone An 1151B1 local power supply or an 1151B2 local power supply with battery holdover is recommended The following are characteristics of the Avaya 6416D M tele
52. LI HUI LI m mi scdlff02 LAO 081203 Figure notes Number Description 1 EDS ground jack 655A power supply TN2312BP IP server interface IPSI TN799DP CLAN TN2302 IP media processor an amp U N For more information on the G650 Media Gateway see Avaya G650 Media Gateway on page 131 Remote Supervisor Adapter RSA A Remote Supervisor Adapter RSA is installed in PCI X slot 1 of the S8500 Media Server It monitors and reports alarms on S8500 components and provides control to power on and power off the S8500 Administration of the RSA is accomplished through the Advanced System Management ASM Web interface using a browser See Figure 13 RSA on page 63 for an example of the RSA 62 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8500 Media Server Figure 13 RSA o 9 99 9 9 7 OBL eE h3msrsap LAO 071503 Figure notes RSA Component Description 1 Clip Power cord retaining clip 2 External power supply Connect the power supply adapter to this connector A power cord connector connects from the power supply adapter to the power source This connection provides power to the RSA that is independent of the S8500 Media Server power supply Power and error LEDs The green LED Shows the status of the power connection The amber LED Shows that an error condition exists on the RSA
53. MCC1 SCC1 and G700 media gateways are supported For the voice bearer over IP the G350 G650 G600 G700 and CMC1 media gateways are supported The following section offers a high level description of each of the media gateways The G650 Media Gateway The Avaya G650 Media Gateway is a fourteen slot rack mounted carrier configured for TN format circuit packs The G650 is 8U high 14 inches 35 6 centimeters and mounts in a standard 19 inch 48 3 centimeters data rack The G650 uses one or two 655A power supplies operating on either AC and DC input power Either power supply can provide all the power needed by the G650 When two power supplies exist they share the power load One power supply can operate on AC power and the other on DC power The system will always use AC power if available See Figure 20 G650 Media Gateway on page 74 for an example of a stack of G650 Media Gateways mounted in a data rack Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 73 December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Figure 20 G650 Media Gateway SS SS OSes SS msdirck3 LAO 081203 Figure notes Number Description 1 amp 2 S8700 Media Servers 3 Ethernet switch 4 amp 5 UPS units one for each server 6 G650 Media Gateway Carri
54. MM712 support TDM Bus Timing in receive and transmit modes The G700 Media Gateway supplies only 5 VDC and 48 VDC to the MM712 Media Module Any other reguired voltages must be derived on the module Loop range secondary protection is provided on the MM712 The MM712 is also self protecting from an over current condition on a tip and ring interface 224 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 MM714 Analog media module MM714 Analog media module The Avaya MM714 Media Module provides four analog telephone ports and four analog trunk ports NOTE The MM714 is not supported in the G700 Media Gateway See the following figure for an example of the MM714 ALM TT ai AVAYA TST l I ACT pes L LSS s TRUNK 7 s DUE Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 225 December 2003 MM720 BRI media module MM720 BRI media module The Avaya MM720 Media Module contains eight ports that interface to the central office at the ISDN T reference point Information is communicated in two ways e Over two 64 kbps channels called B1 and B2 Can be circuit switched simultaneously e Over a 16 kbps channel called the D channel Used for signaling Occupies one time slot for all eight D channels The circuit switched connections have an A or yu law option for voice operation The circuit switched connections operate as 64 kbps clear channels when in the data mode NOTE The MM720
55. NOTE The media gateway achieves this number of ports by staggering the ringing and pauses between two sets of up to four ports If more than four ports e Type 1 and Type 2 Caller ID e Ring voltage generation for a variety of international frequencies and cadences e A hard wired ground wire is added for each IROB to earth ground External interfaces CO trunk side The following requirements apply to the external interfaces on the CO trunk side 222 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 MM711 Analog media module e The tip and ring default input impedance is 600 ohms The default impedance can be configured to accommodate other tip and ring impedances such as 900 ohms used in Brazil and the complex impedance that is used in the European Union e A hard wired ground wire is added for each IROB to earth ground e The MM711 supports DTMF MF and Pulsing e The MM711 supports R2MFC address signaling and provides 48 VDC for ports that are set up as DID e CO trunk acceptable loop range is 18 60 mA e The MM711 supports DIOD for Japan The following trunk types are supported e Loop start and ground start CO trunks e DID e CAMA Caller ID The MM711 supports ICLID on analog CO loop start trunks for all supported countries that require this feature It supports Type 1 CID devices and firmware signaling requirements are implemented on a per port basis The firmware supports these formats e Single Data Mess
56. P330 s expansion modules with the G700 Media Gateway Additional Avaya local area network LAN and wide area network WAN expansion modules connect directly to the G700 Media Gateway without requiring additional hardware Two expansion modules are available from Avaya e X330 WAN Access routing module e P330 LAN expansion modules X330 WAN Access routing module Customers with multiple branch offices need network solutions that are simple flexible and scalable An Avaya X330 WAN Access routing module allows customers to deploy a unified high performance LAN WAN infrastructure in one data stack Highlights of an X330 WAN Access router e Provides integrated WAN access that can be used with external firewalls or VPN Gateways e Works with the following WAN and routing protocols Point to Point Protocol PPP over channeled E1 T1 Frame Relay Routing Information Protocol RIP v1 and v2 Single area Open Shortest Path First OSPF VRRP Redundancy Throughput wire speed WAN routing e Congestion control e Standard auto negotiation e Link redundancy e 802 1Q p virtual LAN VLAN and priority P330 LAN expansion module Highlights of a P330 LAN expansion module e Maximum flexibility to the data stack e Standard auto negotiation e Link Aggregation Group LAG e LAG redundancy e Link redundancy e Congestion control e 802 1Q p VLAN and priority y CAUTION Avaya expansion modules and Octaplane stacking modules a
57. Support for USB port connectivity for modem e A 128 MB Flash Card for removable media e Support for remote call out alarming from either server e SNMP alarming The S8700 Media Server must be mounted in an open 19 inch rack that is EIA 310 D compliant IPSI Circuit Pack TN2312BP The TN2312BP IP Server Interface IPSI provides environmental maintenance and is the only IP server interface that is supported in the G650 A TN2312BP IPSI placed in a G650 with a carrier address set to A acts as the serial bus master A TN2312BP IPSI can only be placed in a G650 with a carrier address set to A or B Only a TN2312BP IPSI in a G650 with a carrier address set to A can function as an serial bus master The TN2312BP IPSI is backward compatible with other media gateways but provides environmental maintenance only when used in a G650 The TN2312BP IPSI always provides tone detection call classification tone generation and clock functions When the TN2312BP IPSI is used in an MCC lor SCC1 a TN755D provides the environmental maintenance The TN2312BP IPSI provides maintenance functions for the G650 This includes e Power supply cabinet and ring generator maintenance e External device alarm detection Emergency transfer control e Customer provided alarm device control Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 71 December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway 72 For configurations where voice beare
58. TN2184 is a Direct Inward Outward Dialing DIOD trunk circuit pack used for Germany The TN2184 circuit pack contains four port circuits Each circuit interfaces a 2 wire analog CO trunk with the TDM switching network of the system Each port allows incoming calls and outgoing calls to include addressing information that is being received from the CO for incoming calls and addressing information that is being sent to the CO for outgoing calls The TN2184 detects periodic pulse metering PPM signals for call charge accounting on outgoing calls The TN2184 combines the features of both a CO trunk and a DID trunk to provide both outgoing and incoming calls with addressing information in both directions TN2185B ISDN BRI S T TE Interface 4 wire 8 ports The TN2185B supports eight 4 wire ISDN BRI line S interfaces Each interface operates at 192 kbps with two B channels 64 kbps and one D channel 16 kbps The TN2185B interfaces to the LAN bus and to the TDM bus to provide the TE side of the BRI interface The TN2185B is similar to the TN2198 except that the TN2185B is a 4 wire S interface instead of a 2 wire U interface Another difference is the function of the SCOTCH NPE and SAKI are replaced by the network control element NCE For each port information communicates over two 64 kbps bearer channels called B1 and B2 and over a 16 kbps channel called the demand channel or D channel The D channel is used for signaling Channels B1 and B2
59. The T1 or T 1 carrier is the most commonly used digital line in the United States Canada and Japan e The El or E 1 is a European digital transmission format It is the equivalent of the North American T carrier system format 7 Avaya IP telephones Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 339 December 2003 Customer configurations Small businesses Figure 84 Small business solution using the Avaya S8100 Media Server and the G600 Media Gateway Co resident Voice Mail cydcsmmv LJK 032302 Figure notes Number Description 1 This figure shows the S8100 Media Server with a G600 Media Gateway The S8100 Media Server is a two slot processor running the WINDOWS 2000 operating system with co resident applications such as Communication Manager INTUITY AUDIX and Avaya Site Administration DCP phones Supports 2 and 4 wire Avaya multifunction phones Analog connectivity such as analog trunks stations and FAX machines IP phones Avaya 4600 series phones Voice Mail Co resident INTUITY AUDIX eight port voice mail or an external Voice Mail system external shown 6 T1 E1 Capability e The T1 or T 1 carrier is the most commonly used digital line in the United States Canada or Japan an A WwW N e The El or E 1 carrier is a European digital transmission format It is the equivalent of the North American T carrier system format 340 Hardware Guide for Avay
60. The batteries also contain a thermal sensor that changes the charging voltage depending on the battery temperature The following table shows the battery holdover and recharge times for a typical 2500 Watt load Table 23 Battery holdover and recharge times Battery cabinet A Holdover time hours Recharge time hours 100 2 7 200 4 13 300 6 20 400 8 26 The following figure shows a typical large battery cabinet 200 A Figure 79 Typical large battery cabinets Large battery cabinets Circuit breaker psdflbc1 RPY 053097 DC power distribution The typical DC distribution system has a DC power converter and cables to provide the power to the system circuit packs DC powered cabinets require 42 5 to 56 VDC DC power distribution unit J58890CF 2 The following figure shows a power distribution unit that is used in some DC powered MCC1 cabinets The DC power unit sits at the bottom of the MCC1 cabinet and contains the ring generator 20 amp circuit breakers terminal blocks and system fan power Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 329 December 2003 Power requirements 330 Figure 80 DC power distribution unit J58890CF 2 front view DC power distribution unit Circuit breakers generator psdfdpdu RPY 053097 Ground isolation Each peripheral device that is connected to a system by the asynchronous EIA RS 232 interface requires either a 105C a
61. The motherboard cannot be replaced in the field For more information about the VoIP media module see MM760 VoIP media module Fans The G700 Media Gateway contains four 12 volt fans These fans are monitored and can be alarmed via SNMP to a management station Gateway software Gateway software is responsible for e Individual media gateway operations e Terminating H 248 on the G700 Media Gateway e Interacting with maintenance operations LEDs An 8300 Media Server with a G700 Media Gateway uses two types of LEDs e Media module e System level Media module LEDs A media module s LEDs have the following characteristics e Three or more LEDs reside on each media module to provide status information about the media module its ports and its current maintenance or administration mode e Every LED on each media module has a fixed user visible location spacing and labeling System level LEDs An LED board visually indicates status of the system and its Ethernet data ports and allows the customer to change between status indication modes The LED board resides in the upper left front of each G700 Media Gateway The board s LEDs reside in an oblong fascia panel You must remove the LED board when you install or remove either an S8300 Media Server or an LSP configured S8300 Media Server An 8300 Media Server and its LED board must be installed or removed as a unit NOTE The LED panel is not the same size as stan
62. UL for US approved according to UL1950 Std C UL UL for Canada approved according to C22 2 No 950 Std CE for Europe approved according to EN 60950 Std e CLEI Code According to Telcordia Bellcore KS 22022 standard NEBS Level 3 Certified Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 299 December 2003 Site requirements Rack mounting temperature and humidity information for the G600 Media Gateway Site requirements Rack mounting temperature and humidity information for the G600 Media Gateway The G600 Media Gateway can be mounted in a standard 19 inch data rack that has been properly pre installed and secured as per the EIA 464 or equivalent standards The G600 Media Gateway can be front mounted as shipped or mounted at its midpoint The customer must provide the rack and have it installed and secured prior to the G600 Media Gateway installation The customer must also provide AC power to the rack The technicians who install the G600 Media Gateway do not typically have the tools or proper training for data rack installation Installation requires 1 foot 30 cm of clearance in the rear and 18 inches 45 cm of clearance in the front which is consistent with the EIA 310 standards In a 2 cabinet configuration the dimensions of the TDM LAN cable require that you mount the B cabinet directly over the A cabinet The G600 Media Gateway must be installed in a well ventilated area Maximum equipment performance is achiev
63. WFB can supply local power When possible the transmit pair and the receive pair provide phantom power from the RC to the WFB Each TN789B circuit pack includes a standard TDM bus interface from a system two radio interfaces to two separate radio units and two synchronization ports In addition two RS 232 interfaces provide for a debug terminal and for setting up the wireless terminal TN791 Analog Guest Line 16 ports The TN791 is a 16 port analog guest line circuit pack that is used for international offers United States and Canada in offer category B only Each of the 16 ports support one telephone such as 500 rotary dial and 2500 terminals DTMF dial LED and neon message waiting indicators are supported A separate power supply is required for neon message indicators The TN791 circuit pack supports on premises wiring with either touch tone or rotary dialing and with or without the LED and neon message waiting indicators The TN791 circuit pack supports three ringer loads Only one telephone can have an LED or neon message waiting indicator The TN791 supports up to eight simultaneous ports ringing four on ports one through eight and four on ports 9 through 16 The TN791 circuit pack supports A and yu law companding and administrable timers Secondary lightning protection is provided The TN791 circuit pack supports up to eight simultaneous ports ringing The following table lists the TN791 supported telephones and shows ea
64. always used if it is available One power supply can operate on AC power and the other on DC power The power supplies use AC power first and switch to DC power if AC power fails or is not present AC power Commercial AC is the primary input power source Both slot 0 and slot 15 have dedicated AC input The 655A power supply can operate on AC input of 90 to 264 VAC at 47 to 63 Hz The nominal ranges for AC power are e 100 to 120 VAC at 50 or 60 Hz e 200 to 240 VAC at 50 or 60 Hz Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 135 December 2003 Avaya G650 Media Gateway DC power Minus 48VDC power can be supplied simultaneously as backup power One 48 VDC power input point is provided on the G650 backplane and is distributed through the backplane to each power supply 655A faceplate LEDs The five LEDs on the faceplace of the 655A power supply are in a vertical line with the red LED on top These five LEDs provide the following status e Red This LED Lights when there is a failure in either the power supply or the fans For a G650 with redundant power supplies a failure in the fan assembly results in this LED being lit on both power supplies Flashes off once per second when the software shuts down the ring voltage output of a power supply e Yellow This LED Lights when the status of the power supply and fans is OK Flashes once per second when the software shuts down a single power supply in a carrie
65. and power supplies 655A power supply TN2198B ISDN BRI U Interface 2 wire 12 ports The TN2198 circuit pack allows connection to the ANSI standard 2 wire U Interface The 2 wire interface from the TN2198 connects to an NT1 network interface The 4 wire interface on the other side of the NT1 may connect to one or two telephones The TN2198 does not provide a trunk side interface Unlike the TN2185 circuit pack The TN2198 contains 12 ports that interface at the ISDN U reference point For each port information communicates over two 64 kbps bearer channels called B1 and B2 and over a 16 kbps channel called the demand channel or D channel The D channel is used for signaling Channels B1 and B2 can be circuit switched simultaneously The D channel is always packet switched The TN2198 requires a packet control circuit pack Each port supports one telephone such as the 500 rotary dial analog telephone and 2500 DTMF dial telephones The D channel supports the LAPD protocol and is consistent with the CCITT Q 920 recommendations for D channel signaling In an environment with multiple telephones the B channels are shared only on a per call basis For example if the B2 channel is used for data then the use of B2 by one telephone excludes the other telephones from having access to it When a device communicates over the D channel to access B1 or B2 that channel is owned until the call is taken The D channel is always shared among the telephon
66. based communication between the two processors The S8100 Media Server has the following characteristics e Processor The processor is a 500 MHz Pentium III e RAM There are two slots for SDRAM memory modules with a minimum of 256 MB of RAM and a maximum of 512 MB of RAM e Front panel ethernet access Services can access the switch via an RJ45 Ethernet jack on the circuit pack faceplate e Hard disk The circuit pack has a 20 GB hard disk Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 129 December 2003 G600 Media Gateway 130 TN744E Call Classifier and Tone Detector The TN744 call classifier and tone detector circuit pack has eight ports of tone detection on the TDM bus The TN744 circuit pack does not support call progress tone generation or clocking The tone detectors are used in vector prompting outgoing call management OCM and call prompting applications in the United States and Canada and call classifier options for various countries The TN744 detects special intercept tones used in network intercept tone detection in OCM The TN744 circuit pack also detects tones when a CO answers a call The TN744 circuit pack provides tone generation and detection for R2 MFC DID signaling that is used in non United States installations The TN744 circuit pack also allows gain or loss to be applied to pulse code modulation PCM signals that are received from the bus and supports A Law and p Law companding The TN744 circuit
67. centralized backups of critical system information at remote sites During an emergency multiple copies of translations INTUITY AUDIX subscriber information and the Windows 2000 Server registry are available This saved information can be quickly restored Backups can be saved either to the provided PCMCIA card or to another server over the LAN e Emergency transfer equipment is an option that cuts up to six analog lines directly through to analog trunks in the central office CO Administration Several methods can be used to administer the 8100 e The peer Web server e A Telnet session e Avaya Integrated Management Suite 36 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8100 Media Server with a CMC1 or G600 Media Gateway Peer Web server The Avaya S8100 Media Server can be administered through a Web interface that uses a Peer Web server through a LAN connection The administrator can download software such as Message Manager connect to INTUITY AUDIX schedule a backup or view backup results and restore from a backup Telnet session A terminal emulation access can be used via a Telnet session Avaya Integrated Management Avaya Integrated Management offers a comprehensive set of Web based network and system management solutions that support the Avaya converged voice solutions Integrated Management combines individual applications into 5 offers e Standard Management e Standard Management Soluti
68. circuit packs This pair consists of one primary circuit pack and a duplicate secondary circuit pack as a backup For critical reliability the bearer network among the port networks is also duplicated Two EI circuit packs or two ATM circuit packs are present in each PN instead of just one IPSI The IPSI circuit pack is duplicated in every IPSI connected PN in a high or critical reliability configuration The secondary IPSI is connected to control network B The secondary IPSI takes over in case of problems with the primary control network The 8700 Media Server regularly tests the duplicated IPSI to make sure it is ready for service Bearer Connectivity Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 87 December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Critical Reliability when sending voice bearer over CSS or ATM The critical reliability configuration option is similar to the high reliability configuration option In addition the critical reliability configuration duplicates the bearer network channels among the PNs Like the high reliability configuration the critical reliability configuration consists of the following e Two S8700 Media Servers e Two IPSI circuit packs in each IPSI connected port network e Two Ethernet switches e Two UPS units Voice and data bearer traffic between port networks is carried on a duplex network that is made up of two Expansion Interface BI in each port
69. circuit card that is plugged into one of five A through E connectors inside the carrier See Figure 44 Printed circuit card on page 133 for an example and location of the printed circuit card Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya G650 Media Gateway Figure 44 Printed circuit card in 1 OOC we AKN AO al le A AN c E Nod swdlpdle LAO 072403 When five G650s in a rack are connected together with TDM cables the G650 in the bottom position in the rack has a carrier address of A and the G650 in the top position in the rack has a carrier address of E When the five G650s in a rack are not connected together with TDM cables each G650 has a carrier address of A Multiple G650s can be rack mounted with some connected by TDM cables and others not connected by TDM cables For example a customer can request that the G650 in the bottom of the rack not be connected to another G650 The carrier address of the G650 in the bottom of the rack is A The customer can request that the next two G650s in the rack be connected together by a TDM cable The carrier address of the lower of these two G650s is A and the address of the upper G650 is B And the customer can request that two additional G650s be placed in the rack and be connected by a TD
70. classify tones and other signals Generation of signaling tones is also supported for applications such as R2 MFC Spain MF and Russia MF Gain or loss and conferencing can be applied to PCM signals received from the TDM bus Additional support includes DTMF detectors to collect address digits during dialing and A and u Law companding In normal operation a port on the TN744 circuit pack can serve as an incoming register for Russia MFR multifrequency shuttle register signaling Use the TN744 with the TN429C analog line central office trunk for CAMA E911 TN746B Analog Line 16 ports 184 The TN746B analog line circuit pack has 16 ports Each port supports one telephone Auxiliary equipment such as FAX machines answering machines modems and amplifier handsets is supported The TN746B circuit pack supports on premises building wiring with either touch tone or rotary dialing and with or without the LED and neon message waiting indicators The TN746B circuit pack supports off premises wiring out of building only with certified protection equipment with either DTMF dialing or rotary dialing LED or neon message waiting indicators are not supported off premises The TN746B circuit pack provides 48 V DC current in the off hook state Ringing voltage is 90 V DC The TN746B along with a TN755B neon power unit per carrier or per single carrier cabinet supports on premises telephones that are equipped with neon message waiting indicators The
71. e Full Duplex Operation talk and listen at the same time e Tabletop user installable solution for ease of setup and use e Extension microphones available for up to 20 people e Integrated dial pad e Microphone muting for privacy e Dual color LED for on and mute display e Wireless lapel microphone available for stand up presenters Models 3127 STD AVAYA SOUNDSTATION ANALOG The analog version of SoundStation plugs into any analog port or terminal and comes will all appropriate cabling Requiring just an analog line and a power outlet this system is easy to install and use Good for groups of up to 10 people 3127 EXP AVAYA SOUNDSTATION EX ANALOG This analog version of SoundStation includes two extension microphones which can be used to enhance the room coverage to support up to 15 people Plugs directly into an analog port 3127 DCS AVAYA SOUNDSTATION DCP The DCP version connects to the adjunct port of the 7102 8102 and 7400 and 8400 series terminals This SoundStation does not work with a 6400 series terminal Comes with all appropriate cabling and is user installable Good for groups of up to 10 people 3127 DCE AVAYA SOUNDSTATION EX DCP w Mics This DCP version of SoundStation includes two extension microphones which can be used to enhance the room coverage to support up to 15 people The DCP version connects to the adjunct port of the 7102 8102 and 7400 and 8400 series terminals This SoundStation does not work with a
72. e SO permits intrusive monitoring of the incoming signal from the network When used the SO jack breaks the connection of that signal to the framer EI permits injection of a signal towards the framer When used the EI jack isolates the network Rx signal e SI permits injection of a signal towards the network When used the SI jack isolates the framer Tx signal from going out to the network e EO permits intrusive monitoring of the signal from the framer When used the EO jack breaks the connection of that signal to the network jack RJ48C LEDs Four LEDs are supported on the faceplate These include the three standard Media Module LEDs and the SIG LED that indicates the MM710 Media Module is receiving a valid signal 220 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 MM710 T1 E1 media module DB 25 DCE connector This connector can be used to connect a DSU data service unit in a future release Loopback jack When your order a MM710 Avaya recommends that you include the optional 700A loop back jack With the loop back jack installed you can loop back the TI up to the network facility without a dispatch If the MM710 is sold with an Avaya Service Agreement the jack must be ordered and installed to save time and money on service calls The jack is typically used for CO trunk installations The jack is inserted as close to the network or telco T1 facility as possible When the jack is activated from the G700 Me
73. example of the basic control cabinet Figure 54 SCC1 basic conirol cabinet front 4 see Jj o har B B B T m i a E i i AT ala a ell nln n RH k k k uo T w mammam L lm Sj TT 1 T TTT T T NN 5 N NNN N N 72 8 2 255 7 7 94P 4 177 9 5 20 0 8 0 0 9 5 4 1 2 ccdfr8l KLC 081601 The following table describes the connectors in the basic control carrier Connector Function 1 to 16 Al to A16 25 pair connectors that provide interfaces between connect port circuit packs and the cross connect field or a fiber transceiver AUX auxiliary Provides interfaces for customer alarms attendant console power emergency power transfer panels and an internal modem that is used for remote maintenance PI processor interface Provides a BX 25 protocol interface for communication between the circuit pack and external DCE equipment This connection is only used with the standard reliability option 1 of 2 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 153 December 2003 SCC1 Media Gateway Connector Function DCE Connects the processor to CDR equipment a system printer or an external modem that is used for remote maintenance T
74. facilitating global communications provide a full function network with data and voice convergence and use available network resources to optimize investments H 323 IP Trunk IP Solutions mode The IP Media Processor circuit pack TN2302AP supports the H 323 version 2 protocol and operates with H 323 version 2 endpoints including stations trunks and gateways An IP Media Processor circuit pack uses IP connectivity between two DEFINITY or Avaya servers to enable H 323 trunk service using IP connectivity H 323 trunk groups can be configured as DEFINITY specific tie trunks that support e ISDN trunk features such as DCS and QSIG e Generic tie trunks that permit interconnection with H 323 v2 compliant switches from other vendors e Direct inward dial DID type of public trunks providing access to the switch for unregistered users The TN2302AP requires the TN799 for signaling The TN2302AP IP Media Processor is also used for H 323 VoIP applications IP Trunk mode The IP Trunk mode allows trunk groups to be defined as DS1 tie lines between DEFINITY systems over a customer s data network Each IP Interface circuit pack in IP Trunk mode provides a basic 12 port package that can be expanded up to 30 ports Each TN802 or TN802B circuit pack in IP Trunk mode requires e A connection to a modem e An incoming line for Avaya remote access e Direct access to the NT server on the hard disk using ppANYWHERE version 8 or later
75. has four ports that connect to multibutton electronic telephone MET sets Each port has tip and ring analog voice and digital signals to control terminals such as BT BR LT and LR Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 183 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN744E Call Classifier and Tone Detector 8 ports The TN744 call classifier and tone detector circuit pack has eight ports of tone detection on the TDM bus The TN744 circuit pack does not support call progress tone generation or clocking The tone detectors are used in vector prompting outgoing call management OCM and call prompting applications in the United States and Canada and call classifier options for various countries The TN744 detects special intercept tones used in network intercept tone detection in OCM The TN744 circuit pack also detects tones when a CO answers a call The TN744 circuit pack provides tone generation and detection for R2 MFC DID signaling that is used in non United States installations The TN744 circuit pack also allows gain or loss to be applied to pulse code modulation PCM signals that are received from the bus and supports A and u Law companding The TN744 circuit pack detects 2025 2100 or 2225 Hz modem answerback tones and provides normal broadband and wide broadband dial tone detection The TN744 circuit pack supports digital signal processing of PCM signals on each port to detect recognize and
76. http www avaya com support If you are e Within the United States click the Escalation Management link Then click the appropriate link for the type of support you need e Outside the United States click the Escalation Management link Then click the International Services link that includes telephone numbers for the international Centers of Excellence Providing Telecommunications Security Telecommunications security of voice data and or video communications is the prevention of any type of intrusion to that is either unauthorized or malicious access to or use of your company s telecommunications equipment by some party Your company s telecommunications equipment includes both this Avaya product and any other voice data video equipment that could be accessed via this Avaya product that is networked equipment An outside party is anyone who is not a corporate employee agent subcontractor or is not working on your company s behalf Whereas a malicious party is anyone including someone who may be otherwise authorized who accesses your telecommunications equipment with either malicious or mischievous intent Such intrusions may be either to through synchronous time multiplexed and or circuit based or asynchronous character message or packet based equipment or interfaces for reasons of e Utilization of capabilities special to the accessed equipment Theft such as of intellectual propert
77. in the PPN Buses route voice calls and data calls between external trunks and external lines Figure 35 Components of a DEFINITY Server R PPN 2 l SPE l Processor bus l Network Control i Packet Interface Terminal Packet TDM bus bus T External trunks lines and IP H Pors addresses Expansion I O Expansion I O Fiber optic cable PN E Expansion I O a im bus TDM bus 1 1 Lt Il l b TOM bus i Terminal External Terminal External External trunks lines trunks lines trunks lines and IP and IP and IP cydfcss3 LJK 022299 addresses addresses addresses Port network A port network PN consists of the following components e Time Division Multiplexing TDM bus The TDM bus has 484 time slots 23 B channels and 1 D channel available per bus The TDM bus runs internally throughout each PN and terminates on each end The TDM bus consists of two 8 bit parallel buses bus A and bus B Bus A and bus B carry switched digitized voice and data signals and control signals to all port circuits and between port circuits and the SPE The port circuits place digitized voice signals and data signals on a TDM bus Bus A and bus B are typically active simultaneously e Packet bus The packet bus runs internally throughout each PN and terminates on each end The packet bus is an 18 bit parallel bus that carries logi
78. including busy out and release busyout shutdown and status of an S8300 Media Server Security commands to enable and disable the modem start and stop the FTP server and view the software license SNMP access to configure trap destinations and to stop and start the master agent Configuration information about an S8300 Media Server Upgrade access to an S8300 Media Server Linux Red Hat operating system e Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP server e H 248 Media Gateway Signaling Protocol e Control messages tunneled over H 323 Signaling Protocol e Two USB ports and a 10 100 Base T port e One services port The S8300 supports a maximum of 40 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway e 900 total ports combination of trunks and stations 450 IP non IP or a combination of IP and non IP stations 450 trunks e 50 G700 Media Gateways The following figure shows an S8300 Media Server and media modules in a G700 Media Gateway Figure 2 S8300 Media Server in a G700 Media Gateway
79. is located is powered down or removed from the stack the secondary port in the Intermodule Port Redundancy pair takes over Only one pair per stack can be set for Intermodule Port Redundancy Stack Redundancy In the unlikely event that an Avaya P330 switch or Octaplane link should fail stack integrity is maintained if the redundant cable is connected to the stack The broken link is bypassed and data transmission continues uninterrupted The single management IP address for the stack is also preserved for uninterrupted management and monitoring Hot Swappable You can remove or replace any module within the stack without disrupting operation or performing stack level reconfiguration You can therefore adapt the P330 to your requirements on the fly and with a down time which is second to none When you remove an expansion module from the stack all configuration definitions on expansion modules are lost Backup Power Supply Each Avaya P330 module comes with a Backup Power Supply BUPS connector If the internal power supply should fail the Avaya P330 BUPS available separately will automatically supply power to the switch for uninterrupted operation Fans The Avaya P330 module fans have integrated sensors which provide advance warnings of fan failure by way of the management Network Management Agent NMA Redundancy Since each Avaya P330 module has an integral SNMP agent any module in a stack can serve as the stack NMA whi
80. is supported in both the G350 and the G700 Media Gateways The MM72 0 does not support the following e BRI stations e Combining both B channels together to form a 128 kbps channel See the following figure for an example of the MM720 Jpop FO won ALMO TST O ACTO 226 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 MM722 BRI media module MM722 BRI media module The Avaya MM722 Media Module provides two 4 wire S T ISDN BRI Basic Rate Interface 2B D access ports with RJ 45 jacks Each port interfaces to the central office at the ISDN T reference point Information is communicated in the same manner as for the MM720 NOTE The MM722 is not supported in the G700 Media Gateway Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 227 December 2003 MM760 VoIP media module MM760 VoIP media module The Avaya MM760 Media Module is a clone of the motherboard VoIP engine The MM760 provides an additional 64 VoIP channels with G 711 compression NOTE The MM760 is not supported in the G350 Media Gateway See the following figure for an example of a MM760 Figure 69 Avaya MM760 VoIP Media Module ALM O TST O ACT O mmdc760 KLC 022702 The capacity of the MM760 is 64 G 711 TDM IP simultaneous calls or 32 compression codec G 729 or G 723 TDM IP simultaneous calls These call types can be mixed on the same resource In other words the simultaneous call capacity
81. it to directory enabled applications MasterDirectory can import export and transfer data via standards based protocols including the following e ODBC Open Data Base Connectivity LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol e FTP File Transfer Protocol e SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol e CSV text delimited files Using these protocols MasterDirectory can e Extract data from multiple sources e Apply filters and business logic to consolidate data e Populate directory services and databases for use by applications Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 275 December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones For example MasterDirectory can collect information from multiple Avaya Media Servers consolidate the data with Human Resource databases and send the processed data to an LDAP directory service used by phone attendant applications Internet white and yellow pages and other applications Avaya analog telephones 276 Avaya 2500 and 2554 analog terminals The Avaya 2500 and the Avaya 2554 series telephones are made up of several analog telephones that are basically the same but are equipped with small different attributes These models include 2500 MMGN desk model telephone 2500 MMGL desk model telephone 2500 YMGL desk model telephone 2500 YMGP desk model telephone 2500 MMGM desk model telephone 2554 MMGN wall model telephone 2554 MMGM wall model telephone 2554 YMGP wall model telephon
82. maintenance terminal plugs into the other convenience outlet Earthquake protection For earthquake or disaster bracing the cabinets bolt to the floor Other areas may require additional bracing Contact your Avaya representative for earthquake requirements at the location of the system installation Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 337 December 2003 Temperature and humidity for DEFINITY Temperature and humidity for DEFINITY 338 Install the DEFINITY equipment in a well ventilated area Maximum equipment performance is achieved at an ambient room temperature between 40 and 120 Fahrenheit 4 and 49 Celsius for short term operation not more than 72 consecutive hours or 15 days in a year and up to 110 Fahrenheit 43 Celsius for continuous operation The relative humidity range is 10 to 95 percent at up to 84 Fahrenheit 29 Celsius Above 84 degrees Fahrenheit the maximum relative humidity decreases from 95 percent down to 32 percent at 120 Fahrenheit 49 Celsius Installations outside these limits may reduce system life or impede operations The recommended temperature and humidity range is 65 to 85 Fahrenheit 18 to 29 Celsius at 20 to 60 percent relative humidity The following table correlates room temperature with allowable relative humidity Table 24 Temperature and relative humidity Recommended room temperature degrees Fahrenheit Recommended room temperature degrees C
83. module Multiple G350s may be deployed in many remote branches of a large organization Large branches or main offices may deploy an Avaya G700 Media Gateway which provides similar functionality to the G350 for a larger number of users Up to 250 G350 and G700 Media Gateways may be controlled by a single external S8700 Media Server Physical description The following figure shows the G350 chassis Figure 41 G350 chassis V6 V5 v2 P V1 V3 we V7 7 N TRUNK YA Fi eonsote RST ASB LINE CCA ETHLAN USB ETH WAN 124 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Media gateways Avaya G350 Media Gateway Table 4 Ports on the G350 chassis Port Description TRK LINE 1 LINE 2 CC WAN 1 LAN 1 CON USB An analog trunk port Part of an integrated analog media module Analog telephone ports of the integrated analog media module An analog relay between TRK and LINE 1 provides Emergency Transfer Relay ETR feature RJ 45 port for ACS 308 contact closure adjunct box RJ 45 10 100 Base TX Ethernet port RJ 45 Ethernet LAN switch port Console port for direct connection of CLI console RJ 45s connector USB port not supported in this release Table 5 Buttons on the G350 Button Description RST Reset button Resets chassis configuration ASB Alternate Software Bank button Reboots the G350 with the software image in the alternate bank G350 capabilities The foll
84. network quality e Directory enabled Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP platform Enables integration of management activities with business processes e On demand phone and feature management Provides users with necessary customization tools Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Overview Avaya communications devices Avaya communications devices Innovative and standards based providing new mobility opportunities Avaya offers a wide choice of flexible intelligent mobile and easy to use communication devices to meet your company s unique needs With analog digital and IP telephones the spectrum is covered Highlights of the portfolio include e Avaya IP Softconsole A software attendant console that brings features and functionality of a high end attendant console to your converged network e Avaya IP Softphone for pocket PC Brings the full functionality of an Avaya office phone to your hand held pocket PC e Avaya 4630 Screenphone A full color touch screen phone with Web access Avaya IP communication devices are supported without special power requirements Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 27 December 2003 DEFINITY Server CSI DEFINITY Server CSI Overview Avaya s Communication Manager on a DEFINITY Server CSI is a solution for a medium sized office location that has from 50 to 900 stations This solution uses DEFINITY TN circuit pack
85. of IP signaling and TDM bus signaling The following figure shows the trunk connects and line connections available with Avaya s Multi Vantage applications Figure 38 IP solutions Switch TN2302 H 323 Trunk Voice Terminal or CentreVu IP Agent Switch 1 i 1 I l 1 I I IP Softphone 1 1 I 1 1 i 1 I l 1 1 TN2302 C LAN TN2302 TN2302 IP Softphone with H 323 voice application As the The figure shows IP Solutions supports connectivity for IP trunks IP softphones and IP telephones DEFINITY IP Solutions is implemented using the TN2302AP an IP Media Processor circuit pack inside the switch The TN2302AP IP Media Processor provides H 323 trunk connections and H 323 voice processing for IP telephones The features that use the TN2302AP circuit pack also reguire the TN799 C LAN circuit pack NOTE The IP trunk that is used in R7 and the current TN2302AP H 323 trunks are not interoperable The TN2302AP H 323 in trunk mode cannot communicate with an R7 IP trunk However the TN2302AP H 323 trunk can communicate with a TN802B circuit pack Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server R Trunks DEFINITY IP Solutions supports two trunk configurations e H 323 IP trunk IP Solutions mode e IP trunk mode IP trunks reduce expenses for long distance voice and FAX
86. of messages are good morning time of day and extension number Each of the ports has touch tone detection The TN457 has administrable A and u Law companding capabilities TN459B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports The TN459B DID circuit pack for the United Kingdom provides eight ports for immediate or wink start DID trunks Each port has tip and ring signal leads Each port is an interface between a 2 wire analog line from a CO and the 4 wire TDM network in the system The TN459B has administrable timers and a backward busy circuit that complies with signaling requirements TN464GP DSI Interface T1 24 channels or E1 32 channels The TN464GP circuit pack provides Board level administrable A or u Law companding CRC 4 generation and checking E1 only Stratum 3 clock capability ISDN PRI T1 or El connectivity Line out LO and line in LI signal leads unpolarized balanced pairs Support for CO TIE DID and off premises station OPS port types that use robbed bit signaling protocol proprietary bit oriented signaling BOS 24 channel signaling protocol or DMI BOS 24 _channel signaling protocol Support for Russian incoming ANI Support for universal digital signal level leguipment in wideband ISDN PRI applications Test jack access to the DS1 or E1 line and support of the 120A integrated channel service unit ICSU module Support for the enhanced maintenance capabilities of the ICSU These circuit packs can commu
87. of the resource is 64 G 711 Equivalent Calls NOTE Customers who want an essentially non blocking system must add an additional MM760 Media Module if they use more than two MM710 Media Modules in a single chassis The additional MM760 provides an additional 64 channels Ethernet interface The MM760 must have its own Ethernet address The MM760 requires a 10 100 Base T Ethernet interface to support H 323 endpoints for DEFIN ITY IP trunks and stations from another G700 Media Gateway Voice compression 228 The MM760 supports on board resources for compression and decompression of voice for G 711 A and u law G 729 and 729B and G 723 5 3K and 6 3K The VoIP engine supports the following functionality RTP and RTCP interfaces Dynamic jitter buffers DTMF detection Hybrid echo cancellation Silence suppression Comfort noise generation Packet loss concealment Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Optional components Optional components for an S8100 Media Server Optional components Optional components for an S8100 Media Server Media gateways G600 Media Gateway on page 127 CMC1 Media Gateway on page 147 Circuit packs Power circuit packs 650A AC power unit on page 174 Line circuit packs TN479 Analog Line 16 ports on page 180 TN556D ISDN BRI 4 Wire S T NT Interface 12 ports on page 181 TN746B Analog Line 16 ports on page 184 TN762B Hybrid Line 8 ports on page 187
88. on Temperature e 10 to 35 degrees C 50 0 to 95 0 degrees F e Altitude 0 to 914 m 2998 7 ft Server off e 40 to 60 degrees C 104 to 140 F e Maximum altitude 2133 m 6998 0 ft Environment Humidity Server on e 8 to 80 Server off e 8 to 80 Heat Output BTU output per hour approximate e Maximum configuration 512 BTU 150 watts Electrical Input e Sine wave input 47 63 Hz required e Input voltage low range e Minimum 100 V ac e Maximum 127 V ac e Input voltage high range e Minimum 200 V ac e Maximum 240 V ac e Input kilovolt amperes kVA approximate e Minimum 0 0870 kVA e Maximum 0 150 kVA e Receptacle U S XXXX 87 NEMA 5 15 e Circuit breaker XXXX 87 15 amp e Pole XXXX 87 1 e Amp Draw XXXX 87 3 308 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Altitude air pressure and air purity for the S8700 Media Server Altitude air pressure and air purity for the S8700 Media Server The normal operating air pressure for the S8700 Media Server is from 9 4 to 15 2 psi 648 to 1048 millibars For altitudes above 5 000 feet reduce the maximum short term temperature limit by 1 F or for 1 000 feet of elevation above 5 000 feet At 10 000 feet for example the maximum short term temperature limit is 115 F Air Purity Do not install the equipment in an area where the air may be contaminated with any of the following e Excessive dust lint carbon particles paper fiber contaminants o
89. out and line in leads are unpolarized balanced pairs The TN2207 has additional hardware to support direct cabling to a TN787 MMI circuit pack TN2209 Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports 200 The TN2209 tie trunk was designed for use in Russia The TN2209 tie trunk has four ports used for Type or Type 5 4 wire E amp M lead signaling tie trunks The tie trunks can one of four types automatic immediate start wink start and delay dial The TN2209 provides an interface between these four frequency signaling tie trunk lines and the switch TDM network Based on a TN760D each port has modified E amp M signal leads for universal hardware compatibility The TN2209 provides release link trunks required for the CAS feature and has administrable A and u Law companding Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN2211 Optical Drive The TN2211 Optical Drive provides removable storage for the DEFINITY R configurations The TN2211 supports software upgrades translation backups announcement file backups core dumps and so on The Optical Drive has several advantages over tape drive technology e Writing to the optical disk is considerably shorter than writing to tape A full backup takes approximately 20 minutes verses the tape drive takes that takes up to 95 minutes e Writing to the optical disk is more reliable because of e Block allocation e The number of accesses to t
90. pack detects 2025 Hz 2100 Hz or 2225 Hz modem answerback tones and provides normal broadband and wide broadband dial tone detection The TN744 circuit pack supports digital signal processing of PCM signals on each port to detect recognize and classify tones and other signals Generation of signaling tones is also supported for applications such as R2 MFC Spain MF and Russia MF Gain or loss and conferencing can be applied to PCM signals received from the TDM bus Additional support includes DTMF detectors to collect address digits during dialing and A Law and u Law companding In normal operation a port on the TN744 circuit pack can serve as an incoming register for Russia MFR multi frequency shuttle register signaling Use the TN744 with the TN429C analog line central office trunk for CAMA E911 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya G650 Media Gateway Avaya G650 Media Gateway Overview The Avaya G650 Media Gateway is a fourteen slot rack mounted carrier configured for TN format circuit packs The G650 is 8U high 14 inches 35 6 centimeters and mounts in standard 19 inch 48 3 centimeters data racks The G650 can use one or two 655A power supplies that can have both AC and DC input power present Either power supply can provide all the power needed by the G650 See Figure 43 G650 Media Gateway on page 131 for an example of the G650 Media Gateway Figure 43 G650 Media Gateway
91. page 275 250 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Optional components for DEFINITY Server SI Optional components for DEFINITY Server SI Media gateways SCC1 Media Gateway on page 150 MCCI1 Media Gateway on page 159 Circuit packs for DEFINITY Server SI Power Circuit Packs 1217A AC power supply on page 173 631DA1 AC power unit on page 173 631DB1 AC power unit on page 173 649A DC power unit on page 174 676C DC power supply on page 177 982LS current limiter on page 177 TN755B Neon Power Unit on page 186 CFY 1B current limiter on page 177 TN2202 Ring Generator on page 200 Line Circuit Packs TN479 Analog Line 16 ports on page 180 TN556D ISDN BRI 4 Wire S T NT Interface 12 ports on page 181 TN746B Analog Line 16 ports on page 184 TN754C DCP Digital Line 4 wire 8 ports on page 186 TN762B Hybrid Line 8 ports on page 187 TN769 Analog Line 8 ports on page 188 TN791 Analog Guest Line 16 ports on page 191 T T T T T N793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports on page 192 N797 Analog Trunk or Line Circuit Pack 8 ports on page 193 N2181 DCP Digital Line 2 wire 16 ports on page 197 N2183 TN2215 Analog Line for multiple countries 16 ports on page 197 N2185B ISDN BRI S T TE Interface 4 wire 8 ports on page 198 TN2198B ISDN BRI U Interface 2 wire 12 ports on page 199 TN2214B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 po
92. power systems 323 Media Gateway CMC1 147 G600 127 G700 139 MCC1 159 SCC1 150 Media Gateways for S8700 Multi Connect 73 Media Module Analog 222 BRI 226 DCP 224 T1 E1 219 VoIP 228 Media Module LEDs 45 143 Media Modules 46 Analog Trunk Telephone Media Module MM711 47 48 DCP Media Module MM712 49 T1 E1 Media Module MM710 47 VoIP Media Module MM760 50 MM 712 DCP Media Module 49 MM710 219 MM710 T1 E1 Media Module 47 350 MM711 222 MM711 Analog Trunk Telephone Media Module 48 MM712 224 MM720 226 MM760 228 MM760 VolP Media Module 50 Modem for S8700 Multi Connect 73 N NAA1 Fiber Optic Cable Adaptor CMC1 Media Gateway 178 non US power requirements 322 329 O overvoltage protections 336 P P133G2 and P134G2 Features 297 Agency Approval 298 Environmental Information 298 Interfaces 298 Physical Characteristics 298 Power Consumption 298 Supported Standards 298 Overview 297 P133G2 Ethernet Switch 297 P134G2 Ethernet Swtich 297 P330 Ethernet Switch 291 Features 291 a Auto Negotiation 292 Backup Power Supply 294 CajunView 295 Command Line Interface 295 Congestion Control 292 Device Manager 295 Fans 294 Intermodule Redundancy 294 IP Multicast Filtering 293 Leaky VLANs 292 Link Aggregation Group 293 MAC Security 293 Multiple VLANs per Port 292 Network Management 295 Network Management Agent Redundancy 294 Network Mon
93. reguire the TN799 C LAN circuit pack NOTE The IP trunk that is used in R7 and the current TN2302AP H 323 trunks are not interoperable The TN2302AP H 323 in trunk mode cannot communicate with an R7 IP trunk However the TN2302AP H 323 trunk can communicate with a TN802B circuit pack Trunks DEFINITY IP Solutions supports two trunk configurations e H 323 IP trunk IP Solutions mode e IP trunk mode IP trunks reduce expenses for long distance voice and FAX facilitating global communications provide a full function network with data and voice convergence and use available network resources to optimize investments 102 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server SI H 323 IP Trunk IP Solutions mode The IP Media Processor circuit pack TN2302AP supports the H 323 version 2 protocol and operates with H 323 version 2 endpoints including stations trunks and gateways An IP Media Processor circuit pack uses IP connectivity between two DEFINITY or Avaya servers to enable H 323 trunk service using IP connectivity H 323 trunk groups can be configured as DEFINITY specific tie trunks that support e ISDN trunk features such as DCS and QSIG e Generic tie trunks that permit interconnection with H 323 v2 compliant switches from other vendors e Direct inward dial DID type of public trunks providing access to the switch for unregistered users The TN2302AP requires the TN799 for signaling
94. ringer e Works in a 2 wire environment Avaya Callmaster VI 606A digital telephone The Callmaster VI is a small digital voice telephone used with the application software running on a PC Powered from the PBX the Callmaster VI connects to the PC by way of a standard EIA or TIA 574 serial port interface Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 273 December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones The following are the characteristics of the Avaya Callmaster VI Two headset input jacks both usable at the same time Optional headset with custom cable Message waiting indicator Five pre set buttons e Headset on and off e Mute e Two call appearances e Release Three administrable feature buttons Voice announcement recording feature e Up to six announcements that are 9 6 seconds in length e Announcements can be played automatically for incoming calls FCC and CISPR Class B Avaya attendant consoles 274 Avaya 302D attendant console The Avaya 302D Attendant Console is a 2 wire unit with an optional 26C expansion module The Avaya 302D cannot be used in a 4 wire environment The following are characteristics of the Avaya 302D attendant console Comes in three colors dark gray black and white Power is required from the desktop or the telephone closet All 302D Attendant Consoles are desk mounted only Supports optional 26C Selector Console Has 20 Hundreds group buttons and 100 Tens group buttons
95. stack up to four P130 switches to create a single logical switch For the P133G2 and P134G2 products application configuring network operation and network monitoring are straightforward tasks due to the user friendly Web management capabilities The P133G2 and P134G2 products have the same management and monitoring capabilities as other Avaya Cajun switches and therefore can also be centrally managed by the widely acclaimed CajunView tm network management suite of applications Like all Avaya MultiService Network products the new P133G2 and P134G2 products are DayOne Ready for Voice Video and Data Networking Day One Ready means these products offer application optimization for converged voice video and data networks These products are designed to support a superior data network environment with capabilities for QoS Policy Management and redundancy support that provides superior operational reliability and network availability Avaya P133G2 The P133G2 is a workgroup switch with 24 Fast Ethernet and 2 SFP GBIC slots for uplink and cascading This unit has a 8 8 Gbps wire speed switching and forwarding rate Avaya P134G2 The P134G2 configuration provides 48 Fast Ethernet ports and 2 SFP GBIC slots General Features of the P133G2 and P134G2 Switches e 802 3 compliant ports for full half duplex traffic auto negotiation and flow control e 802 10 VLAN tagging e Port based VLAN e QoS Support e Transparent IEEE 802 1p e Per port
96. telephones 281 Power for Avaya 4602 and Avaya 4620 IP telephones 281 Power for Avaya 4606 4612 and 4624 IP telephones 281 Power for Avaya 4630 IP telephones 282 SoundPoint and SoundStation speakerphones 283 3127 SoundPoint Speakerphone 283 Highlights 283 Models 283 3127 SoundStation speakerphone 283 Highlights 284 Models 284 3127 SoundStation Premier audioconferencing speakerphone 285 Highlights 285 Models 285 18 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya UPS Units e Avaya Series 1 AS1 UPS AS1 1000 VA 120 V Online Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS 1000 VA 120 V models include the following accessories AS1 1000VA 230V Online UPS 1000VA 230 V models include the following accessories AS1 1500VA 120V Online UPS The AS1 1500 VA model includes the following accessories AS1 1500VA 230V Online UPS 1500 VA 230 V models include the following accessories UPS Add on Modules Extended Battery Module EBM24 1000 VA UPS Extended Battery Module EBM48 1500 2000 VA SNMP MODULE 1000 2000 VA BYPASS DISTRIBUTION MODULE 120V 1000 1500 VA PWR UPS BYPASS DISTR MOD S1 1000VA 2K VA Avaya Ethernet Switches e Avaya P330 Ethernet Switches Features of the Avaya P330 Product Line Auto Negotiation Congestion Control VLANs Multiple VLANs per Port Leaky VLAN Port Classification Network TIME Acquiring Protocols MAC Security Link Aggregation Group LAG IP Multicast Filtering Radius Security Port Redundancy Int
97. telephony software application Avaya Communication Manager provides user functionality and system management functionality intelligent call routing application integration and extensibility and enterprise communications networking Communication Manager offers over 500 features in the following categories e Call center e Telephony features e Localization e Collaboration e Mobility e Messaging e Telecommuting e System management e Reliability e Security privacy and safety e Hospitality e Attendant features e Networking Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 31 December 2003 DEFINITY Server CSI Adjuncts 32 Intelligent call routing Application programming interfaces The following is a partial list of the adjuncts that Avaya provides Voice messaging and response such as INTUITY AUDIX Call center tools such as Avaya Call Management System NICE Analyzer Avaya Call Recording Avaya Visual Vectors and Avaya Basic Call Management System Reporting Desktop System printer Journal printer Call Accounting Systems Call Detail Recording CDR Avaya Site Administration ASA DEFINITY Network Management DNM DEFINITY Translator ATM Manager DTA s Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8100 Media Server with a CMC1 or G600 Media Gateway Avaya S8100 Media Server with a CMC1 or G600 Media Gateway Overview The Avaya S8100 Media Server with a CMC1 or G600 Media G
98. terminal and comes will all appropriate cabling In Addition the analog version of SoundPoint can automatically answer Auto Answer calls placed to its extension 3127 DCP AVAYA SOUNDPOINT DCP Connects to the adjunct port of the 7400 7500 8400 and 8500 series terminals for added convenience Comes with all appropriate cabling 3127 SoundStation speakerphone The SoundStation speakerphone has three microphones providing 360 degree of coverage for offices and small conference rooms The amplified speaker provides enough audio for groups of up to 10 people The analog version plugs into any standard analog phone jack The DCP version plugs into the adjunct port of the 7102 8102 and 7400 and 8400 series terminals Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 283 December 2003 SoundPoint and SoundStation speakerphones The full duplex operation eliminates the clipping of speech and the Acoustic Clarity Technology helps to eliminate background noise SoundStation automatically adapts itself to both the room and line conditions in order to ensure the best full duplex operation This is especially critical when you have multi party international conference calls operating over a bridge Additionally this adaptation is an automatic and continuous process to accommodate for changing room conditions Highlights e 360 of microphone coverage ideal for desktop applications e Digitally tuned speaker with Acoustic Clarity Technology
99. terminal to the processor in the duplicated control carrier P1 Provides a position indicator of the carrier and access to alarm and control circuits Processor carrier for DEFINITY Server R or SI The processor carrier contains only dedicated slots for control circuit packs A processor carrier does not contain slots for port circuit packs The following figure shows an example This carrier always contains four memory circuit packs and one Packet Interface circuit pack AC or DC power units reside at each end of a processor carrier See Figure 62 Processor Carrier on page 167 for an example of a processor carrier Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 MCC1 Media Gateway Figure 62 Processor Carrier 8 co a il Ujo Ie oda Le lg Z100A1 631DB1 S blanks F or E or 649A 631DA1 Tt Telele B B B Im l I1 11 I x a ala ala a n n n n n n k kk klk k Ll Ll A ete ME AA wd al cr es Ge Gs AA Ce nia Er MAN a Ga B ZTU U TTTTT TU T T 1NN N NNN NN N N N N 013 3 111411 7 3 1 2 063 3 66666 8 3 6 2 C40 1 555 5 5 0 2 5 1 8 00005 or 7 1 T N 2 1 8 2 The following table de
100. the Avaya 2500 and 2554 series telephones are powered by the tip and ring leads The telephones do not require any external power supply All of the Avaya 2500 and 2554 series telephones can be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions The 2554 sets can ONLY be used as a Power Failure set in a Loop Start environment the 2500 sets can be used as a Power Failure set in either a Loop Start or a Ground Start environment Use in a Ground Start environment required the optional Modular Ground Start button These 2500 and 2554 telephones are FCC registered Avaya 6211 Analog Telephone The Avaya 6211 telephone is a single line analog telephone The following are characteristics of the Avaya 6211 telephone 7 foot modular line cord Handset volume control Ringer volume control Message waiting light Flash button Set hold button with LED Indicator Last number re dial button A 12 button touch tone dial pad with raised bar on the number five for the visually impaired Positive disconnect via switchhook Can be desk or wall mounted RJ 11 data jack FCC approved for emergency power failure transfers Line powered Available in gray or white Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 277 December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones Optional available components e A 12 foot handset cord e A 14 foot line cord e A 25 foot line cords e Avaya headsets Avaya 6219 analog telephone T
101. the IPSI in the G650 Media Gateway IP Phones off of the customer s LAN Voice Mail INTUITY AUDIX shown connected via IP The G700 Media Gateway is connected via the LAN to the C LAN board located in the G650 Media Gateway The 8300 Media Server in an LSP configuration is located in the G700 Media Gateway In the event of a loss in communication between the 8700 and the G700 the LSP will provide a backup for the endpoints that register with it 9 DCP Phones Avaya Multi Function Digital Phones 10 Analog connectivity such as analog phones lines and trunks Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 345 December 2003 Branch Office and Multi Site Configurations Multi Site Environment The following figure shows the 8700 Media Server top middle connected to two sites with S8300 Media Servers in G700 Media Gateways Figure 88 Multi Site Configuration cymsmse2 LAO 072903 LAN LAN In a multi site environment there are a number of standalone solutions connected together using protocols such as QSIG or DCS Each location has it s own processing capability and separate managed configurations These configurations can be a mix of different solutions Voice mail can be shared or connected to a network 346 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Index I
102. tone detection global call classification as well as stratum 4 type clock generation are provided on the IPSI board C LAN TN799DP The C LAN circuit pack TN799DP provides call control for every IP endpoints that is connected to the media server in an IP Connect configuration A maximum number of 64 C LANs per configuration is supported The number of C LANs that are required depends on the number of devices that are connected and the options that the endpoint is using It might be advantageous to segregate IP voice control traffic from device control traffic as a safety measure To determine the default value for C LAN socket usage of H 323 tie trunks you must divide the total number of H 323 Tie Trunk that use sharing by 31 Each IP endpoint requires the use of some number of C LAN sockets which is the software object that is used to connect a TN799 board to the IP network The TN799DP circuit pack supports up to 500 sockets The C LAN differs from an IP Media Processor in that the C LAN controls the call and the processor provides the codecs used for the audio on the call Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 G600 Media Gateway To take advantage of downloadable firmware capability there must be at least one TN799DP C LAN and access to the public Internet for firmware downloads to other downloadable circuit packs Downloads and instructions are posted to http www avaya com support Click on Online Serv
103. tone dialpad with a raised bar on button labeled five for the visually impaired e No handset volume control in compliance with the FCC Waiver e Designed for wall mounting e Available in black only Avaya wireless telephones Avaya TransTalk 9040 The Avaya TransTalk 9040 is a small wireless telephone with a full feature set and alphanumeric display give users complete control of their wireless communications The following are characteristics of the TransTalk 9040 e A 1x 16 alphanumeric display shows internal calling party information and the external called number The backlit display includes three rows for line or intercom terminations and one button feature access Icons such as out of range low battery and message waiting are visible on the display e Weighs just eight ounces e Dimensions are 6 x 2 x 1 A maximum of 12 virtual button appearances for lines intercoms and features e Redial button fixed redial for busy numbers e Replaceable Antenna customers can replace their own antennas in case of breakage e Headset Option works with the Supra over the head or Radium over the ear mobility headsets Can be used with the wireless headset for the MDW 9000 and MDW 9010 with an adaptor New 2 5 mm jack makes connecting a headset to the 9040 easier than ever Backlit display for easier use in poorly lit areas such as warehouses and manufacturing plants Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 279
104. types of grounds e Other local metal underground systems or structures Local underground structures such as tanks and piping systems e Rod and pipe electrodes A 5 8 inch 1 6 cm solid rod or 3 4 inch 1 9 cm conduit or pipe electrode that is driven to a minimum depth of 8 feet 2 5 meters e Plate electrodes Must have a minimum of two square feet 0 18 square meters of metallic surface exposed to the exterior soil A metallic underground water pipe must be supplemented by the metal frame of the building a concrete encased ground or a ground ring Approved floor grounds WARNING If you can only access the approved ground or approved floor ground from within a dedicated power equipment room then a licensed electrician must make the connections 332 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Power requirements Approved floor grounds are those grounds on each floor of a high rise building that are suitable for connection to the ground terminal in the riser closet and to the cabinet equipment single point ground terminal Approved floor grounds might include the following e Building steel e The grounding conductor for the secondary side of the power transformer that feeds the floor e Metallic water pipes e Power feed metallic conduit that supplies panel boards on the floor e A point that is specifically provided in the building design for grounding NOTE You must ensure that you electrical
105. 0 3 2 e Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker IEC 61000 3 3 Federal Communications Commission Statement Part 15 Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the IFCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is joperated in a commercial environment This equipment generates luses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed jand used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Part 68 Answer Supervision Signaling Allowing this equipment to be operated in a manner that does not provide proper answer supervision signaling is in violation of Part 68 rules This equipment returns answer supervision signals to the public switched network when e answered by the called station e answered by the attendant or routed to a recorded announcement that can be administered by the customer premises equipment CPE user This equipment returns answer supervision signals on all direct inward dialed DID calls forwarded back to the public switched telephone network Permissible exceptions are e A call is unanswered e A busy tone is rece
106. 0 5 mm 12 000 3 657m 7102A series 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 3 100 945 m 8100 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 12 000 3 657m 202 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN2224B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports The TN2224 has 24 DCP ports that can connect to 2 wire digital telephones such as the 6400 8400 or 9400 series telephones and the 302C or 302D attendant console The TN2224 circuit pack supports either A Law or u Law companding The following table lists the TN2224 supported telephones and shows each of their wiring sizes and ranges Telephone Wire size AWG Maximum range feet 302C D console 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 3 500 1 067 m 6400 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 3 500 1 067 m 8400 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 3 500 1 067 m 9400 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 3 500 1 067 m TN2242 Digital Trunk The TN2242 digital trunk circuit pack supports versions of channel associated signaling and ISDN PRI signaling that are peculiar to the TTC private networking environment used in Japan It supports the special line coding and framing used on 2 048 Mbps Japanese trunks The TN2242 connects the switch with other vendor equipment and with other DEFINITY switches via the TDM device that is commonly used throughout Japan for this purpose TN2301 Logic Switch The TN2301 logic switch is used with the DEFINITY R only The TN2301 provides service to the customer
107. 0 IP Screenphone on page 266 Avaya 4630SW IP telephone on page 267 Digital telephones Avaya 2402 Digital Telephone on page 267 Avaya 2420 digital telephone on page 268 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6408D digital telephone on page 269 Avaya 6416D M digital telephone on page 270 Avaya 6424D M digital telephone on page 271 Avaya Callmaster IV 603F digital telephone on page 272 Avaya Callmaster V 607A digital telephone on page 273 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 233 December 2003 Optional components S8300 Media Server with a G700 Media Gateway Avaya Callmaster VI 606A digital telephone on page 273 Avaya 302D attendant console on page 274 Analog telephones Avaya 6211 Analog Telephone on page 277 Avaya 6219 analog telephone on page 278 Avaya 2500 and 2554 analog terminals on page 276 Wireless telephone Avaya TransTalk 9040 on page 279 Speakerphones 3127 SoundPoint Speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation speakerphone on page 283 234 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Optional components S8500 Optional components S8500 Media gateways Avaya G650 Media Gateway on page 131 G600 Media Gateway on page 127 Avaya G700 Media Gateway on page 139 Avaya G350 Media Gateway on page 123 CMC1 Media Gateway on page 147 MCCI1 Media Gateway on page 159 SCC1 Media Gateway on
108. 0 and slot 15 have dedicated AC input The 655A power supply can operate on AC input of 90 to 264 VAC at 47 to 63 Hz The nominal ranges for AC power are e 100 to 120 VAC at 50 or 60 Hz e 200 to 240 VAC at 50 or 60 Hz DC power Minus 48VDC power can be supplied simultaneously as backup power One 48 VDC power input point is provided on the G650 backplane and is distributed through the backplane to each power supply Serial bus The 655A power supply interfaces to the serial bus that is implemented on the G650 cabinet backplane The 655A responds to commands and queries from the TN2312BP IPSI serial bus master Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 175 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply 655A faceplate LEDs The five LEDs on the faceplate of the 655A power supply are in a vertical line with the red LED on top These five LEDs provide the following status e Red This LED Lights when there is a failure in either the power supply or the fans For a G650 with redundant power supplies a failure in the fan assembly results in this LED being lit on both power supplies Flashes off once per second when the software shuts down the ring voltage output of a power supply e Yellow This LED Lights when the status of the power supply and fans is OK Flashes once per second when the software shuts down a single power supply in a carrier with operational redundant power supp
109. 1 December 2003 Contents DC power relay EMI filters Ring generator Fuses Power backup UPS AC power distribution unit J58890CH 1 Power backup Small batteries Large batteries DC power distribution DC power distribution unit J58890CF 2 Ground isolation DC power converter 649A AC and DC grounding Approved grounds Protective grounds Approved floor grounds Coupled bonding conductor SCC1 power systems AC power supply 1217A DC power supply 676C DC power distribution unit J58890CG Enhanced DC rectifier cabinet J58890R CMC1 AC power supply 650A CMC1 UPS Cabinet cooling fans CMC1 fan unit MCC1 fans SCC1 fan unit System protection Protection from hazardous voltages Overvoltage protection Sneak current protection Lightning protection Earthquake protection e Temperature and humidity for DEFINITY 22 326 326 326 326 326 327 327 327 327 328 329 329 330 331 332 332 332 332 333 333 333 334 334 334 334 335 335 335 335 336 336 336 336 336 337 337 338 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Contents Customer configurations 339 e Small businesses 339 e Medium sized business solution 341 e Large businesses 342 e Branch Office and Multi Site Configurations 344 Branch Office Configuration 344 Multi Site Environment 346 Index 347 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 23 December 2003 Contents 24
110. 105D or a 116A isolator interface The interface isolates ground between the system and external adjuncts The isolator interface sits behind a PPN control carrier or behind an EPN expansion control carrier The isolator interface is installed at the RS 232 interface between the peripheral equipment and the interface connector The following figure shows the power distribution in some MCC 1s with small battery short term battery holdover In DEFINITY R systems the power distribution cables are on the right side of the cabinet because that is where the 649A DC power converter circuit pack is located Switch node SN carriers require two 649 DC power converters and two cables Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Power requirements Figure 81 Power distribution in MCC1 Port carrier 7 Port or control carrier Fan unit PX 649A DC power converter circuit pack Power distribution gt unit gt 649A DC power converter circuit pack Psi a TK SS NS Small battery DX hk inside cabinet i il Control carrier I Port or switch node carrier An a Port or switch node carrier ledfpdu1 LJK 071497 The following figure shows the DC power distribution in some MCC Is with large batteries or ex
111. 21 NOTE The MM324 is not supported in the G700 Media Gateway 218 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 MM710 T1 E1 media module MM710 T1 E1 media module The Avaya MM710 Media Module terminates a T1 E1 connection The MM710 has a built in Channel Service Unit CSU so that an external CSU is not necessary See the following figure for an example of the MM710 Figure 66 Avaya MM710 T1 E1 Media Module ALM O SO El SM EM SI EO S pee O O 0000000000000 9 YQ E1 T1 EIA 530A DCE mmdc710 KLC 020402 an is supported in both the G700 and G350 Media Gateways Highlights of the MM710 e Software selectable TI or E1 operation e An integrated CSU e Both A law El and u law T1 gain control and echo cancellation ability e D4 ESF or CEPT framing e ISDN PRI capability 23B D or 30B D e AMI ZCS B8ZS T1 or HDB3 E1 line coding e Trunk signaling to support US and international CO or tie trunks e Echo cancellation in either direction e Fractional TI support e An OIC DB 25 pin interface e A Bantam loopback jack that is used for testing of T1 or E1 circuits The MM710 supports the universal DS1 that conforms to the ANSI T1 403 1 544 Mbps TI standard and to the ITU T G 703 2 048 Mbps E1 standard NOTE The MM710 does not support Code Mark Inversion line coding used in Japan Echo cancellation The MM710 can
112. 27 G700 Media Gateway The G700 Media Gateway is not a PN by itself The G700 Media Gateway is connected to the 8700 Media Server through the CLAN that resides in the SCC1 MCC1 CMC1 G600 or G650 Media Gateway One 8700 Media Server can support a maximum of 250 G700 Media Gateways with up to 10 in one stack The stack can be mixed with Avaya P330 devices such as the P333T P333R and P334 For more information see Avaya G700 Media Gateway on page 139 Reliability Reliability when sending voice bearer over IP The following are supported with the 8700 Media Server when sending voice bearer over IP e Duplex reliability e High reliability Duplex Reliability when sending voice bearer over IP The S8700 Media Server is duplicated Tone Clock functionality is provided by the IPSI circuit pack in each PN As an all IP solution only IP connected port networks are supported See Figure 25 Duplex reliability configuration when sending voice bearer over IP on page 80 for an example of a duplex reliability configuration when sending voice bearer over IP Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 79 December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Figure 25 Duplex reliability configuration when sending voice bearer over IP EN ANA oT Ta oo Mn Co cyms0001 LAO 081203 Figure notes Number Description of Connection 1 amp 2 8700 Media Server pa
113. 6 30R Configurations that are installed outside the United States require a receptacle suitable for use in the country of installation 120 VAC 60 Hz NEMA 5 20R or 5 1217A power unit neutral 15R Single phase of 220 VAC or 220 VAC to 240 VAC at a country Single phase of 240 VAC specific receptacle DC power DC powered cabinets that contains a J58890CF power distribution unit require a 42 5 to 56 VDC source at up to 75 A 322 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Power requirements Circuit breaker sizes for AC and DC cabinets The following tables list the circuit breaker sizes for every AC and DC powered cabinet Table 19 Circuit breakers for AC powered cabinets Cabinet Circuit breaker size A CMC1 120 VAC 60 Hz 15 CMC1 240 VAC 50 Hz 10 MCCI 120 VAC 60 Hz 50 MCC I 208 VAC 60 Hz 30 MCC1 240 VAC 60 Hz 30 MCC I 200 240 VAC 50 to 60 Hz 30 SCC1 120 VAC 15 or 20 Auxiliary cabinet 120 VAC 20 Table 20 Circuit breakers for DC powered cabinets Cabinet 48 VDC Circuit breaker size A MCC1 75 SCCl 25 Auxiliary 20 MCC1 power system The MCCI power system consist of an AC power or DC power distribution unit in the bottom of each cabinet and cables to distribute output voltages to power unit circuit packs in the carriers These power systems also consist of power converter circuit packs in the carriers These circuit packs supply DC power to the circu
114. 64BP supports T1 24 channel and E1 32 channel digital facilities In ISDN PRI applications the ISDN D channel connects the TN1655 Packet Interface via the LAN bus The TN2464BP has the same functionality as the TN464GP which is for US and Canada offers only The TN2464BP circuit pack provides e Test jack access to the T1 E1 line e Board level administrable A u Law companding e CRC 4 generation and checking E1 only e Stratum 3 clock capability e Support for the 120A channel service unit module e CO TIE DID off premises station OPS port types that use robbed bit signaling protocol proprietary bit oriented signaling BOS 24 _channel signaling protocol or DMI BOS 24t channel signaling protocol e Unpolarized balanced pair line out LO and line in LI signal leads e Support for Russian incoming ANI e Support for the enhanced maintenance capabilities of the enhanced integrated channel service unit ICSU e Support for Avaya IVR e Channel associated signaling protocols for many countries for details contact your Avaya representative The TN2464BP can be updated using the firmware download feature which requires use of the TN799 C LAN interface Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 209 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN2501AP Voice Announcements over LAN VAL The TN2501AP is an integrated announcement circuit pack that e Offers up to 1 hour of announcement stora
115. 70 182 solid state voltage protection 336 SPEs 98 110 Survivable Remote EPN in an 8700 Multi Connect 90 system protections 336 T T1 E1 Media Module MM710 47 TCP IP connectivity C LAN 193 terminals grounding 333 TN1648 System Access and Maintenance SYSAM 194 TN1650B Memory for DEFINITY R 195 TN1654 DS1 Converter T1 24 channel and E1 32 channel 195 TN1655 Packet Interface for DEFINITY R 195 TN1657 Disk Drive for DEFINITY R 196 TN2138 CO Trunk for Italy 8 ports 196 TN2139 DID Trunk for Italy 8 ports 196 TN2140BTie Trunk for Hungary and Italy 4 wire 4 ports 196 TN2146 DID Trunk for Belgium and the Netherlands 8 port 196 TN2147C CO Trunk for Multiple Countries 8 ports 197 TN2181 DCP Digital Line 2 wire 16 ports 197 TN2182C Tone Clock Tone Detector and Call Classifier 8 ports 197 TN2183 TN2215 Analog Line for Multiple Countries 16 ports 202 TN2184 DIOD Trunk for Germany 4 ports 198 TN2185 ISDN BRI S T TE Interface 4 wire 198 TN2198 ISDN BRI U Interface 2 wire 199 TN2199 CO Trunk for Russia 3 wire 4 ports 199 TN2202 Ring Generator for France 200 TN2207 DS1 Interface T1 24 channel and E1 32 channel 200 TN2209 Tie Trunk for Russia 4 wire 4 ports 200 TN2211 Optical Drive for DEFINITY R 201 TN2214B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports 201 TN2215 TN2183 Analog Line for Multiple Countries 16 ports 202 TN2224B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports 203 TN2242 D
116. 700 Media Server Web interface The S8700 Media Server uses a media server Web interface to perform a wide variety of functions This browser based tool uses a Graphical User Interface GUI for performing server administration tasks such as e Backups and restores for customer data e Provides easy access to view current alarms e The ability to perform server maintenance including busy out and release busy out shutdown and status of the 8700 Media Server e Security commands that will enable and disable the modem start and stop FTP server and view license e SNMP access to configure trap destinations stop and start the master agent e 8700 Media Server configuration information and upgrade access The Web interface contains an extensive help system that describes all the Web screens and fields Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 93 December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Adjuncts 94 This is a partial list of the adjuncts that Avaya provides Voice messaging and response such as INTUITY AUDIX Call center tools such as Avaya Call Management System NICE Analyzer Avaya Call Recording Avaya Visual Vectors and Avaya Basic Call Management System Reporting Desktop System printer is supported with the use of a terminal server Journal printer is supported with the use of a terminal server Call Accounting Systems is supported with the use of a terminal server Call Detail Re
117. 9 Detailed description 39 Configuration description 39 Server features 40 Avaya G700 Media Gateway 41 LEDs 45 Maintenance software 46 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 5 December 2003 Contents Avaya media modules 46 LEDs 47 MM710 T1 E1 media module 47 MM711 Analog media module 48 MM712 DCP media module 49 MM720 BRI media module 49 MM760 VolP media module 50 S8300 Media Server in an LSP configuration 50 IP addressing 51 Preservation of customer translations 51 IA770 INTUITY AUDIX messaging 51 Call center 52 G700 announcement software 53 Customer configuration options 55 System management 55 Avaya Integrated Management 55 8300 Media Server Web interface 56 Adjuncts 56 International information 56 Digital trunks and CO trunks 58 e Avaya S8500 Media Server 59 Detailed description 59 Backing up an S8500 Media Server 60 Port network connectivity 61 Media gateways 61 Remote Supervisor Adapter RSA 62 Modems 64 S8500 Media Server reliability 66 Migrating to an S8500 Media Server 66 RAM disk 68 High level capabilities 68 System management 69 Avaya Integrated Management suite 69 Avaya S8500 Media Server Web interface 69 e Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway 70 Detailed description 70 Configuration information 70 S8700 Media Server control complex 70 6 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Contents S8700 Media Server 71 IPSI Circuit Pack
118. AC and global DC cabinets Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Power requirements Power requirements This section describes AC power and DC power source requirements for the cabinet Global AC MCC power supply The Global MCC GMCC power supply is for use in both US and international systems The GMCC replaces the existing AC MCCI cabinet configuration that is used in the US and thus reducing the number of power supplies and distribution units that are associated with the MCC1 platform The GMCC automatically accepts 200 to 240 VAC power at 50 or 60 Hz The GMCC complies with all emissions and safety requirements for customer applications worldwide the GMCC power system consists of e NP850 rectifier that consists of cabinet level power units located in the power distribution unit at the bottom of the MCC1 e 649A power supplies that are DC DC converters that provide carrier level power e One battery interface and alarm unit e Battery connections e Alarm outputs e One cabinet input cord NEMA 6 30P in the US The GMCC power architecture offers both short term and long term power backup Batteries inside the MCC1 provide short term backup External battery cabinets provide long term backup Because of its long term power backup capabilities the GMCC significantly reduces or eliminates the need for UPS and DC battery plants for most customer applications AC power Power feeders from a dedic
119. AVAYA Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 555 245 207 Issue 1 1 December 2003 Copyright 2003 Avaya Inc All Rights Reserved Notice Every effort was made to ensure that the information in this document was complete and accurate at the time of printing However information is subject to change Warranty Avaya Inc provides a limited warranty on this product Refer to your sales agreement to establish the terms of the limited warranty In addition Avaya s standard warranty language as well as information regarding support for this product while under warranty is available through the following Web site http www avaya com support Preventing Toll Fraud Toll fraud is the unauthorized use of your telecommunications system by an unauthorized party for example a person who is not a corporate employee agent subcontractor or is not working on your company s behalf Be aware that there may be a risk of toll fraud associated with your system and that if toll fraud occurs it can result in substantial additional charges for your telecommunications services Avaya Fraud Intervention If you suspect that you are being victimized by toll fraud and you need technical assistance or support in the United States and Canada call the Technical Service Center s Toll Fraud Intervention Hotline at 1 800 643 2353 How to Get Help For additional support telephone numbers go to the Avaya support Web site
120. AX and loop start CO port The TN2215 and the TN2183 provides rotary digit 1 recall ground key recall and programmable flash timing Additional support is provided for selectable ringing patterns LED message waiting and secondary lightning protection The TN2215 and TN2183 supports on premises wiring with either touch tone or rotary dialing and with or without the LED message waiting indicators The TN2215 and TN2183 supports off premises wiring with either DTMF or rotary dialing LED message waiting indicators are not supported off premises Neon message waiting indicators are not supported A maximum of six to eight simultaneous ringing ports is allowed depending on the ringing cadence selected The TN2215 and the TN2183 supports A and y Law companding and administrable timers The TN2215 and the TN2183 also supports balanced ringing When balanced ringing is configured for France the TN2202 ring generator circuit pack must be used The TN2215 and the TN2183 supports DTMF sending levels appropriate for Avaya IVR The TN2215 and the TN2183 is impedance and gain selectable for multiple countries For more information contact your Avaya representative The following table lists the TN2215 and TN2183 supported telephones and shows each of their wiring sizes and ranges Telephone Wire size AWG Maximum range feet 500 type 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 2500 type 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 6200 type 24 0 2 mm
121. Analog Guest Line 16 ports 191 TN792 Duplication Interface 192 TN793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports 192 TN797 Analog Trunk or Line Circuit Pack 8 ports 193 TN799DP Control LAN C LAN Interface 193 TN801 MAPD LAN Gateway Interface 194 TN802B MAPD IP Interface Assembly 194 TN1648B System Access and Maintenance SYSAM 194 TN1650B Memory 195 TN1654 DS1 Converter T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels 195 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 11 December 2003 Contents 12 TN1655 Packet Interface TN1657 Disk Drive TN2138 Central Office Trunk 8 ports TN2139 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports TN2140B Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports TN2146 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports TN2147C Central Office Trunk 8 ports TN2181 DCP Digital Line 2 wire 16 ports TN2182C Tone Clock Tone Detector and Call Classifier 8 ports TN2183 TN2215 Analog Line for multiple countries 16 ports TN2184 DIOD Trunk 4 ports TN2185B ISDN BRI S T TE Interface 4 wire 8 ports TN2198B ISDN BRI U Interface 2 wire 12 ports TN2199 Central Office Trunk 3 wire 4 ports TN2202 Ring Generator TN2207 DS1 Interface T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels TN2209 Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports TN2211 Optical Drive TN2214B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports TN2215 TN2183 Analog Line for Multiple Countries 16 ports International Offers or Offer B only for US and Canada TN2224B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports TN2242 Digi
122. CC high pre routed calls BSR with many skill levels heavily linked vectors long speed to answer and many different announcements S8700 Media Server with G700 Media Gateway IP endpoints and MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateways DCP stations general call mix e 90 MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateway processing and 10 G700 processing 202 000 BHCC 198 000 MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateway BHCC and 4 000 BHCC G700 Media Gateway e 50 MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateway processing and 50 G700 processing 130 000 BHCC 110 000 MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateway BHCC and 20 000 BHCC G700 Media Gateway S8700 Media Server with G700 Media Gateway IP endpoints and PRI trunks e 90 MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateway processing and 10 G700 processing 94 000 BHCC 90 000 MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateway BHCC and 4 000 BHCC G700 Media Gateway e 50 MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateway processing and 50 G700 processing 70 000 BHCC 50 000 MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateway BHCC and 20 000 BHCC G700 Media Gateway S8700 Media Server with G700 Media Gateway and MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateways contact center low usage e 90 MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateway processing and 10 G700 processing 71 000 BHCC 68 000 MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateway BHCC and 3 000 BHCC G700 Media Gateway e 50 MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateway processing and 50 G700 processing 50 000 BHCC 37 000 MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateway BHCC and 13 000 BHCC G700 Media Gateway NOTE Any configuration that includes IP
123. CERC rt S c morero ooo0oo0od 0000000000000 lo 00000000000 scderck1 KLC 03 S N Expansion modules 140 The G700 Media Gateway is architecturally based on the Avaya P330 switch Therefore customers can use any of the Avaya Expansion Modules with the G700 Media Gateway Additional Avaya LAN WAN expansion modules connect directly to the G700 Media Gateway without requiring additional hardware Two expansion modules are available from Avaya e Avaya X330 WAN Access routing module e Avaya P330 LAN expansion modules X330 WAN Access routing module Customers with multiple branch offices need network solutions that are simple flexible and scalable The Avaya X330 WAN Access routing module allows customers to deploy a unified high performance LAN WAN infrastructure in one data stack Highlights of the Avaya X330 WAN Access Router e Provides integrated WAN access that can be used with external firewalls or VPN Gateways e Works with the following WAN and routing protocols Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya G700 Media Gateway e Point to Point PPP over channeled E1 T1 e Frame Relay e Routing Information Protocol RIP v1 v2 e Single Area Open Shortest Path First OSPF e V
124. Call Line Identification ICLID on page 178 TN459B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 179 TN464GP DS 1 Interface T1 24 channels or E1 32 channels on page 179 TN465C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 180 TN747B Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 185 TN753B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 186 TN760E Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 187 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 247 December 2003 Optional components for DEFINITY Server CSI TN763D Auxiliary Trunk 4 ports on page 187 TN767E DSI Interface T1 24 channels on page 187 TN1654 DSI Converter T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels on page 195 TN2140B Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 196 T T T N2146 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 196 N2147C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 197 N2184 DIOD Trunk 4 ports on page 198 TN2199 Central Office Trunk 3 wire 4 ports on page 199 TN2207 DS1 Interface T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels on page 200 TN2209 Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 200 TN2242 Digital Trunk on page 203 TN2305B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for multimode fiber on page 204 T T N2306B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for single mode fiber on page 204 N2308 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 204 TN2313AP DSI Interface 24 channels on page 207 TN2464BP DS1 Interface with Echo Cancellation T1 E1 on pag
125. Copies of SDoCs signed by the Responsible Party in the U S can be obtained by contacting your local sales representative and are available on the following Web site http www avaya com support All Avaya media servers and media gateways are compliant with FCC Part 68 but many have been registered with the FCC before the SDoC process was available A list of all Avaya registered products may be found at http www part68 org by conducting a search using Avaya as manufacturer European Union Declarations of Conformity CE Avaya Inc declares that the equipment specified in this document bearing the CE Conformit Europe nne mark conforms to the European Union Radio and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive 1999 5 EC including the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 89 336 EEC and Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC This equipment has been certified to meet CTR3 Basic Rate Interface BRI and CTR4 Primary Rate Interface PRI and subsets thereof in CTR12 and CTR13 as applicable Copies of these Declarations of Conformity DoCs can be obtained by contacting your local sales representative and are available on the following Web site http www avaya com support Japan This is a Class A product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for Interference by Information Technology Equipment VCCI If this equipment is used in a domestic environment radio disturbance may occur in which
126. December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway S8300 Media Server Web interface The Web browser based tool on the 8300 Media Server uses a graphical user interface GUI interface to perform server administration tasks such as Backing up and restoring customer data Viewing current alarms Maintaining the media server including Checking the media server s status Busying out and releasing busy out the media server Shutting down the media server Executing security commands to enable and disable the modem start and stop the FTP server and view the license Accessing SNMP to configure trap destinations and to stop and start the master agent Accessing the media server to acquire configuration information and upgrade access The media server s Web interface contains an extensive help system that describes every Web screen and its procedures Adjuncts The following are some Avaya provided adjuncts A system printer is supported when a terminal server is used A journal printer is supported when a terminal server is used Call Detail Recording CDR is supported when a terminal server is used External INTUITY AUDIX Avaya Business Communication Management System Avaya Call Management System International information 56 An 8300 Media Server is available in the following countries Argentina Australia Austria Bahamas Belgium Bermuda Brazil Bolivia Canada Chile Hardwa
127. December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones e Vibrator Alert for times when a ringing telephone would be intrusive standard on all Pocket Phones e Field registration If a handset becomes needs to be replaced only the handset needs to be returned i e the corresponding Radio Module does not have to be shipped back with the handset When a new handset is received the user or technician simply registers it with the appropriate Dual Radio Module DRM The following are the characteristics of the battery charge e Batteries charge fully in 1 5 hours e Batteries are discharged and recharged which eliminates the memory effect that reduces battery life spare is automatically reconditioned handset battery is reconditioned in the cradle if manually selected e Users get 3 5 hours of talk time and over 22 hours of standby time e Users can continue to screen calls because the upright position keeps the display clearly visible e An optional extended use battery will provide up to eight hours of talk time and 72 hours of standby time 280 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Power for Avaya IP telephones Power for Avaya IP telephones Power for Avaya 4602 and Avaya 4620 IP telephones An Avaya 4602 or an Avaya 4620 IP telephone is powered through the RJ45 jack that resides on the telephone There are two methods of powering the telephone through the RJ45 jack e Centralized power prov
128. EDs DB 25 DCE connector Loopback jack e MM711 Analog media module External interfaces CO trunk side Caller ID Analog line interface reguirements Companding e MM712 DCP media module Hardware interface e MM714 Analog media module e MM720 BRI media module Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 208 209 209 210 210 211 211 211 211 211 212 ele 213 215 215 216 217 218 219 219 220 220 220 220 220 221 221 pos 222 223 223 223 224 224 225 226 Contents 13 Contents 14 MM722 BRI media module e MM760 VoIP media module Ethernet interface Voice compression Optional components Optional components for an S8100 Media Server Media gateways Circuit packs Power circuit packs Line circuit packs Trunk circuit packs Control circuit packs Service circuit packs Application circuit packs Port circuit packs Adapters Avaya telephones IP telephones Digital telephones Soundstation speakerphones Analog phones Avaya Explosive Atmosphere telephones Wireless Consoles Optional components S8300 Media Server with a G700 Media Gateway Media gateways Media modules for a G700 Media Gateway Avaya telephones IP telephones Digital telephones Analog telephones Wireless telephone Speakerphones Optional components S8500 Media gateways Circuit packs Power 22r 228 228 228 229 229 229 229 229 229 230 230 230 231 231
129. G350 is designed for use in a 16 24 user environment but can support up to 40 users The G350 features a VoIP engine WAN router and Power over Ethernet LAN switch and provides full support for legacy digital and analog telephones The G350 integrates seamlessly with Avaya media servers S8700 S8500 and S8300 running Avaya Communication Manager call processing software to provide the same top quality telephony services to the small branch office as to the headquarters of the organization The media server can be located at the headquarters and serve the G350 remotely The G350 can optionally house an internal Avaya S8300 media server as a local survivable processor or as the main media server for standalone deployment In addition to advanced and comprehensive telephony services the G350 provides full data networking services precluding the need for a WAN router or LAN switch The G350 is a modular device adaptable to support different combinations of endpoint devices Pluggable media modules provide interfaces for different types of telephones and trunks A combination is selected to suit the needs of the branch A LAN media module with PoE standard compliant Ethernet ports provides support for IP telephones as well as all other types of data devices A range of telephony modules provides full support for legacy equipment such as analog and digital telephones NOTE The G350 Media Gateway does not support Call Center Customers who require C
130. G650 stack The G650 is mounted in industry standard EIA 310 19 inch open racks The G650 provides options for front or mid mounting Although the G650 can be mounted in a 19 inch 48 3 centimeters four post data rack it does not mount simultaneously to all four posts When mounted in a four post rack the G650 uses the front mounting position Mounting a single G650 A single G650 equipped with feet can be table or floor mounted Side by side G650s connected by TDM cables are not supported In a single configuration the G650 always has an A carrier address Mounting multiple G650s Multiple G650s up to five can be mounted in a rack and connected by TDM cables to create a G650 stack Multiple G650s must be vertically adjacent and their front panels must align in the same vertical plane For example carrier A is always below carrier B which is always below carrier C and so on through carrier E Note that existing TDM cables used for the G600 cabinets are not compatible with the G650 Multiple G650s up to five can be mounted in a rack but not connected by TDM cables In this case each G650 is defined as a media gateway a cabinet or port network and each requires its own interface hardware EI ATM EI TN2312BP IPSI Note that with this configuration all of the G650s have a carrier address of A Carrier addressing 132 The carrier position A through E must be set on all G650s The carrier address is set using a small printed
131. G650 with a carrier address set to A or B Only a TN2312BP IPSI in a G650 with a carrier address set to A can function as an serial bus master The TN2312BP IPSI is backward compatible with other media gateways but provides environmental maintenance only when used in a G650 The TN2312BP IPSI always provides tone detection call classification tone generation and clock functions When the TN2312BP IPSI is used in an MCClor SCC1 a TN755D provides the environmental maintenance The TN2312BP IPSI provides environmental maintenance for the G650 This includes e Power supply cabinet and ring generator maintenance e External device alarm detection Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply e Emergency transfer control e Customer provided alarm device control The TN2312BP IPSI and the 655A power supply provide the following information to the G650 e Environment maintenance Inlet temperature Inlet temperature of the G650 sensor is in the 655A power supply Exhaust temperature G650 carrier exhaust air sensor Hot Spot temperature status 655A power supply sensor Voltage 5VDC 5VDC 48VDC Fan Control The speed at which the fans are operating Undr indicates that the fan voltage is under 12VDC Mid normal indicates that the fan voltage is 12VDC High indicates that the fan voltage is 14VDC Over indicates tha
132. Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Overview Document Overview Overview Document Overview Avaya s portfolio of MultiVantage applications enables a business to harness the power of a converged IP based voice data network and put it to work for the business Driven by Avaya s rock solid Communication Manager application this portfolio operates with Avaya s media servers media gateways Integrated Management network management tools and communication devices Using Avaya s MultiVantage applications an enterprise can review the operation of its existing communication networks rethink where IP telephony can maximize returns on investment and then reshape the network to realize those goals The choices are nearly unlimited given Avaya s flexible modular architecture and our commitment to standards based software and hardware While Avaya brings continuous voice application innovation to the enterprise Communication Manager delivers massive new scalability to provide network devices for as few as 20 users or up to a million Avaya s Communication Manager application is also highly scalable and reliable voice application software with e Rich call processing and contact center features e A widely accepted application programming interface API supporting both 3 d parties and Avaya s own applications Avaya s media servers and media gateways provide smart ways to rethink networking by a
133. Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 173 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 649A DC power unit If AC input power fails the power unit can convert 144 VDC from optional batteries in an AC power distribution unit to 5 VDC A circuit in the optional battery charger detects the higher equivalent AC or DC input voltage and switches in the correct input voltage 649A DC power unit A 649A power converter converts a DC input of 48 V into DC outputs of e 48Vat10A e 5 Vat6A for an MCCI1 Media Gateway Within a carrier these outputs are distributed to the circuit packs slots Only one 649A converter is required per carrier except for SN carriers SN carriers require two converters one on each end The use of the 649A power unit also allows an increase in the number of telephones supported by each carrier 650A AC power unit This global power factor corrected supply accepts 47 to 63 Hz AC input while auto ranging between 85 and 264 VAC input While providing 330 Watts of total output the 650A power unit provides multiple DC outputs as follows e 451 VDC at 28 A e 5 1 VDC at 1 0A e 48 VDC at4 5A e 8 to 14 VDC at 1 6 A fan speed control This output 12 VDC nominal controls the fans speed The voltage varies with the temperature of the ambient air at the inlet below the power supply If this voltage reaches 14 VDC the system activates a FANALM signal e 115to 150 VDC at 200 mA n
134. LAN binding modes are e Bound to All the port is programmed to support the entire 3K VLANs range Traffic from any VLAN is forwarded through a port defined as Bound to All e Bound to Configured the port supports all the VLANs configured in the switch stack These may be either Port VLAN IDs PVID or VLANs that were manually added to the switch e Statically Bound the port supports VLANs manually configured on it Leaky VLAN Leaky VLAN provides the ability to send unicast traffic between two ports on different VLANs Leaky VLAN will function only on modules and sub modules with C S 2 0 and higher Port Classification With the Avaya P330 you can classify any port as regular or valuable Setting a port to valuable means that a link fault trap can be sent even when the port is disabled This feature is particularly useful for the software redundancy application where you need to be informed about a link failure on the dormant port Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya Ethernet Switches Avaya P330 Ethernet Switches Network TIME Acquiring Protocols The Avaya P330 supports the SNTP Protocol over UDP port 123 You can choose between SNTP or TIME protocol over UDP port 37 MAC Security To prevent the P330 from learning an new MAC address you can define a port as secure If an unknown MAC or station tries to access the secure port an intruder alarm is sent to the management station Link Aggre
135. LC 022702 For more information see MM711 Analog media module 48 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway MM712 DCP media module An MM712 allows you to connect up to eight 2 wire Digital Communications Protocol DCP voice terminals The following figure shows an MM712 media module Figure 8 MM712 DCP media module ALM O TST O ACT O mmdc712 KLC 022702 For more information see MM712 DCP media module on page 224 MM720 BRI media module Each port of an 8 port MM720 provides an interface to the central office at the ISDN T reference point Information is communicated in two ways e Over two 64 kbps channels called B1 and B2 Can be circuit switched simultaneously e Over a 16 kbps channel called the D channel Used for signaling Occupies one time slot for all eight D channels The circuit switched connections have an A or yu law companding option for voice operation When in the data mode the circuit switched connections operate as 64 kbps clear channels The MM72 0 does not support the following e BRI stations e Combining both B channels together to form a 128 kbps channel The following figure shows an MM720 media module Figure 9 MM720 BRI me
136. LC cables The Avaya X330RC cable connects the top and bottom switches in the stack and provides redundancy and hot swappability in the same way that modules can be swapped in a modular switching chassis When two or more layer 2 switches are connected together VLAN numbering consistency is maintained by creating a trunk port that is logiclly connected to multiple VLANs The numbering is kept consistent through the use of 802 1Q tags The Avaya P330 is fully compliant with IEEE standards for VLAN Tagging Gigabit Ethernet Spanning Tree and Flow Control This full standards compliance combined with auto negotiation for 10 100 1000 Mbps and half full duplex facilitates the expansion of your network to match your company s growing needs Features of the Avaya P330 Product Line e You can connect up to 10 Avaya P330 switches in a stack Moreover this stack can be either in one rack or split over several racks using the X330LC Long Cable e Avaya X330STK is stacking sub module that is used to connect Avaya P330 switches in a stack by way of the Octaplane e Avaya P330 BUPS is the back up power supply module The Avaya P330 BUPS can support up to four Avaya P330 switches e One RJ45 RS232 front panel console connector for both terminal and modem sessions e Each switch is equiped with two fan units with operation sensors e One virtual IP address for managing the whole stack that allows the P330 stack to be managed as a single entity e The
137. M cable The carrier address of the lower of these two G650s is A and the address of the upper G650 is B In this example the rack has one G650 with an A carrier address and two G650 stacks with both an A and B carrier address The carrier address of an individual rack mounted table mounted or floor mounted G650 is A See Figure 45 G650 stack on page 134 for an example of a G650 stack Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 133 December 2003 Avaya G650 Media Gateway Figure 45 G650 stack Figure notes E Na msdirck3 LAO 081203 Number Description 1 amp 2 8700 Media Servers 3 Ethernet switch 4 amp 5 UPS units one for each server 6 G650 Media Gateway Carrier position A 7 G650 Media Gateway Carrier position B 8 G650 Media Gateway Carrier position C 9 G650 Media Gateway Carrier position D 10 G650 Media Gateway Carrier position E 134 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya G650 Media Gateway
138. Media Gateway on page 150 Circuit packs The UN331C processor Four TN1650 memory circuit packs A TN1648 SYSAM A TN1655 packet interface A UN332C mass storage system and network control MSS NET CONT The TN2211 optical drive The TN1657 disk drive The TN768 TN780 or TN2182 tone clock Each of the main components is described in the following section Processor Port Network and Switch Processing Element The Processor Port Network PPN is a DEFINITY configuration of carriers that contains the control complex SPE of the system and port interfaces The control complex consists of the UN331C processor four TN1650 memory packs A TN1648 SYSAM board a TN1655 packet interface A UN332C suffix mass storage system and network control board A TN 2211 optical drive A TN1657 disk drive A TN768 TN780 or TN2182 tone clock Additional optional circuit packs might be needed such as the UN330B for duplication interface in high and critical reliability systems When a device such as a telephone goes off hook or signals call initiation the SPE receives a signal from the port circuit that is connected to the device The digits of the called number are collected and the switch is set up to make a connection between the calling and the called devices Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 109 December 2003 DEFINITY Server R 110 The following figure shows a direct connect system with an SPE
139. N2402 processor platform runs at 25 MHz The TN2402 includes a 32 bit RISC CPU complex and a maintenance processor complex that provides serial communications and maintenance functions for DEFINITY CSI In addition the TN2402 also terminates ISDN LAPD signaling over the TDM bus from PRI and BRI trunk circuit packs Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply The RISC CPU complex provides four to 32 MB of Flash PROM The DRAM is provided via one SIMM The TN2402 contains 32 MB of DRAM The flash is not interleaved The TN2402 processor does not provide X 25 communications or a duplication option The TN2402 does not contain an on board modem Instead an external modem must be connected to the RS 232E port that was previously used for the internal modem The TN2402 is required for the CSI model to save translations to the 5 Volt ATA flash memory card TN2404 Processor The TN2404 processor circuit pack has 32 MB of DRAM memory and flash memory The TN2404 processor for DEFINITY SI is designed to handle errors that are associated with the EM BUS and must be used with the C LAN TN799 and the Net Pkt TN2401 in DEFINITY SI configurations TN2464BP DS1 Interface with Echo Cancellation T1 E1 The TN2464BP DSI circuit pack is designed for international use in both category A and category B The TN2464BP has echo cancellation circuitry and firmware download capability The TN24
140. Optional components for an S8100 Media Server Soundstation speakerphones 3127 SoundPoint Speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation Premier audioconferencing speakerphone on page 285 Analog phones Avaya 2500 and 2554 analog terminals on page 276 Avaya 6211 Analog Telephone on page 277 Avaya 6219 analog telephone on page 278 Avaya Explosive Atmosphere telephones Avaya 2520B Explosive Atmosphere telephone on page 279 Wireless Avaya TransTalk 9040 on page 279 Consoles Avaya 302D attendant console on page 274 Avaya Softconsole on page 275 232 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Optional components S8300 Media Server with a G700 Media Gateway Optional components S8300 Media Server with a G700 Media Gateway Media gateways Avaya G700 Media Gateway on page 139 Media modules for a G700 Media Gateway MM710 T1 E1 media module on page 219 MM711 Analog media module on page 222 MM712 DCP media module on page 224 MM760 VoIP media module on page 228 MM720 BRI media module on page 226 Avaya telephones IP telephones Avaya 4602 IP telephone on page 259 Avaya 4602SW IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4606 IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4610SW IP telephone on page 261 Avaya 4612 IP telephone on page 262 Avaya 4620 IP telephone on page 263 Avaya 4620SW IP telephone on page 264 Avaya 463
141. Phase A Phase B 220 V 380 V To equipment room Neutral AC load center Phase C widtawir LJK 071497 Figure 73 International delta 220 or 240 VAC 50 Hz source Phase A 220 240 V Phase B To equipment room AC load center Phase C widf3wir LJK 071497 The following table lists the AC power sources that can supply power to an AC load in a cabinet A NEMA receptacle or it s equivalent connects to the wires from the unit The AC power cord from the power input of each unit plugs into a receptacle Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 321 December 2003 Power requirements Contact your Avaya representative for ordering information Table 18 Cabinet AC power sources Cabinet style and power distribution unit Power sources Power input receptacles CMC AC power supply 650A power unit MCC1 AC power distribution MCC1 AC power distribution SCC1 AC power supply Single phase 120 VAC with neutral Single phase 240 VAC with neutral Single phase 120 VAC with neutral Single phase 240 VAC with neutral or single phase of 3 phase 208 VAC with neutral Single phase 176 264 VAC Single phase 120 VAC with 120 VAC 60 Hz NEMA 5 15R 240 VAC 50 Hz IEC 320 Note Configurations installed in Japan use country specific receptacles for 100 and 200 VAC 50 60 Hz 120 VAC 60 Hz NEMA 5 50R or 208 240 VAC 60 Hz NEMA 200 240 Volts 50 60 Hz NEMA L
142. RRP Redundancy es Throughput wire speed WAN routing Congestion control Standard auto negotiation Link redundancy 802 1Q p VLAN and priority Hot swappable Avaya P330 LAN expansion module Highlights of the Avaya P330 LAN expansion module Maximum flexibility to the data stack Standard auto negotiation Link Aggregation Group LAG LAG redundancy Link redundancy Congestion control 802 1Q p VLAN and priority Hot swappable y CAUTION Avaya expansion modules and Octaplane stacking modules are not hot swappable The system must be turned off to before you remove or insert an expansion module Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 141 December 2003 Avaya G700 Media Gateway P330 stacking fabric Octaplane Octaplane is a name for an Avaya hardware capability to bundle stackable components using 4 Gbps communication in each direction This technology combines separate units into a larger logical switch using different lengths of cables that are connected to the expansion slots in the rear of the units These cables are wired in a ring configuration providing redundancy to the stack In the event that a single unit should fail the stack integrity is maintained You can remove or replace any single unit without disrupting operation or performing stack level reconfiguration Table 6 Octaplane cabling Length Cable Description and function Length metric X330SC Short Octaplane cable Short Octaplane cable li
143. SI converter requires a new set of Y cables to connect to a TN570B Expansion Interface circuit pack TN1655 Packet Interface The TN1655 packet interface provides the communication path between the SPE and the packet bus in the PPN for DEFINITY R configurations The packet bus connects to EI circuit packs in the PPN that communicate with EPNs and the CSS Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 195 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply The TN1655 provides the link access procedure on the D channel LAPD for up to 8 192 links at a sustained rate of 2 Mbps The link access is the digital multiplexed interface DMI mode 3 terminations of communication links across the packet bus that link to the processor circuit pack Some data communication will use the X 25 data phase protocol at level 3 The TN1655 provides termination for ISDN BRI and ISDN PRI signaling links expansion archangel links that connect the processor to the expansion archangels on EI circuit packs in each PN and center stage control network links that connect the processor with SNI circuit packs in the CSS The TN1655 supports firmware downloading It also provides X 25 termination to the DCS links and to adjuncts such as CDR and AUDIX TN1657 Disk Drive The TN1657 contains a 180 MB small computer system interface SCSI disk drive that is used for the DEFINITY R configurations The TN1657 disk drive reduces the time it takes to reboot th
144. Solutions applications such as Road Warrior Telecommuter or H 322 trunking has an impact on the BHCCs and processor capacity If a customer uses these applications in a high traffic solution it is recommended that the Avaya Technology and Consulting ATAC team be involved to review any potential impact on traffic The information in this table represents the maximum number of calls the 8700 Media Server could execute assuming it was unconstrained by other factors such as e TDM bus limitations e Call duration e Small number of telephones 92 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya 88700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway We assume processor occupancy of 0 90 at which various delay criteria such as cut through is preserved and is just at the threshold where call could no longer be processed System management Avaya Integrated Management suite The Avaya Integrated Management Suite offers a comprehensive set of Web based network and system management solutions that support the Avaya converged voice solutions Integrated Management combines individual applications into five offers e Standard Management e Standard Management Solutions Plus e MultiService Network Management e Enhanced Converged Management e Advanced Converged Management For more detailed information on the Avaya Integrated Management Suite see e http www avaya com gt Products and Services gt Products A Z S8
145. T1 24 channels or E1 32 channels TN465C Central Office Trunk 8 ports TN479 Analog Line 16 ports TN497 Tie Trunk 4 ports TN553 Packet Data Line 166 166 167 169 170 173 173 173 173 174 174 175 175 175 175 175 176 176 177 177 177 177 177 178 178 178 178 178 178 179 179 179 180 180 180 181 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Contents TN556D ISDN BRI 4 Wire S T NT Interface 12 ports 181 TN568 DEFINITY AUDIX 4 0 Voice Mail System part of ED 1E568 181 TN570D Expansion Interface 182 TN572 Switch Node Clock 182 TN573B Switch Node Interface for DEFINITY R 182 TN577 Packet Gateway 182 TN725B Speech Synthesizer 183 TN726B Data Line 8 ports 183 TN735 MET Line 4 ports 183 TN744E Call Classifier and Tone Detector 8 ports 184 TN746B Analog Line 16 ports 184 TN747B Central Office Trunk 8 ports 185 TN750C Recorded Announcement 16 channels 185 TN753B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports 186 TN754C DCP Digital Line 4 wire 8 ports 186 TN755B Neon Power Unit 186 TN758 Pooled Modem 2 ports 187 TN760E Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports 187 TN762B Hybrid Line 8 ports 187 TN763D Auxiliary Trunk 4 ports 187 TN767E DS1 Interface T1 24 channels 187 TN769 Analog Line 8 ports 188 TN771DP Maintenance and Test 189 TN775C Maintenance 189 TN780 Tone Clock 190 TN787K Multimedia Interface 190 TN788C Multimedia Voice Conditioner 190 TN789B Radio Controller 191 TN791
146. TN2306B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for single mode fiber on page 204 TN2308 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 204 TN2313AP DSI Interface 24 channels on page 207 TN2464BP DSI Interface with Echo Cancellation T1 E1 on page 209 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T Control Circuit Packs TN570D Expansion Interface on page 182 TN744E Call Classifier and Tone Detector 8 ports on page 184 TN771DP Maintenance and Test on page 189 TN775C Maintenance on page 189 T T N780 Tone Clock on page 190 N792 Duplication Interface on page 192 TN799DP Control LAN C LAN Interface on page 193 TN2182C Tone Clock Tone Detector and Call Classifier 8 ports on page 197 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Optional components for DEFINITY Server SI TN2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 TN2401 Network Control Packet Interface for SI on page 208 TN2404 Processor on page 209 Service Circuit Packs TN433 Speech Synthesizer on page 178 N725B Speech Synthesizer on page 183 N787K Multimedia Interface on page 190 N788C Multimedia Voice Conditioner on page 190 NCCSC 1 PRI to DASS Converter on page 211 NCCSC 2 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 NCCSC 3 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 N C7 PRI to SS7 Converter on page 211 N CIN Voice FAX and Data Multiplexer on page 211
147. TN2312BP 71 Ethernet switch 72 UPS or power backup 73 USB modem 73 Media gateways 13 Reliability 79 Reliability when sending voice bearer over IP 79 Reliability when sending voice bearer over ATM or CSS 83 Connectivity 88 Connectivity when sending voice bearer over ATM or CSS 88 Connectivity when sending voice bearer over IP 89 S8700 recoverability 89 8300 Media Server in an LSP mode 89 Power outages 89 Survivable Remote EPN voice bearer over CSS only 90 High level capabilities 90 BHCC capacity for S8700 Media Server 91 System management 93 Avaya Integrated Management suite 93 S8700 Media Server Web interface 93 Adjuncts 94 e DEFINITY Server SI 95 Overview 95 Detailed description 96 Configuration information 96 Options 101 Expansion Port Network 101 IP Media Processor 101 DEFINITY IP Solutions 101 Trunks 102 Connectivity 103 LAN Gateway 103 C LAN 103 IP Asynchronous Links using C LAN 104 Switch Client Applications 104 Switch Server Applications 104 Reliability 105 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 7 December 2003 Contents BHCCI Adjuncts e DEFINITY Server R Overview Detailed description Configuration information Trunks Connectivity Reliability BHCC Adjuncts Media gateways e Avaya G350 Media Gateway Features Deployment modes Physical description G350 capabilities e G600 Media Gateway G600 Media Gateway cooling Required circuit packs for a G600 Media Gateway and an S8700 Media Server
148. TN746B circuit pack supports three ringer loads only one telephone can have an LED or neon message waiting indicator TN746B supports A and u Law companding and administrable timers The TN746B supports e Queue warning level lights associated with the DDC features and the UCD features e Recorded announcements associated with the Intercept Treatment feature e PagePac paging system for the Loudspeaker Paging feature Additional support is provided for external alerting devices associated with the TAAS feature neon message waiting indicators and modems Secondary lightning protection is provided on the TN746B circuit pack The TN746B circuit pack supports up to eight simultaneous ports ringing four on ports one through eight and four on ports 9 through 16 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply Combined conversion of Modem Pooling requires a port on a TN754 and a port on a TN742 TN746B or TN769 Analog circuit pack for each combined resource that is to be supported The following table lists the TN746B supported telephones and shows each of their wiring sizes and ranges Maximum range Telephone Wire size AWG feet 500 type 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 2500 type 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 7100 series 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 7101A 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 15 200 4 633 m 7103A 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 15 200 4 633 m 8100 series 24
149. The TN793 circuit pack supports queue warning level lights associated with the DDC and the UCD features recorded announcements associated with the Intercept Treatment feature and PagePac paging system for the Loudspeaker Paging feature Additional support is provided for external alerting devices that are associated with the TAAS feature neon message waiting indicators and modems The TN793B also supports secondary lightning protection The TN793B provides 48 V DC current in the off hook state Ringing voltage is 90 VDC 192 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply The following table lists the TN793B supported telephones and shows each of their wiring sizes and ranges Maximum range Telephone Wire size AWG feet 500 type 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 2500 type 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 6200 type 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 12 000 3 657 m 7100 series 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 8100 series 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 12 000 3 657 m 9100 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 12 000 3 657 m TN797 Analog Trunk or Line Circuit Pack 8 ports Provides a combination 8 port analog trunk and line circuit pack for the United States Canada and other countries that have the same analog standards The TN797 circuit pack provides you with the capability to administer any of the eight ports as a loop start or ground start CO trunk a CAMA E911 trunk a wink
150. Thermal Protection 306 Manual Reset 306 20 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Contents AC and Load Center Circuit Breakers 306 AC power distribution 306 AC Grounding Protective Grounds 306 e 8500 Media Server environmental specifications 308 e Altitude air pressure and air purity for the S8700 Media Server 309 Air Purity 309 e Temperature and humidity for the S8700 Media Server 310 e EMI and RFI specifications for the S8700 Media Server 311 e Power supply specifications for the S8700 Media Server 312 BTU 212 e Regulatory certification for an S8700 Media Server 313 Product safety standards and approvals 313 Electromagnetic compatibility EMC standards and approvals 313 e Data rack mounting and media gateway floor loading for an 88700 Multi Connect 314 19 Inch Rack 314 S8700 Media Server 314 Avaya 700VA or 1500VA UPS Units 314 Avaya Ethernet switches 315 Media gateways 315 e Site requirements for DEFINITY 316 Altitude air pressure and air purity for DEFINITY 316 Altitude and air pressure 316 Air purity 316 e Cabinet dimensions and clearances 317 Floor load requirements 318 e Power requirements 319 Global AC MCC power supply 319 AC power 319 50 Hz power sources in DEFINITY R 320 DC power 322 Circuit breaker sizes for AC and DC cabinets 323 MCC1 power system 323 AC power distribution 324 Circuit breaker 325 48 VDC batteries 325 Battery charger 325 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 2
151. UITY AUDIX LX e Message Manager Up to 500 clients Up to 64 simultaneous sessions four when using text to speech e Internet Messaging e 35 different languages are available for prompts e Backup of translations and messages over LAN and WAN e Message storage of up to 30 minutes for each mailbox 300 total hours Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 51 December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway An IA770 uses many resources of the S8300 Media Server and the G700 Media Gateway where it resides The following outlines the S8300 s shared resources used by the IA770 e Hard drive for data storage and retrieval e TFTP server for Downloading and updating the license file Backing up and restoring data Updating and upgrading software e IP address for administration access e License file for feature activation e General Alarm Manager for alarm display e Web interface to start and stop the system The IA770 also shares the same switch tone parameters established for the S8300 Media Server The following countries require country specific switch tone parameters e Brazil e Canada uses the same parameters as the United States e China e France e Germany e Hong Kong e Italy e Japan e Korea e Mexico e United Kingdom e United States Additional countries will be added in the near future Call center An 8300 Media Server provides an excellent solution for a smal
152. V A law Italy El LS E amp M 220 V B F 60 V A law Japan T1 LS DID 100 V A u law NTT Clip Korea El LS DID 110 220 V A B A law Mexico El LS 110 V A 60 V A law Bellcore FSK El Netherlands El LS 220 V B E 60 V A law New Zealand El LS DID 220 V C A law Norway El 220 V B E 60 V A law Russia Singapore El LS DID 220 V B D E I A law Bellcore FSK Spain El LS 220 V A B E 48 V A law Sweden El 220 V B E 60 V A law Switzerland El LS 220 V B E 60 V A law Taiwan El LS DID 110 V A 48 V u law U K El LS 220 V D E 60 A law US Tl LS GS DID 110 V A u law Bellcore FSK 1 DC power is only a TA issue in China 2 Indicates that the feature is not important or applicable 58 NOTE These are nominal voltages In general a reference to 110 V applies to a range from 100 to 160 V Whereas a reference to 220 V applies to a range from 220 to 240 V Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8500 Media Server Avaya 8500 Media Server The Avaya S8500 Media Server is a rack mounted telephony server running Red Hat Linux 8 0 Operating System and featuring the Avaya world class call processing application Communication Manager The 8500 is capable of supporting both Internet Protocol IP and traditional endpoints enabling new technology and the ease of migration from legacy Avaya systems The S8500 Media Server is a perfect solution for mid siz
153. VDC to trip the main circuit breaker if high temperature is detected and duplicated 48 VDC to fans in an EPN cabinet ED 1E568 DEFINITY AUDIX R4 For information about ED 1E568 DEFINITY AUDIX R4 see TN568 DEFINITY AUDIX 4 0 Voice Mail System part of ED 1E568 on page 181 J58890MA 1 Multiapplication Platform for DEFINITY MAPD The J58890MA 1 is a variation of the MAPD platform that transports ASAI links between a DEFINITY LAN gateway system and an Ethernet LAN The J58890MA 1 circuit pack assembly uses the TN801B MAPD LAN Gateway Interface which is a circuit pack that is built from industry standard PC processors interfaces buses and ISA PCI expansion boards The J58890MA 1 takes up three adjacent slots in the carrier Ina CMC1 Media Gateway the J58890MA uses only two slots if placed in slot six or seven There are different lists of the J58890MA which is indicated by a number at the end after the dash A list represents different hardware configurations of the same board The following describes the capabilities of the different lists for the J58890MA e J58890MA 2 supports Call Visor ASAI and LAN Gateway e J58890MA 10 supports IP trunking e J58890MA 20 supports Call Visor ASAI Avaya Computer Telephony and Basic Call Management System Reporting Desktop e J58890MA 30 supports IP solutions Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 177 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply NAA1 fiber o
154. a Communication Manager December 2003 Medium sized business solution Medium sized business solution Figure 85 Medium sized business solution using the Avaya S8500 Media Server and the G650 Media Gateway LAN INTUITY Voice Mail 000 _ EN Min cydcg600 LJK 032402 Figure notes Number Description 1 S8500 Media Server 2 Ethernet Switch A device that provides for port multiplication by having more than one network segment The Ethernet Switch could be provided by Avaya or already exists in the customers network 3 UPS Used to provide power during an outage and allow for a graceful shutdown of the server G650 Media Gateways Connected to the S8500 Media Server by IP DCP phones Supports 2 and 4 wire Avaya multifunction phones IP phones Avaya 4600 series IP phones Analog connectivity such as analog stations lines trunks and FAX machines dd AI Du A T1 E1 Connectivity e The TI or T 1 carrier is the most commonly used digital line in the United States Canada and Japan e The El or E 1 carrier is a European digital transmis
155. a Communication Manager December 2003 Optional components for DEFINITY Server R TN1650B Memory on page 195 TN1655 Packet Interface on page 195 TN1657 Disk Drive on page 196 T T N2182C Tone Clock Tone Detector and Call Classifier 8 ports on page 197 N2211 Optical Drive on page 201 TN2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 UN330B Duplication Interface on page 212 UN331C Processor on page 212 UN332C Mass Storage Network Control for R on page 213 Service circuit packs TN433 Speech Synthesizer on page 178 N725B Speech Synthesizer on page 183 N787K Multimedia Interface on page 190 N788C Multimedia Voice Conditioner on page 190 NCCSC 1 PRI to DASS Converter on page 211 NCCSC 2 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 NCCSC 3 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 N C7 PRI to SS7 Converter on page 211 N CIN Voice FAX and Data Multiplexer on page 211 T T T T T T T T Application circuit packs TN568 DEFINITY AUDIX 4 0 Voice Mail System part of ED 1E568 on page 181 TN750C Recorded Announcement 16 channels on page 185 TN801 MAPD LAN Gateway Interface on page 194 TN2501AP Voice Announcements over LAN VAL on page 210 Port circuit packs TN577 Packet Gateway on page 182 TN2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 TN789B Radio Controller on page 191 Avaya telephones IP telephones Avaya 4602 IP telephone on page 259 Avaya 4602S W IP telephone on
156. a G700 Media Gateway Overview An Avaya 8300 Media Server with a G700 Media Gateway and its media modules converges voice and data into one infrastructure Using the same form factor as a media module an 8300 Media Server is a Pentium based processor residing in a G700 Media Gateway An S8300 Media Server can also be configured as a Local Survivable Processor LSP A G700 Media Gateway is based on an Avaya P330 switch which contains VoIP resources and modular interface connectivity The media modules provide analog digital T1 E1 BRI and additional VoIP capabilities The following figure shows an S8300 Media Server and media modules in a G700 Media Gateway Figure 1 S8300 Media Server G700 Media Gateway and media modules CONSOLE W msdcs83b KLC 031402 Detailed description This section contains information about the following Configuration description Server features Avaya G700 Media Gateway LEDs Maintenance software Configuration description The following components can be used with an S8300 Media Server and a G700 Media Gateway Avaya med
157. a Gateways 233 outputs 324 8300 Media Server in a Local Survivable Processor PPNs Mode with an S8700 Multi Connect 89 cabinets 100 8300 Media Server in an LSP Configuration 50 processors 8300 Media Server Web Interface 56 J58890AP carriers 166 8300 Media Server with G700 Media Gateway protections system 336 Configuration Description 39 protective grounds 332 Customer Configuration Options 55 Detailed Description 39 E Media Server Web Interface 56 Overview 39 R S8300 Media Server in an LSP Configuration 50 System Management 55 relays DC power 325 326 S8700 Media Server 71 requirements ia Circuit Packs international 322 Line 235 239 ring generators 326 Trunk 236 239 RST button 125 S8700 Media Server IP Connect Russia Avaya Telephones 237 241 MFR TN2182C 197 Analog 238 241 MFR TN744B C D 130 184 Consoles 238 242 Digital 238 241 Explosive Atmosphere 238 241 S IP 237 241 SoundStation 238 241 Wireless 238 241 SA Circuit Packs 235 239 apers ai Application 237 240 Administration 36 pp ication Ea S2 Avaya Telephones 231 Control 236 240 Analog 2322 Port 237 240 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 351 December 2003 Index Service 237 240 Media Gateways 235 239 8700 Media Server Multi Connect Avaya Telephones 245 Analog 246 Consoles 246 Digital 246 Explosive Atmosphere 246 IP 245 SoundStation 246 Wireless 246 Circuit Packs 243 Application
158. a Processor on page 203 TN2312BP IP Server Interface on page 204 Service circuit packs TN433 Speech Synthesizer on page 178 TN725B Speech Synthesizer on page 183 TN744E Call Classifier and Tone Detector 8 ports on page 184 TNCCSC 1 PRI to DASS Converter on page 211 T T NCCSC 2 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 NCCSC 3 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 TN C7 PRI to SS7 Converter on page 211 TN CIN Voice FAX and Data Multiplexer on page 211 Application circuit packs TN801 MAPD LAN Gateway Interface on page 194 TN2501AP Voice Announcements over LAN VAL on page 210 Port circuit packs TN2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 TN789B Radio Controller on page 191 240 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Optional components for an S8700 Media Server in an IP Connect configuration Avaya telephones IP telephones Avaya 4602 IP telephone on page 259 Avaya 4602S W IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4606 IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4610S W IP telephone on page 261 Avaya 4612 IP telephone on page 262 Avaya 4620 IP telephone on page 263 Avaya 4620S W IP telephone on page 264 Avaya 4630 IP Screenphone on page 266 Avaya 4630S W IP telephone on page 267 Digital telephones Avaya 2402 Digital Telephone on page 267 Avaya 2420 digital telephone on page 268 Avaya Callmaster IV 603F digital telephone on page 272 A
159. a TDM bus The VOIP engine then converts the voice path from the TDM bus to packetized VoIP compressed or uncompressed on an Ethernet connection The media modules reside in the G700 Media Gateway and interact with the motherboard and backplane Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 145 December 2003 Avaya G700 Media Gateway There are five media modules e MM710 T1 E1 For information see MM710 T1 E1 media module on page 219 e MM711 Analog For information see MM711 Analog media module on page 222 e MM712 DCP For information see MM712 DCP media module on page 224 e MM720 BRI For information see MM712 DCP media module on page 224 e MM760 VoIP For information see MM760 VoIP media module on page 228 146 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 CMC1 Media Gateway CMC1 Media Gateway The CMC1 Media Gateway supports the DEFINITY Server CSI and Avaya 8100 S8700 and S8500 Media Servers It can be mounted on a wall or on the floor and uses an AC only power supply The control carrier contains two control slots one for the processor and the other for the tone clock Slots 3 to 10 can contain optional port circuit packs and service circuit packs See the following figure for an example of the CMC1 Media Gateway Figure 49 CMC1 Media Gateway left side o A 301700000 oo oo oo oo ETT POoRNZJ opa
160. ability to hot swap one switch at a time by activation of the redundant cable Does not disrupt the operation of other Avaya P330 switches Does not change stack configuration Does not require network downtime Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 291 December 2003 Avaya Ethernet Switches Avaya P330 Ethernet Switches 292 e Connection through Telnet from the front panel ports of any switch multiple levels of password protection login and inactivity timeouts Auto Negotiation Every 10 100 port on the Avaya P330 supports Auto Negotiation Auto Negotiation automatically detects and supports the operating mode and speed of a connected device Auto negotiation is also supported on the Gigabit Ethernet ports for flow control mode only You can simply connect the Avaya P330 to Ethernet or Fast Ethernet equipment at full or half duplex without pre configuration Congestion Control Congestion control is a key element of maintaining network efficiency Congestion control is used to prevent resource overload The Avaya P330 supports congestion control on all Ethernet ports by using the following e Back Pressure in half duplex mode e IEEE 802 3x Flow Control in full duplex mode VLANs The Avaya P330 VLANs are fully IEEE 802 10 compliant and can handle up to 1k tagged VLANs Multiple VLANs per Port The Avaya P330 provides the ability to set multiple 1K VLANs per port The three available Port Multi V
161. abinets together At the rear of the cabinets a ground plate connects between cabinets for ground integrity For Avaya Media Servers e 8500 SCC1 Media Gateways are supported for migrations only e Maximum number of SCC1 stacks or PNs is 64 e 8700 SCC1 Media Servers are supported in a multi connect configuration only e Maximum number of SCCI stacks or PNs is 64 Table 7 Cabinet circuit pack slots Type Description Server Port A port slot is colored purple or labeled with a gray rectangle A port slot can DEFINITY Server accept any purple or gray labeled circuit pack R SI S8700 Media Server and 8500 Media Server Control A control slot is colored white or labeled with a outlined white rectangle A DEFINITY Server port slot can accept any purple or gray labeled circuit pack R and SI Service A service slot is colored purple or labeled with a gray rectangle A service slot DEFINITY Server accepts a special type of circuit pack that does not have an I O connector R SI S8700 Media Server and 8500 Media Server The purple and white colored circuit packs and slots have been replaced by circuit packs and slots that are labeled with gray and white rectangles respectively A label with a solid gray rectangle indicates a slot for a port circuit pack A label with an outlined white rectangle indicates a slot for a control circuit pack Each port slot in a port carrier an expansion control carrier or a control carrier attach
162. ackward compatible with the TN1648 circuit pack TN1650B Memory The TN1650B memory circuit pack is used only in the DEFINITY R configurations The 1650B circuit pack contains 32 MB of Dynamic Random Access Memory DRAM and error detection and correction circuitry to ensure information integrity The TN1650B is used for system software customer translations and call processing maintenance All new systems are shipped with four memory boards and a TN1657 disk drive All upgrades to R10 require a fourth memory board and a TN1657 disk drive V9 or later TN1654 DS1 Converter T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels The TN1654 converter installs in place of the conventional fiber and supports from one to four T1 or El facilities providing a total of 92 T1 channels or 120 E1 channels in each direction between the PPN and an EPN This capacity is enough for the EPN to easily support several hundred stations The switch architecture provides for EPNs that are remotely located from the PPN An EPN within five miles 8 km of the PPN may be coupled using multimode fiber optic cable or within 22 miles 35 4 km of the PPN using single mode fiber optic cable Connect using a DS1 converter complex when the distance between the PPN and an EPN exceeds five miles 8 km for multimode cable or 22 miles 35 4 km for single mode cable or private right of way is unavailable One DS1 circuit pack is placed on each end of the DS1 converter complex The TN1654 D
163. act the state public utility commission public service commission or corporation commission for information This equipment if it uses a telephone receiver is hearing aid compatible Canadian Department of Communications DOC Interference Information This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe A est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This is confirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that registration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical specifications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipment Declarations of Conformity United States FCC Part 68 Supplier s Declaration of Conformity SDoC Avaya Inc in the United States of America hereby certifies that the equipment described in this document and bearing a TIA TSB 168 label identification number complies with the FCC s Rules and Regulations 47 CFR Part 68 and the Administrative Council on Terminal Attachments ACTA adopted technical criteria Avaya further asserts that Avaya handset equipped terminal equipment described in this document complies with Paragraph 68 316 of the FCC Rules and Regulations defining Hearing Aid Compatibility and is deemed compatible with hearing aids
164. additional ports that increase the number of connections to trunks and lines IP Media Processor The IP Media Processor provides voice over internet protocol VoIP audio access to the switch for local stations and outside trunks The IP Media Processor provides audio processing for between 32 and 64 voice channels and supports hairpin connections as well as shuffling of calls between IP direct connections The IP Media Processor can perform echo cancellation silence suppression FAX relay service and DTMF detection The IP Media Processor can be updated using the firmware download feature DEFINITY IP Solutions DEFINITY IP Solutions brings together the flexibility of IP networks with the full feature functionality of Communication Manager IP Solutions provides e Investment protection and optimization in IP and PSTN networks e Full software applications features and management capabilities are carried into the IP environment using Communication Manager e Enhanced quality of service e Remote workers have full access to Communication Manager features from their PCs IP Solutions offers a feature that enables users to specify the quality of voice communications With the Quality of Service feature users can administer and download the Differentiated Services Type of Service value to optimize voice quality The Quality of Service feature implements buffers in the audio processing circuit pack to reduce latency and helps some route
165. adequate ventilation and to conform with EIA3 10D data rack standards In a multiple G650 configuration the G650s are placed in a rack without any space between them If the G650s are not correctly placed in the rack the TDM LAN cables cannot connect them Operating conditions The normal operating conditions for the G650 are the following e 41 Fahrenheit 5 Celsius to 104 Fahrenheit 40 Celsius e 10 percent to 90 percent relative humidity non condensing below 10 617 feet 3 236 meters 304 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Environmental considerations for the G700 Media Gateway Environmental considerations for the G700 Media Gateway The following table lists the environmental considerations for the G700 Media Gateway Table 14 Environmental considerations for the G700 Media Gateway Consideration Description Heat dissipation Altitude and air pressure Temperature and humidity Air purity Lightning Acoustic noise generated by unit Electromagnetic compatibility standards European union standards Air flow with a single fan failure Air flow with the power supply fan failure The unit uses global AC 100 240 VAC 50 60 Hz 1 5 to 4 9 A which translates to 360 to 400 Watts However some is passed out the front via 48 VDC up to 32 ports at 1 5 Watts each for a total of 48 Watts Functions at altitudes of minus 197 feet to 10 000 feet Air pressure is not spec
166. age Format SDMF e Multiple Data Message Format MDMF e Caller ID generation on Line Ports The MM711 accommodates on hook transmission necessary to receive caller ID signals On an ICLID administered trunk absence of ICLID information or error in transmission of ICLID information will not prevent the call from being terminated with the exception of Japan Analog line interface requirements The MM711 provides pass through for FAX signals The MM711 supports analog telephone sets with e An impedance range of Rs 215 to 300 ohms Rp 750 to 1000 ohms Cp 115 to 220pF e A ringing frequency range of 20 Hz 25 Hz or 50 Hz e ADC current range of 20 to 60 mA e A hook flash range of 90 to 1000 ms Companding MM711 allows for A or p law selection at installation This is a software selectable capability that applies to every port on the MM711 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 223 December 2003 MM712 DCP media module MM712 DCP media module The Avaya MM712 Media Module allows connectivity of up to eight 2 wire Digital Communications Protocol DCP voice terminals See the following figure for an example of the MM712 Figure 68 Avaya MM712 DCP Media Module S 3 S ACT O mmdc712 KLC 022702 NOTE The MM712 is supported in both the G700 and G350 Media Gateways Hardware interface Signal timing specifications for the
167. aker accurately reproduces the human voice e Full Duplex Operation talk and listen at the same time e De reverberation reduces the hollow bottom of the well sound e Tabletop user installable solution for ease of setup and use e Extension microphones available to support up to 25 people e Integrated dial pad and full featured remote control e Microphone muting for privacy e Dual color LED for on and mute display e Wireless lapel microphone optional for stand up presenters Models 3127 APE AVAYA SOUNDSTATION PREMIER EX ANALOG The analog version of SoundStation Premier plugs into any analog port or terminal and comes will all appropriate cabling Expansion ports are available for adding on the optional extension microphones Requiring just an analog line and a power outlet this system is easy to install and use Good for groups of up to 15 people 3127 APX AVAYA SOUNDSTATION PREMIER EX MICS ANALOG This analog version of SoundStation Premier EX Mics includes two extension microphones which can be used to enhance the room coverage to support up to 25 people Plugs directly into an analog port Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 285 December 2003 SoundPoint and SoundStation speakerphones 286 3127 DPE AVAYA SOUNDSTATION PREMIER DCP EX A DCP version of SoundStation Premier EX connects to the adjunct port of the 7102 8102 and 7400 and 8400 series terminals Does not work with a 6400 series terminal Expansion ports
168. all Center should purchase the G700 Media Gateway Features The G350 features e VoIP Media Gateway services e Survivability features for continuous voice services e WAN connectivity e WAN routing Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 123 December 2003 Media gateways Avaya G350 Media Gateway e Power over Ethernet LAN Switching e Support for traditional telephones and trunks Deployment modes The G350 is a modular device with multiple configuration possibilities to meet specific individual needs Six slots in the G350 chassis house a customized selection of media modules which connect to different types of circuit switched phones trunks and data devices One of the slots can house an internal media server A major configuration choice is of which type of media server to deploy The media server may be a media module or a standalone device The G350 can be deployed in one of two basic working modes e Distributed Avaya Enterprise Connect In this mode the G350 is controlled by an external media server This may be a standalone media server such as the 8500 or the S8700 or a separate media gateway in a standalone configuration The G350 may also house an S8300 Media Server module to function as a Local Survivable Processor LSP which can take over control of the G350 if the external media server stops serving the G350 e Standalone In this mode the G350 is controlled by an internally housed 8300 Media Server
169. an AC power source and the S8100 Media Server In addition to better power dependability a UPS provides battery backup for a graceful shutdown if a power failure occurs e An Ethernet switch Reliability Avaya incorporates high reliability and availability into the S8100 Media Server The media server s platform e Detects and corrects errors as they occur e Minimizes the number of components that can cause a system wide outage e Simplifies fault isolation to a replaceable component The S8100 Media Server provides error detection and correction system reconfiguration and escalation paths for alarms to necessary performance elements The software recovers from intermittent failures and continues providing service with minimal disruption The maintenance subsystem manages three categories of maintenance objects MOs hardware maintenance objects software processes and data relationships Hardware MOs are tested alarmed and Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 35 December 2003 Avaya 8100 Media Server with a CMC1 or G600 Media Gateway removed from service by the software When the hardware problem is isolated the object is replaced If a software process encounters trouble the process is recovered or restarted Data relationships are audited and corrected The following design elements help ensure high availability of the Windows 2000 operating system on the 8100 Media Server e A secondary on board processor compl
170. anager December 2003 Optional components Optional components for an S8100 Media Server TNCCSC 3 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 TN C7 PRI to SS7 Converter on page 211 TN CIN Voice FAX and Data Multiplexer on page 211 Application circuit packs TN2501AP Voice Announcements over LAN VAL on page 210 Port circuit packs TN2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 TN789B Radio Controller on page 191 Adapters NAA fiber optic cable adaptor on page 178 Avaya telephones IP telephones Avaya 4602 IP telephone on page 259 Avaya 4602S W IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4606 IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4610S W IP telephone on page 261 Avaya 4612 IP telephone on page 262 Avaya 4620 IP telephone on page 263 Avaya 4620S W IP telephone on page 264 Avaya 4630 IP Screenphone on page 266 Avaya 4630S W IP telephone on page 267 Digital telephones Avaya 2402 Digital Telephone on page 267 Avaya 2420 digital telephone on page 268 Avaya Callmaster IV 603F digital telephone on page 272 Avaya Callmaster V 607A digital telephone on page 273 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6408D digital telephone on page 269 Avaya 6416D M digital telephone on page 270 Avaya 6424D M digital telephone on page 271 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 231 December 2003 Optional components
171. anel In turn the LED board resides in the upper left front of each G700 Media Gateway You must remove the LED board when you install or remove either the active or standby S8300 Media Server The two components must be installed or removed as a unit NOTE The LED panel is not the same size as a standard media module You cannot insert a media module into the LED board s slot or vice versa Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 143 December 2003 Avaya G700 Media Gateway Gateway software Gateway software is responsible for Individual media gateway operations e Terminating H 248 on the G700 Media Gateway e Interacting with maintenance operations Maintenance software An Avaya media server with a G700 Media Gateway has a dual maintenance strategy Maintenance software runs on both the G700 Media Gateway s and the media server s platform for each platform s subsystems The G700 media gateway s maintenance software performs its own initialization and motherboard maintenance along with internal environmental monitoring Whereas after the G700 Media Gateway registers with the media server the server s maintenance software tests and initializes the gateway s media modules Although the media gateway s maintenance software is aware of its own media modules these modules and their associated ports are controlled by the media server Error logs are also maintained on the media server Connectivity T
172. annel Connection to and from the endpoint s audio is by way of a TN787 multimedia interface port This connection is through the TDM bus timeslots Each of the eight digital signal processors communicate with the main on board processor through eight individual dual port random access memory DPRAMs No read only memory ROM is available on this circuit pack The DPRAM is used for program download 190 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN789B Radio Controller The TN789B radio controller circuit pack is an interface between a switch and two Wireless Fixed Base WEB radio units for the DEFINITY Wireless Business System The TN789B circuit pack contains a main processor to handle data line circuit DLC and upper medium access MAC layers of firmware The TN789B circuit pack also contains two lower MAC processors one processor for each radio interface Each radio interface is referred to as an I2 interface The I2 link is the connection between the Radio Controller RC and the WFB The RC supports up to two I2 links each link consisting of three pairs of twisted pair cable the transmit pair the receive pair and the local power pair The transmit pair transfers WFB control and frame information from the RC to the WFB The receive pair transfers status and frame information from the WFB to the RC If the RC cannot provide power to the WFB a third pair to the
173. appropriate DS1 or tie trunk circuit pack TN725B Speech Synthesizer The TN725B speech synthesizer supports English and is used in the United States The TN725B speech synthesizer circuit pack has four ports that send voice message information to telephones to activate leave word calling automatic wake up voice message retrieval and Do Not Disturb features The ports can detect tones TN726B Data Line 8 ports The TN726B data line circuit pack has eight serial asynchronous EIA ports with modem interfaces that are connected through asynchronous data units ADUs to EIA ports such as RS 232 on DTE The TN726B circuit pack uses Mode 2 or Mode 3 data transfer protocol The DTE can be adjuncts and peripheral equipment such as data terminals printers host computers personal computers PCs graphics and facsimile systems and call detail acquisition and processing systems CDAPSs With software administered system access ports a TN726B circuit pack connects through a cross connect field to a TN553 packet data line circuit pack The TN553 circuit pack then converts mode 2 protocol to mode 3 protocol that transfers the TN726B circuit pack from the packet bus to the TDM bus for EIA connections Each port on a TN726B circuit pack has TXT terminal transmit and tip TXR terminal transmit and ring PXT port transmit and tip and PXR port transmit and ring signal leads TN735 MET Line 4 ports The TN735 MET line circuit pack
174. are available for adding on the optional extension microphones Comes with all appropriate cabling and is user installable Good for groups of up to 15 people 3127 DPX AVAYA SOUNDSTATION PREMIER DCP EX w Mics This DCP version of SoundStation Premier EX includes two extension microphones which can be used to enhance the room coverage to support up to 25 people The DCP version connects to the adjunct port of the 7102 8102 and 7400 and 8400 series terminals Does not work with a 6400 series terminal Comes with all appropriate cabling and is user installable Good for groups of up to 25 people 3127 DDP AVAYA 6400 SSDP SOUNDSTATION DCP PREMIER EX A DCP version of SoundStation Premier EX that connects directly into a DCP jack It can work with or without a terminal It can work with any 6400 7400 or 8400 series terminal Expansion ports are available for adding on the optional extension microphones Comes with all appropriate cabling and is user installable Good for groups of up to 15 people 3127 DDX AVAYA 6400 SSDP SOUNDSTATION DCP PREMIER w Mics This 6400 SSDP includes two extension microphones which can be used to enhance the room coverage to support up to 25 people The 6400 SSDP connects directly into a DCP jack It can work or without a terminal It can work with any 6400 7400 or 8400 series terminal Comes with all appropriate cabling and is user installable 3127 MIC AVAYA SOUNDSTATION WIRELESS LAPEL MIC Thi
175. ated power source that is typically located outside the building connect to an AC load center These feeders do not provide power to other equipment The AC load center distributes the power to receptacles The power cords from the AC power distribution unit in each MCCI1 and AC power supply in each SCC1 plugs into a receptacle 60 Hz power sources in DEFINITY R Each of the following power sources can supply 60 Hz power to the AC load in R7 and later systems See the following figures for information on 120 to 240 VAC power sources Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 319 December 2003 Power requirements Figure 70 Single phase 120 to 240 VAC 60 Hz source Phase A Neutral To equipment room AC load center Phase B widftphs LJK 072298 Figure 71 3 phase 120 to 208 VAC 60 Hz source Phase A Neutral To equipment room AC load center Phase B Ground Phase C widf3phs LJK 071597 50 Hz power sources in DEFINITY R Either of the following power sources can supply 50 Hz power to the AC load in R7 and later systems See the following figures for 220 VAC power source NOTE For type of power see e MCCl is shown on the cabinet s rear door e SCClisshown on the cabinet s rear cover e CMC1 is shown on the right door 320 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Power requirements Figure 72 International 3 phase 220 to 380 VAC 50 Hz source
176. ateway is a complete solution for small to medium sized offices including branch offices of companies with multiple locations The S8100 Media Server uses the Windows 2000 operating system Avaya Communication Manager Avaya MultiVantage INTUITY AUDIXO messaging application and Avaya Site Administration are coresident applications on the platform An optional Ethernet connection from the S8100 Media Server to the customer s LAN provides an easy access for administration The S8100 Media Server delivers a full range of global communications capabilities including traditional voice and trunking needs and voice over IP VoIP technology The 8100 Media Server with the G600 or the CMC1 Media Gateway supports up to 450 stations and 300 trunks Detailed description This section includes information about the following e 8100 Media Server with a CMC1 or G600 Media Gateway e Standard components e Optional components e Reliability e Recoverability e Administration S8100 Media Server with a CMC1 or G600 Media Gateway e Coresident applications Avaya INTUITY AUDIX An integrated voice mail system with eight ports and 100 hours of storage Avaya Communication Manager For information about Avaya Communication Manager see the Overview for Avaya Communication Manager 555 233 767 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP servers and Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP servers e Customer configu
177. basis e Congestion control per port Link Redundancy e Link Aggregate Group LAG Supports both load sharing and redundancy as an incremental way to scale link bandwidth Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 297 December 2003 Avaya P133 and P134 Ethernet Switches e LAG Redundancy e IEEE 802 1d Spanning Tree e Load Sharing Back up Power Supply BUPS e Port mirroring e SMON RFC2613 IETF SMON standard for Layer 2 Interfaces e 24x 10 100Base TX ports with RJ connectors e 2x SFP GBIC connectors e RS 232 for terminal setup modem and PPP Standards Supported e IEEE 802 3x Flow control on all ports e IEEE 802 1Q p VLAN Tagging and priority on all ports e IEEE 802 1D Spanning Tree protocol e IEEE 802 3z Gigabit Ethernet ports IETF MIB II Bridge MIB RMON SMON Physical Characteristics e Dimensions 2U 3 5 88 mm x 19 h w d 482 6 mm x 13 8 350 mm Weight 11 4 Ib 5 2 kg Environmental Conditions e Operating Temp 23 to 122 o F 5 to 500 C e Humidity 5 to 95 non condensing Power Consumption e Power Entry AC 100 240 VAC 1A 50 60 Hz e Power Consumption 75W maximum Agency Approval e EMC Emission US FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class A Europe EN55022 class A and EN61000 3 2 Japan VCCI A Immunity Approved according to EN55024 and EN61000 3 3 298 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya P133 and P134 Ethernet Switches e Safety
178. bility Duplication is a strategy to create fully redundant systems that are highly reliable Duplication minimizes single failure points that can interrupt call processing Three options are available for system reliability and duplication e Standard reliability does not duplicate the tone clocks the control carrier or any inter PN connectivity e High reliability duplicates the hardware that is associated with the SPE The Control Carrier is duplicated which provides duplicate SPEs and tone clocks Inter PN connectivity and EPN tone clocks are not duplicated The strategy is to duplicate items that are associated with the SPE so that a single fault will not cause the loss of the SPE e Critical reliability requires the full duplication of the SPE inter PN connectivity and the tone clocks As duplication increases the maximum number of port carriers and port circuit packs per cabinet decreases BHCCI The following table shows busy hour call completion capacities for DEFINITY Server SI Type of call DEFINITY Server SI All analog 20 000 General business 20 000 ISDN 20 000 ACD 20 000 ICM 20 000 OCM 20 000 CTI ASAI 20 000 Wireless 20 000 IP telephones non IP trunks 18 000 DCP telephones IP trunks 13 500 IP telephones IP trunks 7 500 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 105 December 2003 DEFINITY Server SI Adjuncts The following is a partial list of the adjuncts that Avaya prov
179. bility configuration when sending voice bearer over CSS or ATM on page 84 for an example of a duplex reliability when sending voice bearer over CSS or ATM Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 83 December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Figure 27 Duplex reliability configuration when sending voice bearer over CSS or ATM Ei SNN IL Figure notes HOA cydsmar2 LAO 022503 Number Description of the Connection 1 The Administration PC can be used to access the 8700 Media Server over the corporate LAN 2 Corporate LAN 3 Corporate LAN interface default Ethernet 4 The Ethernet link from the 8700 Media Server to the LAN Used for administration and can be used for alarming by way of Simple Network Message Protocol SNMP traps The Ethernet connection to the corporate LAN in this figure is a non dedicated network IP addresses for the various components of the 8700 Media Server must be administered with care to prevent conflicts with other equipment that shares the LAN 4 The S8700 Media Servers pair one server in an active mode and the other server on standby 5 Duplication links The Ethernet link default Ethernet 2 and the fiber link 84 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Figure notes Number Description of the Connection 6 10 11 12 Servic
180. brid Line 8 ports on page 187 N769 Analog Line 8 ports on page 188 N791 Analog Guest Line 16 ports on page 191 N793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports on page 192 N797 Analog Trunk or Line Circuit Pack 8 ports on page 193 N2181 DCP Digital Line 2 wire 16 ports on page 197 N2183 TN2215 Analog Line for multiple countries 16 ports on page 197 T T T T T T T T T T T T N2185B ISDN BRI S T TE Interface 4 wire 8 ports on page 198 T N2198B ISDN BRI U Interface 2 wire 12 ports on page 199 T N2214B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports on page 201 T N2215 TN2183 Analog Line for Multiple Countries 16 ports International Offers or Offer B only for US and Canada on page 202 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 255 December 2003 Optional components for DEFINITY Server R 256 TN2224B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports on page 203 TN2793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports on page 210 Trunk circuit packs N429D Incoming Call Line Identification ICLID on page 178 N459B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 179 N464GP DSI Interface TI 24 channels or E1 32 channels on page 179 N465C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 180 N747B Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 185 N753B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 186 N760E Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 187 N763D Auxiliary Trunk 4 ports on pa
181. cal links and control messages from the SPE through port circuits to endpoints such as terminals and adjuncts The packet bus carries logical links for both on switch and off switch control between some specific port circuits in the system for example D channels X 25 and remote management terminals Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server R e Port circuits The port circuits form analog digital interfaces between the PN and external trunks and devices that provide links between these devices and the TDM bus and packet bus Incoming analog signals are converted to pulse code modulated PCM digital signals and placed on the TDM bus by port circuits Port circuits convert outgoing signals from PCM to analog for external analog devices All port circuits connect to the TDM bus Only specific ports connect to the packet bus e Interface circuits Interface circuits are types of port circuits that reside in the PPN and each EPN Interface circuits terminate fiber optic cables that connect TDM buses and the packet bus from the PPN cabinet to the TDM bus and packet bus of each EPN cabinet Carriers Carriers hold circuit packs and connect them to power the TDM bus and the packet bus There are five types e Control Carrier PPN cabinet only e Optional Duplicated Control Carrier PPN cabinet only e Optional port carrier PPN and or EPN cabinets e Optional expansion control carrier EPN cabinets only
182. can be circuit switched simultaneously or either of them may be packet switched but not both at once The D channel is always packet switched The circuit switched connections have a y Law or A Law option on a per board basis for voice operation and operate as 64 kbps clear channels when in the data mode The packet switched channels support the LAPD protocol However the TN2185B does not terminate on LAPD protocol The S interface does not support switching of both B channels together as a 128 kbps wideband channel The TN2185B has a maximum range up to 18 000 feet 5486 m from the system to the NT1 device In a environment with multiple telephones the B channels are shared only on a per call basis For example if Channel B2 is for data then the use of this channel by one telephone excludes the others from having access to it When a used device communicates over the D channel to access B1 or B2 that channel is owned until the call is taken down The D channel is always shared among the terminals The TN2185B circuit pack can be used as an alternative to the TN464 circuit pack or the TN2464 circuit pack The ability of outpulse in band DTMF signals or end to end signaling is supported by the TN2185B QSIG Call Completion is supported however QSIG Supplementary Services are not ISDN BRI trunks can be used as inter PBX tie lines that use the QSIG peer protocol 198 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs
183. cancel echoes in either direction for any DSO The MM710 can cancel echoes with tail end delays up to 96 milliseconds It is compatible with either A or u law code Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 219 December 2003 MM710 T1 E1 media module CSU function The CSU functionality built into the MM710 has the following capabilities e Capable of long haul or short haul transmission e Can receive signals as low as 36 dB e Can compensate for distances up to 655 feet in short haul operation e Attenuation up to 22 5 dB can be programmed when driving repeaters for long haul transmission Loopback BERT functions The loopback BERT functionality in the MM710 has the following characteristics e Provides a passive loopback for the far end in an un powered state e Can be set up for line or payload loopbacks e Supports incoming and outgoing ESF FDL requests e Can generate and respond to in band loop up and loop down codes per ANSI T1 403 e Supports the generation and detection of test patterns as well as injection of bit errors for Bit Error Rate Testing E1 impedance By itself the MM710 can be configured for balanced 120 ohm E1 operation An external balun is required for 75 ohm unbalanced operation Bantam jacks Six bantam jacks on the faceplate provide access to the incoming and outgoing T1 signals or E1 signals e SM permits passive monitoring of the incoming line e EM permits passive monitoring of the outgoing line
184. carrier JS8890AF e Zero one or two SN carriers J58890SA in CSS connected R model as required See Figure 60 MCC1 EPN cabinet on page 163 for an example of an MCC1 EPN cabinet Figure 60 MCC1 EPN cabinet Expansion ntrol carrier IT conroycanie t Port carrier Port or switch node carrier Port or switch node carrier Power ledfpdu4 LJK 081999 In a minimal dual EPN cabinet configuration the A B and C carrier positions are intended for the first port network in the cabinet The D and E carrier positions are intended for the second port network in the cabinet When a cabinet has two PNs carrier position E must be used and populated first Carrier position D is added and populated second Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 163 December 2003 MCC1 Media Gateway Carriers The following table lists the types of carriers that can be installed in the MCC1 Media Gateway with the DEFINITY Server R the DEFINITY Server SI the S8700 Media Server and the S8500 Media Server Each carrier will be described in greater detail later in this section Description Cabinet Server Control Carrier Contains the processor circuit packs to PN DEFINITY Server SI perform call processing and maintenance Processor Carrier Contains the processing circuit PN DEFINITY Server SI and packs to perform call processing maintenance and DEFINITY Ser
185. case the user may be required to take corrective actions COMES HAULERS BRIE BERS VCCI ok CHESS TFAAMPRERMTRECT OORE AER CHEATS E GEC NSRIFILLBHVIET COBAICITEAAADHORMRERT HELIBRENSLERHVETF To order copies of this and other documents Call Avaya Publications Center Voice 1 800 457 1235 or 1 207 866 6701 FAX 1 800 457 1764 or 1 207 626 7269 Write Globalware Solutions 200 Ward Hill Avenue Haverhill MA 01835 USA Attention Avaya Account Management E mail totalware gwsmail com For the most current versions of documentation go to the Avaya support Web site http www avaya com support Contents Contents Overview 25 e Document Overview 25 e Avaya media servers 25 e Avaya media gateways 26 Avaya Integrated Management 26 e Avaya communications devices 27 e DEFINITY Server CSI 29 Overview 29 Detailed description 29 Configuration information 29 Reliability and recovery 30 System capacity 31 Avaya Communication Manager 31 Adjuncts 32 e Avaya S8100 Media Server with a CMC1 or G600 Media Gateway 33 Overview 33 Detailed description 33 8100 Media Server with a CMC1 or G600 Media Gateway 33 Standard components 34 Optional components 35 Reliability 35 Recoverability 36 Administration 36 Peer Web server ar Telnet session 37 Avaya Integrated Management 37 Avaya Communication Manager 37 e Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway 39 Overview 3
186. cessor circuit pack in the PPN cabinet and the maintenance circuit pack in an EPN cabinet if any fan s speed drops below minimum A minor alarm occurs if a fan stops due to loss of 48 VDC One of the cabinet top thermal sensors sends an alarm if the exhaust temperature reaches 149 F 65 C Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 335 December 2003 Power requirements Another cabinet top sensor senses if the exhaust temperature reaches 158 F 70 C If the temperature reaches 158 F the system shuts down and the Emergency Transfer is invoked SCC1 fan unit Four constant speed fans at the top rear of the cabinet receive 48 VDC from the backplane An air filter is located below the fan unit Air flows down through the filter over the circuit packs The filter is removable and can be cleaned or replaced when necessary If the cabinet temperature reaches 158 F 70 C the temperature sensor in the power supply causes the system to shut down and invokes the Emergency Transfer System protection Protections are established to keep the switch active and on line The following 4 types of system protection are provided e Overvoltage e Sneak current e Lightning Earthquake Protection from hazardous voltages Protection from hazardous voltages and currents is required for all off premises trunks lines and terminal installations Both over voltage protection from lightning power induction and so on and sneak curr
187. ch is on the back of the power supply Only one 655A supplies ringing to the G650 The power supply in slot 0 in the G650 with an A carrier address is the default for ringing The system uses this default 655A unless it has failed or the software has commanded it to shut down When a G650 carrier has redundant power supplies one supply automatically supplies ringing if the other power supply fails Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 137 December 2003 Avaya G650 Media Gateway A 655A provides ringing to only one G650 carrier For example the 655A power supplies in carrier A supply ringing to carrier A only and the power supplies in carrier D supply ringing to carrier D only If the ring generation in both of a carrier s power supplies fail no other power supply provides ringing for the carrier 138 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya G700 Media Gateway Avaya G700 Media Gateway The G700 Media Gateway is designed to be scalable and offer options It is functional on its own or with other G700 Media Gateways The G700 is also functional in combination with other G700 Media Gateways and Avaya P330 devices such as the P333T P333R and P334 A maximum of 50 G700 Media Gateways can be supported using the S8300 Media Server A maximum of 250 G700 Media Gateways can be supported using the S8700 Media Server or the 8500 Media Server To provide power to IP telephones without additional cable
188. ch of their wiring sizes and ranges Maximum range Telephone Wire size AWG feet 500 type 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 2500 type 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 6200 type 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 12 000 3 657 m 7100 series 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 7101A 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 15 200 4 633 m 7103A 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 15 200 4 633 m 8100 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 12 000 3 657 m 9100 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 12 000 3 657 m Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 191 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN792 Duplication Interface In a high or critical reliability DEFINITY SI system a duplication interface copies the contents of memory from the primary Switch Processing Element SPE to a standby SPE so that the latter can take over immediately when the former fails The TN792 duplication interface DUPINT uses the Enhanced M Bus of the DEFINITY SI TN2404 processor for this memory shadowing function The Enhanced M bus supports 32 bit addressing and data access vs 16 bit for the M bus so it transfers data faster and shadows a larger area of memory than the older bus The M bus is still supported You need two TN792 circuit packs one for the primary control carrier and one for the standby You can replace TN772 duplication interfaces with TN792s but you must replace them in pairs A TN772 circuit pack cannot communicate with a TN792 circuit pack A new duple
189. ck interface e A remote PN that is using a DS1 converter e A Survivable Remote Expansion Port Network SREPN To determine the number of IPSI connected PNs that are recommended to support a 8700 configuration divide the total number of PNs in the configuration by five and add one The additional IPSI provides fault tolerance For example if you have 20 PNs divide 20 by 5 to get 4 then add 1 You need a minimum of five IPSIs to support the 20 PNs For configurations where voice bearer is over IP there must be one IPSI in each PN A direct connect configuration only supports one IPSI connected PN TN2313AP DS1 Interface 24 channels The TN2313AP DSI port board interfaces a DS1 trunk to the switch backplane via port slots that are standard for DEFINITY products The TN2313AP is compatible with previous 24 channel DS1 circuit packs including the TN464F V19 and below the TN2464 V19 and below and the TN767E DS1 except that it does not provide for packet adjunct capabilities The TN2313AP supports a variety of applications including networking of DEFINITY switches international trunk types video teleconferencing and wideband data transmission The TN2313AP DSI interface can be configured as 24 channels at 1 544 Mbps The TN2313 can supply two 8 kHz reference signals to the switch backplane for optional use by the tone clock board in synchronizing the system clock to the received line clock The TN2313AP is firmware downloadable
190. cks TN570D Expansion Interface on page 182 N744E Call Classifier and Tone Detector 8 ports on page 184 N771DP Maintenance and Test on page 189 N775C Maintenance on page 189 N780 Tone Clock on page 190 N799DP Control LAN C LAN Interface on page 193 N2182C Tone Clock Tone Detector and Call Classifier 8 ports on page 197 T T T T T T 244 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 T Optional components S8700 Voice Bearer Over CSS or ATM N2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 T N2312BP IP Server Interface on page 204 Servic T e circuit packs N433 Speech Synthesizer on page 178 N725B Speech Synthesizer on page 183 N787K Multimedia Interface on page 190 N788C Multimedia Voice Conditioner on page 190 NCCSC 1 PRI to DASS Converter on page 211 NCCSC 2 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 NCCSC 3 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 T T T T T T T N C7 PRI to SS7 Converter on page 211 T N CIN Voice FAX and Data Multiplexer on page 211 Application circuit packs T N568 DEFINITY AUDIX 4 0 Voice Mail System part of ED 1E568 on page 181 T N801 MAPD LAN Gateway Interface on page 194 T N2501AP Voice Announcements over LAN VAL on page 210 Port circuit packs T N2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 T N789B Radio Controller on page 191 Avaya telephones IP telephones
191. continuance of service may be reguired But if advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact the Technical Service Center at 1 800 242 2121 or contact your local Avaya representative If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant It is recommended that repairs be performed by Avaya certified technicians The equipment cannot be used on public coin phone service provided by the telephone company Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Cont
192. cording CDR is supported with the use of a terminal server ASA is supported with the use of a terminal server DEFINITY Network Management DNM DEFINITY Translator ATM Manager DTA Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server SI DEFINITY Server SI Overview Avaya Communication Manager on a DEFINITY Server SI offers a high level operating system open interfaces and distributed processing DEFINITY Server SI provides circuit switched voice communications and Internet Protocol IP telephony including voice and data network integration unified messaging and multimedia conferencing and collaboration Because DEFINITY Server R is part of Avaya s Enterprise Class IP Solutions family it is designed to work with other Avaya products to create a complete IP solution All major hardware is contained in a multicarrier cabinet MCC1 that hold up to five carriers or stackable single carrier cabinets SCCls The solution enables high speed connections between analog and digital trunks data lines connected to host computers data entry terminals personal computers and IP network addresses See the following figure for an example of a DEFINITY Server SI solution Figure 29 DEFINITY Server SI with Communication Manager Il ci DEFINITY Wireless Business System Multimedia call center Attendant console Na Voice terminal Management termi
193. ct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 179 N464GP DSI Interface TI 24 channels or E1 32 channels on page 179 N465C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 180 N747B Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 185 N753B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 186 T T T T T T T N760E Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 187 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 239 December 2003 Optional components for an S8700 Media Server in an IP Connect configuration TN763D Auxiliary Trunk 4 ports on page 187 TN767E DSI Interface T1 24 channels on page 187 TN1654 DSI Converter T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels on page 195 TN2140B Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 196 T T T N2146 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 196 N2147C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 197 N2184 DIOD Trunk 4 ports on page 198 TN2199 Central Office Trunk 3 wire 4 ports on page 199 TN2207 DS1 Interface T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels on page 200 TN2209 Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 200 N2242 Digital Trunk on page 203 N2308 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 204 N2313AP DS1 Interface 24 channels on page 207 N2464BP DSI Interface with Echo Cancellation T1 E1 on page 209 T T T T Control circuit packs TN771DP Maintenance and Test on page 189 TN799DP Control LAN C LAN Interface on page 193 TN2302AP IP Medi
194. d high temperature sensors The TN775C circuit pack provides two serial links to communicate with Expansion Interface ED circuit packs and provides an RS 232 interface for connection to an administration terminal Each circuit pack contains a 3 position switch to control emergency power transfer The TN775C contains a DC to DC power converter and is used in maintenance to monitor the processor in an EPN that is supported by a Survivable Remote Processor SRP Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 189 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN780 Tone Clock The TN780 tone clock circuit pack connects to and monitors an optional external stratum 3 clock for digital frame timing The TN780 circuit pack also couples the clock output to local clocks The TN780 circuit pack supplies master timing to the system and produces the following tones call progress tones touch tones answer back tones and trunk transmission test tones The TN780 circuit pack has 2 MHz 160 kHz and 8 kHz clocks The TN780 circuit pack can transmit the system clock and tones on either TDM bus A TDM bus B or both The TN780 circuit pack is administrable to produce five tone plans For countries outside the United States six tones can be customized in each plan The TN780 circuit pack supports A or u Law companding A TN780 circuit pack is never used with the 8100 Media Server TN787K Multimedia Interface The TN787 multimedia i
195. d resides in slot one of cabinet A This board contains 32 MB of DRAM memory and 32 MB of flash memory The software is stored on flash memory and on removable memory through Flash ROM that plugs directly into the TN2402 processor board The memory on the Processor board contains the generic program and the system translations The cartridge contains a copy of the system translations and error log The TN2402 also provides e A5 volt ATA PC card Memory Card interface e Three external RS232 interfaces CD 1 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 29 December 2003 DEFINITY Server CSI A SAT terminal interface An SMDR Printer or other DTE interface A connection for an external modem to dial out alarms Tone Clock TN2182 For any system reliability configuration a TN2182B Tone Clock integrates the tone generation tone detection call classification system clocking and synchronization functions onto a single circuit pack The TN2182 supports eight ports for tone detection and allows gain or loss applied to PCM signals that are received from the bus CMC1 Media Gateway A CMC Media Gateway has the following characteristics The size is 25 5 inches wide 24 5 inches high and 11 3 inches deep It is designed for wall mounting Mounted on the floor or on a table where required Ten universal port slots plus one power supply slot per CMC1 Standard reliability option only Is limited to one PN that is made up of a maximum o
196. dard slots for media modules You cannot insert a media module into the LED board s slot or vice versa Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 45 December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway Maintenance software An 8300 Media Server with a G700 Media Gateway has a dual maintenance strategy Maintenance software runs on both the G700 Media Gateway s platform and the S8300 Media Server for subsystems on the platform This platform software performs initialization and motherboard maintenance along with internal environmental monitoring In contrast media modules are tested and brought into service by the 8300 Media Server s maintenance software after a G700 Media Gateway registers with the 8300 Media Server While the G700 Media Gateway s maintenance software is aware of its own media modules these modules and their associated ports are controlled by the S8300 Media Server Error logs are also maintained on the S8300 Media Server Avaya media modules 46 Media modules reside in a G700 Media Gateway and interact with the motherboard and backplane The G700 supports the following media modules e MM710 T1 E1 Media Module s M711 Analog Media Module M712 DCP Media Module M720 BRI Media Module M760 VoIP Media Module M M M e M The following figure shows a top view of a media module Figure 4 Top view of media module mmdciso KLC 031502 Hardware Guide for Avaya C
197. dding top tier scalability and reliability while supporting mission critical applications in a distributed yet secure multivendor environment To provide businesses with maximum flexibility the server and gateway components in Avaya s family of MultiVantage applications follow a modular mix and match approach A wide range of custom configurations can be deployed to meet a broad spectrum of business needs e From a single location upgrading to a converged IP network for 200 employees e To a complex multinational converged network capable of supporting 10 000 plus voice data users Avaya media servers Avaya s line of media servers provides a robust application platform based on industry standard operating systems to support distributed IP networking and centralized call processing across multiprotocol networks These servers are available as an integrated solution with other servers or can operate independently Avaya media servers have the following features and benefits e Redundant survivable call processing and media processing supports crucial business continuity e Standards based computing supports Linux Microsoft Windows and Avaya s DEFINITY operating system e Distributed survivable IP networking supports campus global multisite and branch environments Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 25 December 2003 Overview Avaya media gateways Avaya media gateways Avaya media gateways are stac
198. dia Gateway it sets up loopbacks in both directions The G700 Media Gateway can then send and receive a test pattern to verify the function of the MM710 and T1 cable up to the network T1 facility In normal operation the jack passes the T1 signals through undisturbed in both directions Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 221 December 2003 MM711 Analog media module MM711 Analog media module The Avaya MM711 Media Module provides analog trunk and telephone features and functionality See the following figure for an example of the MM711 Figure 67 Avaya MM711 Analog Media Module S 3 S ACT O mmdc711 KLC 022702 NOTE The MM711 is supported in both the G700 and G350 Media Gateways The MM7 11 provides the administrator with the capability to configure any of the eight ports of this analog circuit pack as e A loop start or a ground start central office trunk e Loop current 18 120mA e A wink start or a immediate start Analog Direct Inward Dialing DID trunk e A 2 wire analog Outgoing CAMA E911 trunk for connectivity to the PSTN e MF signaling is supported for CAMA ports e Analog tip ring devices such as single line telephones with or without LED message waiting indication The MM711 also supports e Three ringer loads ringer equivalency number for up to 2000 feet for all eight ports e Up to eight simultaneously ringing ports
199. dia Module Manager Tone Clock and H 248 signaling to the Gateway Controller Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Fans LEDs Avaya G700 Media Gateway e An Avaya P330 processor complex is based on the Avaya P330 data switch architecture This complex provides an 8 port layer 2 switch function and manages the Expansion and Cascade modules e Provides the electrical and physical connectivity for the four media module slots NOTE The motherboard cannot be replaced in the field For more information about the VoIP Media Module see MM760 VoIP media module on page 228 The G700 Media Gateway contains four 12 volt fans These fans are monitored and can be reported by SNMP to a management station The S8300 Media Server with the G700 Media Gateway uses two types of LEDs e Media module e System level Media module LEDs Media module LEDs have the following characteristics Each media module has at least three LEDs to indicate module and port status or maintenance and administration modes e The location spacing and labeling is fixed for all LEDs on every media module The LEDs are mounted on the media module s printed wiring board and placed so that they show through an opening System level LEDs An LED board visually indicates both system and Ethernet port status by allowing customers to change between these status indication modes The LEDs reside in the board s oblong fascia p
200. dia module ALM O TST O ACT O mmdc712 KLC 022702 For more information see MM720 BRI media module on page 226 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 49 December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway MM760 VoIP media module An MM760 is a clone of the motherboard s VoIP engine The MM760 provides an additional 64 VoIP channels with G 711 compression The capacity is 64 G711 TDM IP simultaneous calls or 32 compression codec G 729 or G 723 TDM IP simultaneous calls These call types can be mixed on the same resource in other words the simultaneous call capacity of the resource is 64 G 711 equivalent calls The following figure shows an MM760 media module Figure 10 MM760 VoIP media module ALM O TST O ACT O mmdc760 KLC 022702 For more information see MM760 VoIP media module on page 228 S8300 Media Server in an LSP configuration 50 An S8300 Media Server in a Local Survivable Processor LSP configuration uses the S8300 hardware component and a software license to activate a standby feature This software allows the LSP with a G700 Media Gateway to be a survivable call processing server for remote and branch locations The number of LSPs that can be supported in a configuration depends on the controlling media server An S8500 Media Server or S8700 Media Server can support up t
201. ds 333 DEFINITY SI floor loads 318 Adjunct Systems 32 94 106 Front panel buttons 125 Cabinets 99 fuse panels J58889AB 161 Multicarrier cabinets MCC1s 100 fuses Single carrier cabinet SCC 1 99 20 amp 326 Carriers 99 sneak current protectors 337 Connectivity 103 C LAN 103 116 a IP Asynchronous Links 104 116 G TCP IP 103 Detailed description 96 H 323 IP Trunk 103 115 G350 IP Trunk 103 115 features 123 Network Control Packet Interface 101 G600 Media Gateway 127 Optional Components 101 E G700 Media Gateway 41 139 Expansion Port Network 101 Cabling 1 uz IP Media Processor 101 ae Module 43 140 2 ateway Software 45 144 IP Solutions 101 LEDs 45 143 Port Network 98 Maintenance Software 46 144 Processor Port Network and Switch Processing Media Modules 46 Sea eal ar Motherboard 44 142 Required System Components 96 Se cone at ate System capacity 105 System Level LEDs 45 143 DIGITAL Server R G700 Media Gateway for 8700 Multi Connect 79 Avaya Telephones ground isolation 330 Ta SoundStation 258 ground ring 332 duplicated control cabinets J58890M 99 ground wiring 323 duplication interfaces grounding AC and DC 332 333 UN330B 212 Ce TC H E hardware earth 332 center stage switches 88 earthquake protections 337 humidity 338 electrical components power distribution units 324 Pi EMI filters 326 a enhanced DC rectifier cabinet 334 EPN cabinets J58890A 100 163
202. duplication interface slot position Terminal Connects a management terminal to the processor in a standard reliability system In a critical reliability system connects a terminal to the processor in the control carrier P1 Provides a position indicator of the carrier power to fans and access to alarm and control circuits P2 Provides control signals to the carrier Data communications equipment Connects the processor to CDR equipment a system printer or an external modem that is used for remote maintenance This connector can be used with any reliability option Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 165 MCC1 Media Gateway 166 Duplicated control carrier for DEFINITY Server SI A duplicated control carrier J58890AJ contains the following colored slots e Dedicated white colored circuit pack slots that always contain specific control circuit packs e Gray and purple slots can contain port circuit packs e Dual colored slots of white gray or purple can contain port circuit packs or designated white circuit packs such as an expansion interface or power unit AC or DC power units reside at each end of a duplicated control carrier The following table describes the connectors in a duplicated control carrier Connector Function 1 to 9 B1 to B9 25 pair connectors provide interfaces between port circuit packs and the cross connect field or fiber transceiver Terminal Connects a management
203. e 2554 YMGM wall model telephone All Avaya 2500 and 2554 telephones are single appearance analog telephones with conventional touch tone dialing The 2500 MMGL 2500 MMGM and 2554 MMGM telephones have NO feature buttons The 2500 YMGL 2500 YMGM 2554 YMGP and 2554 YMGM telephones are equipped with a flash button a message waiting light a redail button a hold button and a mute button All six of these telephone models provide access to features through the use of the or dial pad keys and the appropriate feature access codes The following are physical features of the Avaya 2500 and Avaya 2554 telephones The 2500 MMGN and 2554 MMGN telephones are manufactured without Positive Disconnect and without a FLASH button The 2500 YMGP and 2554 YMGP have Positive Disconnect permanently enabled When the FLASH button is depressed access is provided to switch features When the switchhook is depressed the call is automatically disconnected and a dial tone is provided for a completely new call Older models have a Positive Disconnect switch on the bottom of the telephone with two positions ON and OFF The ON position hangs up the telephone for approximately two seconds even if the switchhook depression is less This prevents inadvertent switchhook flashes To initiate switchhook flash in this mode press the FLASH button In the OFF position the switchhook will function normally K type handset All of the 2500 series telephones are equipp
204. e SN carrier J58890SA in a standard or high reliability configuration with a center stage switch CSS Minimum of 2 SN carriers in a critical reliability configuration See Figure 59 Typical PN Cabinet for all server models on page 162 for an example of a typical PN cabinet Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 161 December 2003 MCC1 Media Gateway 162 Figure 59 Typical PN Cabinet for all server models Figure notes Number Description ledfpdui KLC 031202 1 DI DN Uu A U N Port carrier in position C Port control or processor carrier in position B Control processor or expansion control carrier in position A Fan units Port or switch node SN carrier in position D Port or SN carrier in position E Power distribution unit Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 MCC1 Media Gateway Port network cabinet for Avaya S8500 Media Server The Avaya S8500 Media Server supports the MCC1 Media Gateway in migrations from a DEFINITY R simplex configuration A maximum of three Port Networks are supported in a direct connect configuration only Expansion port network cabinet for DEFINITY Server R or SI An expansion port network EPN cabinet contains the following carriers e One to four port carriers J58890BB e One expansion control
205. e SNI routes circuit packet and control messages The TN573B circuit pack is an interface installed in a SN carrier in a CSS The TN573B circuit pack terminates a fiber optic link from e A SNIin an SN carrier to an SNI in another SN carrier e An Elin a PPN and an EI in an EPN One TN573B is used per PN and supports the TN574 DS1 converter circuit pack The TN573B circuit pack vintage B and higher provides an interface to the single mode fiber optic transceiver and supports the TN1654 circuit pack and TN574 DSI converter circuit pack TN577 Packet Gateway 182 The TN577 packet gateway PGATE circuit pack is used in DEFINITY R only The TN577 circuit pack provides four RS 423 physical ports for X 25 protocol interfaces between the system and adjuncts The PGATE functions as the data communications interface unit providing protocol conversion between the X 25 protocol and the mode 3 protocol carried across the LAN bus Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply The X 25 protocol Levels 1 and 2 is terminated and the data is reformatted into the ISDN packet mode protocol for transport across the LAN bus Supported adjuncts include AUDIX CMS and Message Server Adjunct MSA The TN577 also supports Distributed Communications System DCS by providing X 25 signaling through e One of the RS 423 physical ports e Through the system using the TDM bus to the
206. e 209 Control circuit packs TN744E Call Classifier and Tone Detector 8 ports on page 184 TN799DP Control LAN C LAN Interface on page 193 TN2182C Tone Clock Tone Detector and Call Classifier 8 ports on page 197 TN2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 TN2402 Processor on page 208 Service circuit packs TN433 Speech Synthesizer on page 178 TN725B Speech Synthesizer on page 183 TN788C Multimedia Voice Conditioner on page 190 TNCCSC 1 PRI to DASS Converter on page 211 TNCCSC 2 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 TNCCSC 3 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 TN C7 PRI to SS7 Converter on page 211 TN CIN Voice FAX and Data Multiplexer on page 211 Application circuit packs TN568 DEFINITY AUDIX 4 0 Voice Mail System part of ED 1E568 on page 181 248 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Optional components for DEFINITY Server CSI TN750C Recorded Announcement 16 channels on page 185 TN801 MAPD LAN Gateway Interface on page 194 TN2501AP Voice Announcements over LAN VAL on page 210 Port circuit packs TN2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 TN789B Radio Controller on page 191 Adapter NAA fiber optic cable adaptor on page 178 Avaya telephones for DEFINITY Server CSI IP telephones Avaya 4602 IP telephone on page 259 Avaya 4602S W IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4606 IP telephone on page 260 Avaya 4610SW IP telephone on page 261
207. e Avaya UPS units use SNMP traps to send an alarm when power fails Before the batteries are completely drained an SNMP trap is sent that initiates a graceful shutdown process of the Linux server including the call processing software When a separate 48V DC battery string is used it might be possible to send an alarm when voltage is below a threshold but shutdown will not be mechanized USB modem Each 8700 Media Server requires a Universal Serial Bus USB modem for maintenance access and to call out an alarm The modems can share a common phone line if the 8700 Media Servers are co located When the S8700 Media Servers are separated an additional phone line will be required Incoming calls are answered by the on line server The callers can access the off line server via a telnet session Each modem connects to a USB port on the S8700 Media Server The USB modems used must conform to the Communication Device Class CDC specification and usually to the Abstract Control Model ACM sub class Any modem that does not comply with the specification will not work with the driver that the S8700 Media Server provides Media gateways The Avaya G650 Media Gateway is the preferred gateway for new installations of the S8700 Media Server For migrations from an existing Avaya solution and additions to an existing Avaya solution the type of gateway that will be supported depends on the configuration For the voice bearer over CSS or ATM the G350 G650
208. e S8700 Media Server always requires an Avaya P13X or P33X Ethernet switch as part of the control complex The Avaya Ethernet switch extends Ethernet connectivity to the PN where it connects to an IPSI One Ethernet switch is reguired for duplex reliability Two are reguired for high or critical reliability Voice bearer over CSS or ATM only If desired customer provided non Avaya Ethernet switches can be substituted for Avaya Ethernet switches Although the 8700 Media Server control network does not have to be a dedicated one an installation that uses a dedicated set of Ethernet switches provides simplicity and greater reliability See Figure 19 Avaya Ethernet switch on page 73 for an example of an Avaya Ethernet switch Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Figure 19 Avaya Ethernet switch R TTT TTT TT S 5 TPPP FEP ppp T swdcp120 KLC 031902 UPS or power backup S8700 Media Servers always require power backup Power backup is required to avoid power problems and to ensure graceful shutdown of the system processes if the power fails The Avaya 700 VA UPS provides approximately 30 minutes of power backup Combinations of battery extension modules and a 1500 VA UPS provide up to eight hours of power backup See Avaya UPS s section for more information Th
209. e SNMP access to configure trap destinations stop and start the master agent e 8500 Media Server configuration information and upgrade access The Web interface contains an extensive help system that describes all the Web screens and fields Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 69 December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway The Avaya S8700 Media Server uses a standard microprocessor engine with an Intel based processor on a commercial server The S8700 Media Server uses high speed connections to route voice data and video between analog and digital trunks data lines that are connected to host computers data entry terminals personal computers and internet addresses See Figure 17 S8700 Media Server on page 70 for an example of the S8700 Media Server Figure 17 S8700 Media Server scds870a KLC 041102 Detailed description 70 The S8700 Media Server uses a Redhat Linux platform on an Intel based server The 8700 Media Server is derived from the DEFINITY processor has fewer physical components and provides most of the same features and functionality with increased capacity Configuration information The S8700 Media Server is available in two configurations e Voice bearer over IP IP Connect An all IP configuration e Voice bearer over Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM or Center Stage Switch CSS Mul
210. e interfaces between the port circuit packs and the cross connect field or a fiber transceiver Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 157 SCC1 Media Gateway 158 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 MCC1 Media Gateway MCC1 Media Gateway An MCCI1 Media Gateway can be used as a port network PN cabinet Doors in front of and behind the MCC1 Media Gateway protect the internal equipment and allow easy access to the circuit packs Each MCC1 Media Gateway contains casters Leveling feet keep the cabinet from rolling Each lower corner of a MCC1 Media Gateway can bolt to the floor if required See Figure 58 Typical MCCI Media Gateway layout on page 160 for an example of the MCC1 Media Gateway layout Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 159 December 2003 MCC1 Media Gateway Figure 58 Typical MCC1 Media Gateway layout Icdfpdui KLC 031202 Figure notes Number Description 1 Carrier in position C Carrier in position B Carrier in position A Fan unit Carrier in position D Carrier in position E DI DN Uu A WwW N Power distribution unit 160 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 MCC1 Media Gateway Auxiliary cabinet The auxiliary cabinet contains the hardware to install optional
211. e of use and minimal touch access in mind The following are characteristics of the Avaya 4630 Screenphone 1 4 VGA color touch screen display with user screen options Five fixed feature buttons which include the speaker button the mute button the hold button the headset button and the volume control button Full duplex speakerphone with echo cancellation 120 total speed dial buttons organized into groups for easier access 100 total entries in the call log of incoming and outgoing calls Up to eight redial buttons can be presented on the display 10 100 Base T Ethernet network connection with RJ 45 interface Directory access to corporate telephone directory information on a LDAP server Voice mail access to Web based voice mail messaging capabilities of UCC s Avaya Web Messaging User costomizable stock ticker Access to Web based information including support for downloading Java applets G711 G729A and G729B audio voice coders H 323 V2 IP address assignment using DHCP or statically configured Infrared port to support IR dialing and other applications Supports CTI applications from the Avaya Softphone and is CTI ready to other applications Supports power over Ethernet Supports Quality of Service features including RTCP and RSVP Supports external 30A Switched Hub adapter Can display network audio quality information during calls Downloadable firmware for future upgrades Hearing aid compatible 12 button touch tone dial
212. e on page 264 The 4620SW IP telephone has the same feature set as the 4620 with the addition of the following on page 264 Avaya 4630 IP Screenphone on page 266 Avaya 4630SW IP telephone on page 267 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 237 Optional components S8500 Digital telephones Avaya 2402 Digital Telephone on page 267 Avaya 2420 digital telephone on page 268 Avaya Callmaster IV 603F digital telephone on page 272 Avaya Callmaster V 607A digital telephone on page 273 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6408D digital telephone on page 269 Avaya 6416D M digital telephone on page 270 Avaya 6424D M digital telephone on page 271 SoundStation speakerphones 3127 SoundPoint Speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation Premier audioconferencing speakerphone on page 285 Analog telephones Avaya 2500 and 2554 analog terminals on page 276 Avaya 6211 Analog Telephone on page 277 Avaya 6219 analog telephone on page 278 Avaya Explosive Atmosphere telephone Avaya 2520B Explosive Atmosphere telephone on page 279 Wireless telephone Avaya TransTalk 9040 on page 279 Consoles Avaya 302D attendant console on page 274 Avaya Softconsole on page 275 238 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager Decembe
213. e system stores translations bootstrap image and core dumps TN2138 Central Office Trunk 8 ports The TN2138 central office trunk circuit pack provides eight analog loop start CO trunk ports for Italy Each port has a tip and ring signal lead The TN2138 has 50 Hz 12 kHz and 16 kHz periodic pulse metering PPM TN2139 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports The TN2139 direct inward dialing trunk for Italy provides eight analog direct inward dialing DID trunk ports for analog DID signaling Each of the eight ports has a tip and ring signal lead TN2140B Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports The TN2140B tie trunk is used in Hungary and Italy The TN2140B provides four ports for 4 wire E amp M lead signaling tie trunks The TN2140 provides continuous E amp M signaling and discontinuous E amp M signaling Administrable A and u Law companding and standard Type 1 and Type 5 signaling is provided The TN2140B is required for Hungary TN2146 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports The TN2146 provides eight analog DID trunk ports for Belgium and the Netherlands Each of the eight ports has tip and ring signal lead The TN2146 uses four Dual Subscriber Line Audio processing Circuits DSLACs One DSLAC is used for each pair of ports The circuits are administered to meet trunk transmission characteristics The DSLACs can be set to either a resistive or complex balance impedance in the voice or AC talk path on the trunk interfaces The DSLACs convert analog
214. ed at an ambient temperature between 40 and 120 F 4 and 49 C for a short term operation of not more then 72 consecutive hours or 15 days in one year A continuous operation requires up to 110 F 43 C The relative humidity range is 10 to 95 at up to 84 F 29 C Above this maximum relative humidity decreases from 95 down to 32 at 120 F 49 C Installations outside these limits may reduce system life or affect operation The recommended temperature and humidity range is 65 to 85 F 18 to 29 C at 20 to 60 relative humidity Table 10 Cabinet power source information Cabinet style and power distribution unit Power sources Power input receptacles G600 Media Gateway AC Single phase 120 VAC with 120 VAC 60 Hz NEMA 5 15R power supply 650A integrated neutral 24 V AC 50 Hz IEC 320 Powersupply Single phase 240 VAC with Japan installations use country specific receptacles for 100 VAC and 200 VAC 50 60 Hz neutral There is no integrated DC power supply DC rectifiers can be used if desired follow manufacturer s instructions Table 11 Circuit breakers for AC powered G600 Media Gateway G600 Media Gateway Circuit Amperes 120 VAC 60 Hz 15 240 VAC 50 Hz 10 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 301 December 2003 Heat dissipation for the G600 Media Gateway Heat dissipation for the G600 Media Gateway The amount of heat dissipated required by a G600 Media Gateway configu
215. ed customers with growth of up to 3200 ports See the following figure for an example of the front of the S8500 Media Server Figure 11 S8500 Media Server front h3msfrnt LAO 070103 Figure notes Number Description 1 CD ROM drive activity LED When this LED is lit he CD ROM drive is in use 2 CD eject button Press this button to release a CD from the CD ROM drive 3 Power control button Press this button to turn the server on or off manually 4 USB connector 1 This USB port configures automatically and uses a serial interface standard for telephony and multimedia devices 5 USB connector 2 This USB port configures automatically and uses a serial interface standard for telephony and multimedia devices 6 System error LED This amber LED lights when a system error occurs 7 Hard disk drive activity LED When this LED is flashing it indicates that the associated hard disk drive is in use 8 Reset button Press this button to reset the server and run the power on self test POST 9 Power on LED When this LED is lit it indicates that the server is turned on Detailed description The S8500 Media Server comes standard with the following hardware components Pentium IV 512 KB Level 2 cache and MMX MMX2 technology Microprocessor 512 MB RAM IDE CD ROM Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 59 December 2003 Avaya S8500 Med
216. ed with a 12 button touch tone dial pad All of the 2500 series telephones contain two jacks The handset cord jack is on the left side of the telephone The line cord jack is on the right rear of the set All of the 2554 series telephones have one jack and one mounting cord The handset cord jack is on the bottom of the telephone The line cord is on the rear of the telephone to plug into the wall outlet Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones Two cords are supplied with all four of these 2500 series model telephones a coiled 6 foot modular handset cord and a 7 foot modular line cord Optional longer cords are available a 12 foot handset cord and 14 foot and 25 foot line cords Two cords are supplied with 2554 series model telephones a coiled 6 foot modular handset cord and a permanently attached 4 inch modular mounting cord An optional longer 12 foot handset cord is available All of the 2500 series telephones have an electronic tone ringer There is a 3 position ringer volume control located on the bottom of the 2500 telephone and the side of the 2554 telephone The 2500 MMGL 2500 MMGM 2500 YMGP and 2500 YMGM telephones can only be desk mounted They cannot be wall mounted The 2554 MMGL 2554 MMGM and 2554 YMGP telephones are wall mounted telephones They cannot be desk mounted All of the 2500 series telephones are available in black or misty cream All of
217. egrees Celsius Installations outside these limits may reduce system life or impede operation The following table correlates room temperature with allowable relative humidity Recommended Recommended temperature range temperature range Recommended degrees Fahrenheit degrees Celsius humidity range in 65 to 85 18 to 29 20 to 60 40 to 84 4 4 to 28 8 10 to 95 86 30 0 10 to 89 88 31 1 10 to 83 90 32 2 10 to 78 92 33 3 10 to 73 94 34 4 10 to 69 96 35 6 10 to 65 98 36 7 10 to 61 100 37 8 10 to 58 102 38 9 10 to 54 104 40 0 10 to 51 106 41 1 10 to 48 108 42 2 10 to 45 110 43 3 10 to 43 112 44 4 10 to 40 114 45 6 10 to 38 116 46 7 10 to 36 118 47 8 10 to 34 120 48 9 10 to 32 310 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 EMI and RFI specifications for the S8700 Media Server EMI and RFI specifications for the S8700 Media Server Country Specification USA FCC74 CFR Parts 2 and 15 Verified Class A limit Canada IC ICES 003 Class A limit Europe EMC Directive 89 336 EEC EN55022 Class A Limit Australia and New Zealand Radiated and Conducted Emissions EN55024 Immunity Standard for Information Technology Equipment EN61000 3 2 Harmonic Currents EN61000 3 3 Voltage Flicker AS NZS 3548 Class A limit Japan VCCI Class A ITE CISPR 22 Class A Limit IEC 1000 3 2 Harmonic Currents Taiwan BSMI Class A CISPR 22 Russia Gost approval International CISPR 22 Class A limit Hardware Gu
218. eight 23 kg 50 pounds AS1 1500VA 230V Online UPS 288 The ASI 1500 VA 230 V Online UPS provides up to 1050 Watts and basic battery holdover of eight minutes at full load Output current for 208 220 230 240 volts is 7 2 6 8 6 5 6 2 Amps Four optional Extended Battery Modules EBM48 extend the run time to 144 minutes at full load By grouping the six available 5 15 R receptacles into two groups of three the UPS allows users to shutdown one set of loads to allow longer run times for more critical loads during a power failure Power management is included The UPS can be installed as a tower or mounted in a data rack Serial interface capabilities and DEFINITY alarm contacts are standard Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya UPS Units Avaya Series 1 AS1 UPS 1500 VA 230 V models include the following accessories Extended Battery Module EBM48 e Bypass Distribution Module 1000 2000VA 230V e SNMP Module Safety Compliance UL CSA NOM CE EMC Compliance FCC Class B EN 50091 2 VCCI Class II IECS 003 Input 230 Vac 50 60 Hz auto sensing user selectable 220 240 2 meter cord with unterminated plug end Output Six 5 15 R receptacles in two load segments sine wave voltage 3 of nominal Battery Four 12V 9 A H sealed lead acid maintenance free Dimensions H x W x D 89 mm x 432 mm x 494 mm 3 5 x 17 x 19 4 Weight 23 kg 50 pounds UPS Add on Modules Extended Batter
219. elsius Recommended relative humidity 40 to 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 110 112 114 116 118 120 4 4 to 28 8 30 0 31 1 322 33 3 34 4 35 6 36 7 37 8 38 9 40 0 41 1 42 2 43 3 44 4 45 6 46 7 47 8 48 9 10 to 95 10 to 89 10 to 83 10 to 78 10 to 73 10 to 69 10 to 65 10 to 61 10 to 58 10 to 54 10 to 51 10 to 48 10 to 45 10 to 43 10 to 40 10 to 38 10 to 36 10 to 34 10 to 32 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Customer configurations Small businesses Customer configurations Small businesses Figure 83 Small business solution using the Avaya S8300 Media Server in the G700 Media Gateway Figure notes Number mM ta cydcsmos LJK 032302 Description 1 This figures shows a G700 Media Gateway with a S8300 Media Server installed in the upper right hand slot This configuration is using the T1 E1 DCP and analog media modules 2 Ethernet Switch Can be customer provided or Avaya M provided This device provides for port multiplication by having more than one network segment 3 UPS Avaya suggests a UPS be provided to allow for a graceful shutdown of the server during a power outage 4 Analog connectivity such as analog trunks stations and lines 5 DCP phones Avaya multifunction digital phones 6 TI E1 connectivity e
220. enance interface optional interfaces to other EPN cabinets a switch node in an SN ina CSS connected system or an ATM switch e Auxiliary cabinet contains equipment used for optional system related hardware such as rack mounted equipment See the following figure for an example of a typical MCC1 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server R Figure 37 Typical multicarrier cabinet MCC1 SS C position carer Dp iti i li B position Sa th 1 Ul AE TF fa A position carrier 1 SS il F position fan unit gt Os INQ w D position carrier JA 1 Ra 1 NN TAS AN MA E position carrier gt gt TA fA O N S Power distribution unit Icdfpdu6 LJK 083100 Expansion port network An optional expansion port network EPN contains additional ports that increase the number of connections to trunks and lines An EPN can be configured to provide service to users when the fiber or TI E1 link to the main processor fails or is severed or when the processor or center stage fails This service requires that special standby remote processor equipment be collocated with the EPN to provide SPE processor capabilities to the EPN Avaya MultiVantage applications Avaya s MultiVantage applications bring togethe
221. enance items include e PPN alarm monitors and outputs including auxiliary alarms for auxiliary equipment and environmental monitoring for over temperature conditions e Power supply sense and control for the carriers Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply e Emergency transfer control for catastrophic failure The circuit consists of a 3 position toggle switch The switch can be moved into the manual on position manual off position or automatic position e Non volatile memory that contains the time of day clock the telephone number for the Initialization and Administration System INADS login password and product identification e Alarm panel information with major minor and warning LEDs an ACKnowledge LED and an emergency transfer LED The TN1648B circuit pack increases the speed of the internal modem and external modem from 2400 bps to 9600 bps with error control implementation Appropriate software administration is added to choose between external modem access to the maintenance port and direct loop start trunk access The external modem access is used in countries that do not support the analog loop signaling protocol supplied by the internal modem For use outside the United States use a cable from the TN1648B that connects directly to an external modem When the external modem is selected the internal modem is disabled The TN1648B circuit pack is b
222. ent applications to run on a single PC and thus reducing hardware requirements e Provides IP Services forms to support more flexible administration e Guarantees data delivery through a reliable session layer protocol e Supports customers existing investment in serial hardware through use of Network Terminal Servers IP Asynchronous Links supports switch client applications and server applications as described in the following sections Switch client applications Client applications with Asynchronous Links allow you to use TCP IP to connect adjunct equipment to the switch via the C LAN board Asynchronous TCP IP links can be used to connect call detail recording CDR devices property management systems PMS and printers Maintenance parameters can be set to allow the switch to report alarms over a TCP IP link A device that does not support a direct TCP IP connection but that does support an RS232 interface can connect to the C LAN board through a terminal server or router Switch server applications IP Asynchronous links provide a telnet server to interconnect C LAN Ethernet clients to system management applications on the switch via TCP IP or TCP IP and RS232 signals IP Asynchronous Links supports the following server applications e System administration terminal SAT e Avaya Site Administration formerly DEFINITY Site Administration or DSA DEFINITY Network Management DNM e Proxy agent e Enterprise Directory Ga
223. ent protection are required Overvoltage protection The following devices protect the system from over voltages e Analog trunks use the 507B Sneak Protector The local telephone company normally provides over voltage protection e Analog voice and 2 wire DCP terminals can use one of the following types of combined protection against over voltage and sneak current or the equivalent of one of the following types e Carbon block with heat coil for UL code 4B1C e Gas tube with heat coil for UL code 4B1E W e Solid state with heat coil for UL code 4C1S DCP and ISDN BRI terminals use the solid state 4C3S 75 with heat coil protector or equivalent e DSI EI TI circuits require isolation from exposed facilities A CSU T1 LIU E1 or other equipment provides this isolation Sneak current protection Sneak current protection uses fuses to protect building wiring between the network interface and trunk circuits when exposed to extraneous power The fuses also protect the circuit packs 336 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Power requirements All incoming trunks and outgoing trunks and off premises station lines pass through the sneak fuses 507B Sneak fuse panels These panels are install on the system side of the network interface Sneak current protectors must be either UL listed or CSA certified or must comply with local safety standards Sneak current protectors must have a maximum rating of 350 mA and a
224. eon bus The 650A power unit has three switch selectable outputs for ringing e 20 Hz AC output at 85 V RMS and 80 mA centered about 48 VDC at 180 mA e 25 Hz AC output at 72 V RMS and 8 to 80 mA centered about 48 VDC at 180 mA e Two 50 Hz AC outputs at 28 V RMS effectively 56 V and 220 mA biased about 48 and 0 VDC at 70 mA balanced 174 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply 655A power supply The G650 can use one or two 655A power supplies Either power supply can provide all the power needed by the G650 When there are two power supplies they share the power load The 655A power supply is e The only power supply supported in the G650 e Not backward compatible to other carrier types If one G655A power supply is used it will be located in slot 0 of the G650 Media Gateway If two G655A power units are used they will be located in slots 0 and 15 NOTE You can insert or remove a redundant power supply and not affect the G650 if the other 655A power supply is operating Input power The 655A power supply is capable of operating on either AC or DC input power AC power is always used if available One power supply can operate on AC power and the other on DC power The power supplies use AC power first and switch to DC power if AC power fails or is not present AC power Commercial AC is the primary input power source Both slot
225. ephones 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 3500 1067 m 7400 series telephones 26 2200 670 m 8400 series data modules 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 3500 1067 m 8400 series telephones 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 3500 1067 m The TN754 circuit pack provides greater call handling capacity for high traffic applications and supports the group paging feature Combined conversion of Modem Pooling reguires a port on a TN754 circuit pack and a port on a TN746B circuit pack or TN769 analog circuit pack for each combined resource that is to be supported TN755B Neon Power Unit 186 The TN755B neon power unit circuit pack is used in with all DEFINITY servers except the DEFINITY CSI The TN755B circuit pack produces 150 VDC to operate neon message waiting lights on terminals that are connected to TN746B analog line circuit packs A TN755B circuit pack is reguired for each carrier where neon message waiting indicators are connected This circuit pack and the neon message waiting function are not available on systems that use the TN2202 ring generator circuit pack for France balanced ringing Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN758 Pooled Modem 2 ports The TN758 pooled modem circuit pack has two conversion resources ports such as a trunk data module for switched connections between digital data endpoints data modules and analog data endpoints modems A TN758 circuit pack is requi
226. equipment The cabinet allows carrier rack width 23 in 58 4 cm and panel types of mounting An auxiliary cabinet contains the following e A fuse panel J58889AB that distributes 48 VDC to fused cabinet circuits e An AC power receptacle strip that provides switched and unswitched 120 VAC receptacles e ADC connector block for cabinets powered by either an external DC source or by an AC to DC converter that Accepts AC power from a switched outlet of an AC power strip Sends converted DC power onto the required DC connector block Port network cabinet for DEFINITY Server R or SI A port network cabinet contains the following components For a DEFINITY Server SI e One to four port carriers J58890BB e One control carrier J58890AH e One duplicated control carrier JS8890AJ in a high or critical reliability configuration For a DEFINITY Server R e One to four port carriers JS8890BB e One processor carrier J58890AP in a high reliability configuration Two processor carriers in a critical reliability configuration e Minimum of one switch node SN carrier J58890SA in a standard or high reliability configuration with a center stage switch CSS Minimum of 2 SN carriers in a critical reliability configuration Port network cabinet for Avaya 88700 Media Server e One to four port carriers J58890BB e Ina configuration with Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM an ATM Interface card e Minimum of one switch nod
227. er s applications reliability and multiservice networking This solution can be installed for either small customers or large customers with branch offices or a multisite configuration An 8300 Media Server with G700 Gateways provides the following networking benefits Feature transparency across the network via QSIG or DCS A consistent user experience with the same user interface Unified system management Applications controlled by Avaya s Communication Manager yet offering a rich enterprise feature set administered using an H 248 based control interface Ease of moves adds and changes using the same administration interface For examples of configurations see Small business solution using the Avaya S8300 Media Server in the G700 Media Gateway Branch Office Configuration Multi Site Environment System management Avaya Integrated Management Avaya Integrated Management offers a comprehensive set of Web based network and system management solutions that support the Avaya converged voice solutions Integrated Management combines individual applications into five offers Standard Management Standard Management Solutions Plus MultiService Network Management Enhanced Converged Management Advanced Converged Management For more detailed information on the Avaya Integrated Management suite see http www avaya com gt Products and Services gt Products A Z Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 55
228. er position A 7 G650 Media Gateway Carrier position B 8 G650 Media Gateway Carrier position C 9 G650 Media Gateway Carrier position D 10 G650 Media Gateway Carrier position E 74 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway For more information about the Avaya G650 Media Gateway see Avaya G650 Media Gateway The MCC1 Media Gateway voice bearer over ATM or CSS only The MCCI Media Gateway can contain up to five carriers The MCC1 Media Gateway uses circuit packs Doors on the front and on the rear of the cabinet protect internal equipment and allow easy access to circuit packs The MCCI1 Media Gateway can contain the following carriers e A Port Carrier can that contains one or more of the following Port circuit packs IPSI VoIP conversion resources Service circuit packs Tone clocks Expansion Interface EI circuit packs e A Switch Node Carrier that contains Switch Node Interface circuit packs that compose the Center Stage Switch CSS e An Expansion Control Carrier that contains service slots and port slots See Figure 21 MCC1 Media Gateway on page 76 for an example of the MCC1 Media Gateway Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 75 December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway 76 Figure 21 MCC1 Media Gateway Figure notes Number
229. er the capability to administer and maintain the 4620 IP telephone Four softkeys that reside under the display to enhance the user interface Available in dark gray Avaya 4620SW IP telephone The 4620SW IP telephone has the same feature set as the 4620 with the addition of the following Support of multi byte fonts Available in white Avaya 4624 IP telephone The 4624 IP telephone is a fully Internet capable set supporting IP standards providing extensive telephone features and functionality The following are characteristics of the Avaya 4624 IP telephone 24 Programmable appearance or feature buttons with dual red and green LEDs Eight fixed feature buttons which include the speaker button the mute button the hold button the transfer button the conference button the redial button and volume control button Four fixed navigation buttons which include the menu button the exit button the previous and next buttons Four softkeys that reside under the display Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones Full duplex speakerphone with echo cancellation 10 100 Base T Ethernet network connection with RJ 45 interface Integrated ethernet repeater hub for optional PC connection G711 G729A and G729B audio voice coders H 323 V2 Supports CTI applications from the Avaya Softphone and is CTI ready for other applications Supports power over Ethernet Support
230. erm temperature limit reduces by 1 Fahrenheit for each 1 000 feet 305 meters of elevation above 5 000 feet 1 525 meters For example at sea level the maximum short term temperature limit is 120 F 49 Celsius At 10 000 feet 3 050 meters the maximum short term temperature limit is 115 F 46 C The normal operating air pressure range is 9 4 to 15 2 psi pounds per square inch 648 to 1 048 millibars Air purity The CMC1 SCC1 and MCC1 Media Gateways contain an air filter to reduce the flow of particulates through the equipment Do not install the Media Gateways where the air might be contaminated by excessive dust lint carbon particles paper fiber contaminants or metallic contaminants For example do not install the cabinet near paper handling equipment such as copiers and high speed printers which introduce paper dust and print particles into the environment Avoid Corrosive gases above the levels in the following table Table 16 Allowable concentrations of atmospheric contaminants Contaminant Average concentration not to exceed All particulate matter 185 micrograms cubic meter Nitrate 12 micrograms cubic meter Total hydrocarbons equivalent to methane 10 ppm parts per million Sulphur dioxide 0 20 ppm parts per million Oxides of nitrogen 0 30 ppm parts per million Total oxidants equivalent to ozone 0 05 ppm parts per million Hydrogen sulfide 0 10 ppm parts per million 316 Hardware Guide for Avaya Co
231. ermodule Redundancy Stack Redundancy Hot Swappable Backup Power Supply Fans Network Management Agent NMA Redundancy Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 287 287 287 287 287 288 288 288 288 289 289 289 289 289 290 290 291 291 291 292 292 292 292 292 292 293 293 293 293 293 293 294 294 294 294 294 294 Contents 19 Contents Software Download 294 P330 Standards Supported by Avaya 295 IEEE 295 IETF 295 Avaya P330 Network Management 295 Avaya P330 Device Manager Embedded Web 295 Avaya P330 Command Line Interface CLI 295 CajunView 295 Avaya P330 Network Monitoring 296 Port Mirroring 296 SMON 296 e Avaya P133 and P134 Ethernet Switches 297 Avaya P133G2 297 Avaya P134G2 297 General Features of the P133G2 and P134G2 Switches 297 Interfaces 298 Standards Supported 298 Physical Characteristics 298 Environmental Conditions 298 Power Consumption 298 Agency Approval 298 Site requirements 301 e Rack mounting temperature and humidity information for the G600 Media Gateway 301 e Heat dissipation for the G600 Media Gateway 302 Typical G600 Media Gateway heat dissipation specifications 302 e G650 specifications 303 Power requirements 303 AC power 303 DC power 303 Power output 303 Dimensions 304 Operating conditions 304 e Environmental considerations for the G700 Media Gateway 305 e Power requirements for the G700 Media Gateway 306
232. ervices Time Division Multiplex TDM transmission and switching infrastructures for both LANs and WANs TDM supports analog digital and IP endpoints both trunking and station and an IP interface to a LAN or WAN Configuration information The following are main system components Avaya Communication Manager For information about Avaya Communication Manager see the Overview for Avaya Communication Manager 555 233 767 A Processor Port Network PPN with a Switch Processing Element SPE and Port Network PN The 631DA power unit and 631DB power unit for AC power The 649A power unit for DC power The Control Carrier The DEFINITY Server SI can use the following Media Gateways SCCI including power supplies for AC power or DC power SCC1 Media Gateway on page 150 MCCI including power supplies for AC power or DC power MCC1 Media Gateway on page 159 Circuit Packs The TN2404 processor The TN2401 network control and packet interface NetPkt TN768 TN780 or TN2182 tone clock Each of the main components is described in the following section 96 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server SI Processor Port Network and Switch Processing Element The PPN is a DEFINITY Server SI configuration of carriers that contains the following control complex SPE of the system and port interfaces The control complex consists of three circuit packs e The TN2404 RISC p
233. es 3127 SoundPoint Speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation Premier audioconferencing speakerphone on page 285 Analog phones Avaya 2500 and 2554 analog terminals on page 276 Avaya 6211 Analog Telephone on page 277 Avaya 6219 analog telephone on page 278 Avaya Explosive Atmosphere telephones Avaya 2520B Explosive Atmosphere telephone on page 279 Wireless Avaya TransTalk 9040 on page 279 Consoles Avaya 302D attendant console on page 274 Avaya Softconsole on page 275 254 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Optional components for DEFINITY Server R Optional components for DEFINITY Server R Media gateways SCC1 Media Gateway on page 150 MCCI1 Media Gateway on page 159 Circuit packs Power circuit packs 1217A AC power supply on page 173 631DA1 AC power unit on page 173 631DB1 AC power unit on page 173 649A DC power unit on page 174 676C DC power supply on page 177 T N755B Neon Power Unit on page 186 CFY 1B current limiter on page 177 T N2202 Ring Generator on page 200 Line circuit packs T N479 Analog Line 16 ports on page 180 N556D ISDN BRI 4 Wire S T NT Interface 12 ports on page 181 N726B Data Line 8 ports on page 183 N746B Analog Line 16 ports on page 184 N754C DCP Digital Line 4 wire 8 ports on page 186 N762B Hy
234. es The TN2198 interfaces with the TDM bus and the packet bus in the switch backplane and terminates with 12 ISDN basic access ports The TN2198 has a maximum range of 18 000 feet 5486 m from the system to the NT1 device and uses standard protocol ANSI T1 601 The TN2198 has a 160 kbps line rate that consists of e Two bearer channels at 64 kbps each e AD channel at 16 kbps e Framing at 12 kbps e Maintenance at 4 kbps The TN2198 supports a maximum of 24 telephones or data modules The TN2198 is not offered as a BRI Tie Trunk TN2199 Central Office Trunk 3 wire 4 ports The TN2199 central office trunk circuit pack is designed for use in Russia The TN2199 is a 4 port 3 wire loop start trunk circuit pack that can be used as e A DID trunk e A 2 way I way incoming or I way outgoing CO trunk The TN2199 combines the functionality of a DID trunk and a I way outgoing CO trunk DIOD trunk To accomplish MF shuttle signaling the TN2199 circuit pack must be combined with a TN744D Call Classifier circuit pack The TN2199 circuit pack supports incoming ANI Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 199 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN2202 Ring Generator The TN2202 ring generator circuit pack is designed for use in France The TN2202 ring generator circuit pack supplies 50 Hz ringing power The TN2202 supplies balanced ringing by a modified backplane to telephones that connect to t
235. es interface default Ethernet 1 The server s dedicated Ethernet connection from the 8700 Media Server to a laptop This link is active only during on site administration or onsite maintenance Network control A interface default Ethernet 0 The server s Ethernet connection to one or two Ethernet switches This private LAN carries the control signals for the PNs Ethernet switch at least one Ethernet switch is required to support the S8700 Media Server s control network If many PNs are present two Ethernet switches may be daisy chained together to provide sufficient Ethernet connections to the IPSI boards in the PNs UPS Keeps the 8700 Media Servers and Ethernet switches functional during brief power outages PN Provides the telecommunications functions of the S8700 Media Server IPSI The IPSI circuit pack carries the control network signals to the PNs and provides tone clock functionality Bearer connectivity High Reliability when sending voice bearer over CSS or ATM The high reliability configuration option builds on the duplex reliability option The high reliability duplicates components so that no single point of failure exists in the control network The high reliability configuration consists of the following Voice and data bearer traffic between port networks is carried on a simplex network that is made up of Two S8700 Media Servers Two IPSI circuit packs in each IPSI connected port network Two Et
236. es to a 25 pair connector on the carrier s rear panel A cable attaches to each connector and routes to the cross connect field Blank faceplates cover empty carrier slots as follows e 158J covers the area to the left of slot 1 in port cabinets 4 in 9 2 cm e 158P 0 75 in 1 9 cm covers any unused slot e 158N 0 50 in 1 27 cm is used with the LAN Gateway in DEFINITY AUDIX Release 3 and CallVisor ASAI installations e 158G 0 25 in 0 63 cm is used with the TN755 or the TN2202 circuit pack 152 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 SCC1 Media Gateway In the following figure a balanced ring generator BRG is shown below the power unit slot in certain carriers This means that the power unit slot can include a 50 Hz BRG when optioned for France Carriers Basic control cabinet for a DEFINITY Server SI The basic control cabinet is in the PN only and is only used by DEFINITY Servers This cabinet contains ports a control complex to perform call processing and an interface to an optional duplicated control cabinet The basic control cabinet also interfaces to an optional Stratum 3 clock The basic control cabinet has dedicated white circuit pack slots that contain specific control circuit packs Dual colored slots can contain any port circuit pack or the designated white circuit packs such as an expansion interface or power unit AC or DC power units supply power to the carrier The following figure shows an
237. essaging conferencing collaboration call centers mobility and remote users Control of operational costs through the use of networking and management solutions A simple process for adding features Add a circuit pack and use the graphical user interface GUI to administer it Cost effective and distributed switching arrangements in both LANs and WANs Converged network environments through the use of IP and Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM protocols and services Time Division Multiplex TDM transmission and switching infrastructures for both LANs and WANs TDM supports analog digital and IP endpoints both trunking and station and an IP interface to a LAN or a WAN Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server R Configuration information The DEFINITY Server R contains the following main components Avaya Communication Manager For information about Avaya Communication Manager see the Overview for Avaya Communication Manager 555 233 767 Processor Port Network PPN with a Switch Processing Element SPE and Port Network PN The 631DA power unit and 631DB power unit for AC power The 649A power unit for DC power The Control Carrier The DEFINITY Server R can use the following Media Gateways MCCI Media Gateway including power supplies for AC power or DC power MCC I Media Gateway on page 159 SCCI Media Gateways including power supplies for AC power or DC power SCC1
238. etermine the default value for C LAN socket usage of H 323 Tie Trunks divide the total number of H 323 Tie Trunk that use sharing by 31 Each IP endpoint requires the use of some number of C LAN sockets which is the software object that is used to connect a C LAN to the IP Network The C LAN circuit pack supports a maximum of 500 sockets Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 193 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply The C LAN differs from an IP Media Processor in that the C LAN controls the call and the IP Media Processor provides the codecs that are used for the audio on the call To take download firmware there must be at least one C LAN and access to the public Internet Downloads and instructions have been posted to http www avaya com support Click on Online Services and then Download Software needed TN801 MAPD LAN Gateway Interface The TN801 LAN gateway interface is part of the Multiapplication Platform DEFINITY MAPD It allows direct integration of PC based application into the switch The TN801 circuit pack works as the interface for solutions such as CTI Call Visor and PC LAN The TN801 circuit pack provides packet bus and TDM bus interfacing physical mounting for a CPU external interfaces and mapping of circuit switched connections between the TDM bus and the expansion circuit pack TN802B MAPD IP Interface Assembly The TN802 IP interface circuit pack supports voice calls and
239. ex supports initialization monitoring and recovery functions for every application that runs on the Windows 2000 Server operating system When a problem is detected the secondary processor complex takes corrective action to minimize user impact e Executive Software s DiskKeeper code is incorporated and runs regularly to eliminate disk fragmentation problems e The operating system is closed to any applications other than the ones that the manufacturer provides Every application is thoroughly pretested to ensure proper performance e The Windows 2000 Server event log is proactively scanned for potential service affecting items If service affecting items are found alarms are generated which may result in a service technician s site visit For further reliability the G600 Media Gateway uses a fan unit an assembly consisting of three hot swappable fans The fan unit automatically senses temperature and adjusts each fan s operating speed accordingly If one fan fails the e The system generates an alarm notifying a technician to replace the fan unit e Other two fans speed up providing sufficient cooling for up to several weeks Recoverability The S8100 Media Server with a CMC1 or G600 Media Gateway provides the following recoverability e System survival of minor power disruptions without service interruption e Automatic restoration of the last saved version of the customer translations following a power outage e Scheduled
240. f three CMC1 Media Gateways A PN consists of a control CMC I1 that is designated A The second and third CMC Is are optional and are designated cabinets B and C respectively Cabinet address ID within the PN is set using the DIP switch on the backplane Circuit packs are inserted and removed from the left side Cabinet I O is from the right side The CMC ls in a port network are interconnected via shielded TDM LAN bus cables The CMCI1 is AC powered only There are no internal batteries and no DC power option Two 12 volt DC variable speed fans integrated into the bottom of the cabinet provide CMC1 cooling The fans force air through a filter and up through the cabinet Air exits from the back of the cabinet Speed control is provided by the 650A Global Power supply The 650A varies the fan input voltage between 8VDC and 14VDC depending on a temperature sensor that is mounted in the power supply The fan assembly includes the two fans a frame to which the fans are attached wiring and a connector that plugs into the backplane The assembly is easily installed and removed The entire assembly must be replaced as a unit if a fan fails A fan failure will result in the following conditions An alarm through the power supply that will appears to the system The remaining fan goes to high speed The red LED on the 650A Global Power supply faceplate lights Reliability and recovery 30 DEFINITY Server CSI provides the following ca
241. g Line with Caller ID 24 ports on page 210 Trunk circuit packs TN429D Incoming Call Line Identification ICLID on page 178 TN459B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 179 TN464GP DSI Interface T1 24 channels or E1 32 channels on page 179 TN465C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 180 TN747B Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 185 TN753B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 186 TN760E Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 187 TN763D Auxiliary Trunk 4 ports on page 187 TN767E DSI Interface T1 24 channels on page 187 TN1654 DSI Converter T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels on page 195 TN2140B Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 196 TN2146 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 196 TN2147C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 197 TN2184 DIOD Trunk 4 ports on page 198 TN2199 Central Office Trunk 3 wire 4 ports on page 199 TN2207 DSI Interface T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels on page 200 T T N2209 Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 200 N2242 Digital Trunk on page 203 TN2305B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for multimode fiber on page 204 TN2306B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for single mode fiber on page 204 TN2308 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 204 TN2313AP DSI Interface 24 channels on page 207 TN2464BP DSI Interface with Echo Cancellation T1 E1 on page 209 Control circuit pa
242. g Octaplane cable light colored used to connect switches from two different physical stacks Long Redundant cable black used to connect the top and bottom switches of a stack 1 foot 6 feet 6 feet 24 feet 24 feet 0 3 m 2m 2m Power supply A G700 Media Gateway uses an internal AC power supply that converts AC input power to voltages Motherboard A motherboard resides in a G700 Media Gateway This board controls the following e The VoIP Engine which supports up to 64 channels If more than 64 channels are needed a VoIP media module is required The VoIP Engine performs the following functions IP UDP RTP processing Echo cancellation G711 A u Law G729 and G723 1 encode decode FAX relay Silence suppression Jitter buffer management Packet loss concealment Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway e The gateway s processor complex controls every resource inside the gateway The processor s functions include managing the media modules and controlling the Tone Clock and H 248 signaling e An Avaya P330 processor complex is based on the Avaya P330 data switch architecture This complex provides an 8 port layer 2 switch function and manages the Expansion and Cascade modules e The electrical and physical connectivity for the four media module s slots NOTE
243. gation Group LAG LAG provides increased bandwidth and redundancy for critical high bandwidth applications such as inter stack links and connections to servers You can aggregate the bandwidth of up to eight 10 100Base Tx ports two 100Base FX or 1000Base X ports Load sharing ensures that if one of the port connections fails the other connections will assume the load seamlessly Load balancing guarantees that the traffic load at any level will be evenly divided among all the LAG links IP Multicast Filtering IP Multicast allows you to send a single copy of an IP packet to multiple destinations and can be used for various applications including video streaming and video conferencing On LANs IP Multicast packets are transmitted in MAC Multicast frames Traditional LAN switches flood these Multicast packets to all stations in the VLAN Multicast filtering functions may be added to the Layer 2 switches to avoid sending Multicast packets where they are not required Layer 2 switches capable of Multicast filtering send the Multicast packets only to ports that connect members of that Multicast group In order for this feature to operate correctly you need in your network a router issuing IGMP queries NOTE IP Multicast filtering will function only based on the port s VLAN ID and not based on any VLAN bound to the port Radius Security The Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is an IETF standard RFC 2138 client server secur
244. ge 187 N767E DSI Interface T1 24 channels on page 187 N1654 DSI Converter T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels on page 195 N2140B Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 196 N2146 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 196 N2147C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 197 N2184 DIOD Trunk 4 ports on page 198 N2199 Central Office Trunk 3 wire 4 ports on page 199 N2207 DSI Interface T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels on page 200 TN2209 Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 200 TN2242 Digital Trunk on page 203 TN2305B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for multimode fiber on page 204 TN2306B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for single mode fiber on page 204 TN2308 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 204 TN2313AP DSI Interface 24 channels on page 207 TN2464BP DSI Interface with Echo Cancellation T1 E1 on page 209 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T Control circuit packs TN570D Expansion Interface on page 182 TN572 Switch Node Clock on page 182 TN573B Switch Node Interface for DEFINITY R on page 182 TN771DP Maintenance and Test on page 189 TN744E Call Classifier and Tone Detector 8 ports on page 184 TN775C Maintenance on page 189 TN780 Tone Clock on page 190 TN799DP Control LAN C LAN Interface on page 193 TN1648B System Access and Maintenance SYSAM on page 194 Hardware Guide for Avay
245. ge capacity e Provides shorter backup and restore times e Is firmware downloadable e Plays announcements over the TDM bus similar to the TN750C circuit pack e Has 33 ports including e One dedicated telephone access port for recording and playing back announcements using port number 1 e One Ethernet port using port number 33 e 31 playback ports using ports 2 through 32 e Uses a 10 100 Mbps ethernet interface to allow portability of announcements and firmware files over LAN e Uses announcement files that are in wav format CCITT A and p law 8 kHz 8 bit mono TN2793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports The TN2793B is a dual coded analog line 24 port circuit pack Each port supports one telephone such as the rotary dial 500 telephone and the DTMF dial 2500 telephones The TN2793B supports on premises wiring with either touch tone or rotary dialing and with or without the LED and neon message waiting indicators The TN2793B supports off premises wiring with either DTMF dialing or rotary dialing LED or neon message waiting indicators are not supported off premises Along with a TN755B neon power unit per carrier or per single carrier cabinet the TN2793B supports telephones equipped with neon message waiting indicators on premises use only The TN2793B supports three ringer loads only one telephone can have an LED or neon message waiting indicator The TN2793B allows a maximum of 12 simultaneous ports ringing four on ports 1 th
246. gent and call center statistics on the Avaya Callmaster V provides agents with real time information The Avaya Callmaster V has the same look and feel of the 6400 series telephones There are two significant additional features that maximize the value of this telephone in a Call Center environment 2 built in headset jacks Built in Recorder Interface Module RIM with Warning Tone The RIM will support recording of both the agent s and caller s voice on a voice activated analog tape recorder A soft beep warning tone is repeated every 13 5 seconds to notify the agent and calling party that the call is being recorded The warning tone may be de activated by the user The Avaya Callmaster V meets FCC and CISPR Class B requirements allowing the telephone to be used in home office environments with a DEFINITY Extender The following are characteristics of the Callmaster V telephone e 16 dual LED call appearance or feature buttons e An adjustable 48 character liquid crystal display e 10 fixed feature buttons such as the speaker button the mute button the conference button the transfer button the hold button the redial button the menu button the exit button the previous button and the next button e 12 assignable soft key features associated with the display e One way listen only speaker for group listening dialing while the handset in place or hands free listening e Adjustable volume control for the handset speaker and
247. ger December 2003 SoundPoint and SoundStation speakerphones SoundPoint and SoundStation speakerphones 3127 SoundPoint Speakerphone The SoundPoint speakerphone adjunct connects to a telephone and provides high guality audioconferencing for desktop environments The Analog version plugs into any standard analog phone jack The DCP version plugs into the adjunct port of the 7400 7500 8400 and 8500 series terminals The full duplex operation eliminates the clipping of speech and the de reverberation technology helps to reduce the hollow bottom of the well sound associated with common speakerphones SoundPoint automatically adapts itself to both the room and line conditions in order to ensure the best full duplex operation This is especially critical when you have multi party international conference calls operating over a bridge Additionally this adaptation is an automatic and continuous process to accommodate for changing room conditions Highlights e 180 of microphone coverage ideal for desktop applications e Tabletop user installable solution for ease of setup and use e Neodymium speaker tuned to reproduce the human voice e Avaya DM1000 Directional Microphone for best voice clarity e Auto Answer capable for hands free applications e Microphone muting for privacy e Dual color LED for on and mute display lights Models 3127 ATR AVAYA SOUNDPOINT ANALOG The analog version of SoundPoint plugs into any analog port or
248. ger 89 December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Survivable Remote EPN voice bearer over CSS only The Survivable Remote Expansion Port Network SREPN allows either an MCCI PN or SCC1 PN to provide service to the customer when connectivity links fail When the links to the PN are restored and stable a logic switch in the SREPN is manually reset and the PN is reconnected to the links from the switch The logic switch can either be reset locally at the SREPN or reset remotely by way of a dial up connection to the SREPN The SREPN must be administered separately not as a duplicated PN to be able to recover after a failure It does not function as a SREPN without the administration of stations trunks and features to support its operation SREPN is not compatible with ATM port network connectivity ATM PNC An SREPN cannot be an IPSI connected PN High level capabilities 90 The S8700 Media Server provides a large scale solution with a high number of endpoints Specifically it supports the following high level capabilities The following table gives high level information about 8700 Media Server capabilities Table 3 High level capabilities Capability Description Call processing feature set Communication Manager Duplication options available Voice bearer over IP Duplex and high Voice bearer over CSS or ATM Duplex high and critical Port Network connectivity Voice bearer over IP IP
249. ght colored 12 30 cm 30 cm used to connect adjacent switches or inches switches separated by one backup universal power supply BUPS unit X330LC Long Octaplane cable Long Octaplane cable light colored 6 feet 2m 2 m used to connect switches from two different physical stacks X330RC Redundant Octaplane Redundant cable black used to connect 6 feet 2m cable 2 m the top and bottom switches of a stack X330L LC Extra Long Extra long Octaplane cable light 24 feet 8m Octaplane cable 8 m colored used to connect switches from two different physical stacks X330L RC Long redundant Long redundant cable black used to 24 feet 8m Octaplane cable 8 m connect the top and bottom switches of a stack Power supply The G700 Media Gateway uses an AC power supply A power supply located in the G700 Media Gateway converts AC input power to voltages needed by the system Motherboard 142 The motherboard resides within the G700 Media Gateway This board controls the following e The VoIP Engine which performs IP UDP RTP processing echo cancellation G 711 A u law G 729 and G723 1 encode decode FAX relay silence suppression jitter buffer management and packet loss concealment The VoIP Engine supports 64 channels If more than 64 channels are needed a VoIP Media Module is required e The Gateway Processor complex which controls all the resources inside the Gateway The Gateway Processor functions include the Me
250. h Caller ID 24 ports on page 210 Trunk circuit packs TN429D Incoming Call Line Identification ICLID on page 178 TN459B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 179 TN464GP DSI Interface T1 24 channels or E1 32 channels on page 179 TN465C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 180 T T N747B Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 185 N753B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 186 TN760E Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 187 TN763D Auxiliary Trunk 4 ports on page 187 TN767E DSI Interface T1 24 channels on page 187 TN1654 DSI Converter T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels on page 195 TN2140B Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 196 TN2146 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 196 TN2147C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 197 TN2184 DIOD Trunk 4 ports on page 198 TN2199 Central Office Trunk 3 wire 4 ports on page 199 T T N2207 DSI Interface T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels on page 200 N2209 Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 200 TN2242 Digital Trunk on page 203 TN2308 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 204 TN2313AP DSI Interface 24 channels on page 207 TN2464BP DSI Interface with Echo Cancellation T1 E1 on page 209 Control circuit packs TN570D Expansion Interface on page 182 N744E Call Classifier and Tone Detector 8 ports on page 184 N771DP Maintenance and Test on page 189
251. h MCC1 Media Gateway and the SCC1 Media Gateway 3 DC power cabinet requires a floor area of eight square feet 0 74 square inches The DC power cabinet also requires 38 inches 97 cm between the cabinet and the wall Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 317 Floor load requirements Floor load requirements 318 The equipment room floor must meet the commercial floor loading code of at least 50 pounds per square foot 242 kg per square meter Floor plans typically allocate space around the front ends and rear if necessary for maintenance access of the Media Gateways Additional equipment room floor support may be required if the floor load is greater than 50 pounds per square foot 242 kg per square meter See the following table for Media Gateway and battery information concerning weight and floor loading Type Weight Floor loading Remarks SCC1 Media 125 pounds 56 kg 31 pounds per square foot Gateway 148 9 kg m MCCI1 Media 200 800 pounds 90 363 130 pounds per square foot Includes Gateway kg 624 2 kg m auxiliary global 100 A battery 200 A battery 300 A battery 400 A battery maximum 400 pounds 181 kg maximum 815 pounds 370 kg maximum 1480 pounds 671 kg maximum 1580 pounds 717kg 180 pounds per square foot 871 2 kg m 328 pounds per square foot 1587 5 kg m 476 pounds per square foot 2303 8 kg m 625 pounds per square foot 3025 kg m
252. hat enhance the user interface Available in dark gray Avaya 4612 IP telephone The 4612 IP telephone is a fully Internet capable set supporting IP standards providing extensive telephone features and functionality in both the handset and speakerphone The following are characteristics of the Avaya 4612 IP telephone 12 Programmable appearance or feature buttons with dual red and green LEDs Eight fixed feature buttons which include the speaker button the mute button the hold button the transfer button the conference button the redial button and the volume control button Softkeys that reside under the display for the browser user interface 2 line by 24 character LCD display Full duplex speakerphone with echo cancellation 10 100 Base T Ethernet network connection with RJ 45 interface Integrated Ethernet repeater hub for optional PC connection G711 G729A and G729B audio voice coders H 323 V2 IP address assignment using DHCP or statically configured Infrared port to support IR dialing and other applications Supports CTI applications from the Avaya Softphone and is CTI ready for other applications Supports power over Ethernet Supports Quality of service features including RTCP and RSVP Supports external 30A Switched Hub adapter Downloadable firmware for future upgrades Hearing aid compatible A 12 button touch tone dial pad with raised bar on the button labeled five for the visually impaired Hardware Guide for Avaya Co
253. he Avaya 6219 telephone is a single line analog telephone The following are characteristics of the Avaya 6219 telephone e A 7 foot modular line cord e Handset volume control e Ringer volume control e Message waiting light e Flash button e Set hold button with LED Indicator e Last number redial button e A 12 button touch tone dial pad with raised bar on the number five for the visually impaired e Positive disconnect via switchhook e Desk and wall mounting available e RJ 11 Data jack e FCC approved for emergency power failure transfers e Line powered e Available in gray or white e Ten repertory dialing buttons e Personalized ringing Optional available components e 2 foot handset cord e 14 and 25 foot modular line cords e Avaya headsets 278 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones Avaya 2520B Explosive Atmosphere telephone Explosive Atmosphere telephones are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc UL for the following explosive atmosphere classifications and conditions e Class I explosive gas or vapors group B C and D e Class II combustible dusts group E F and G They are not to be installed in locations where acetylene gas may become present in the atmosphere The following are characteristics of the 2520B Explosive Atmosphere telephones e Comes with a 4 foot handset cord e 9 foot cord can be ordered as an option e Standard 12 button touch
254. he G700 Media Gateway connects through a LAN to a TN799DP C LAN circuit board mounted in a media gateway The following figure is an example of G700 Media Gateway connectivity 144 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya G700 Media Gateway Figure 48 The G700 Media Gateway connecting to the 8700 Media Server Figure notes Number 1 Rd AI A uu A WwW N 10 11 LAN Voice Mail cymsrbro LAO 072903 Description Two S8700 Media Servers Ethernet switch Must be Avaya provided Two UPS units One for each server G650 Media Gateway Dedicated LAN connectivity to the media gateway s IPSI board IP phones off the customer s LAN Voice Mail INTUITY AUDIX is shown connected via IP A G700 Media Gateway is connected via the LAN to the C LAN board located in a G650 Media Gateway The 8300 Media Server in an LSP configuration is located in the G700 Media Gateway In the event of a loss in communication between the 8700 and the G700 the LSP will provide a backup for its registered endpoints DCP Phones Avaya multifunction digital phones Analog connectivity Including analog telephones lines and trunks Ethernet switch optional Media modules Avaya media modules convert the voice path of the traditional circuits such as analog trunk T1 E1 and DCP to
255. he TN2183 multi country analog line circuit pack when administered for France analog transmission The TN2202 plugs into the power unit slot and is required for each carrier that contains analog lines A 1 lead modification is required in a carrier backplane that uses the TN2202 This modification is required for all products made for France The TN2202 produces two symmetrical voltages typically 28V RMS with respect to ground and takes 48 VDC 5 VDC and ground from the backplane and generates 2 x 28V RMS with added 48 VDC TN2207 DS1 Interface T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels The TN2207 circuit pack supports digital signal level 1 DS1 rate 24 channel and E1 rate 32 channel digital facility connectivity All TN2207 suffixes support CO Tie DID and off premises station OPS port types that use the following protocols e Robbed bit signaling e Proprietary bit oriented signaling BOS 24 _channel signaling e DMI BOS 24 channel signaling The circuit packs also support ISDN PRI connectivity T1 or El In a 24 channel DS1 mode a DS1 interface is provided to the DSI facility The TN2207 circuit packs provide board level administrable A and u Law companding CRC 4 generation and checking for E1 only and stratum 3 clock capability The TN2207 provides test jack access to the DS1 or E1 line and supports the 120A integrated channel service unit CSU All suffixes have line out LO and line in LI signal leads The line
256. he media The UN332C MSSNET must be used with the TN2211 TN2214B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports The TN2214B is designed to be used in the United States Canada and international countries for offer B only The TN2214 has 24 DCP ports that can connect to 2 wire digital telephones such as 6400 8400 or 9400 series telephones and the 302C and the 302D attendant console The TN2214 supports either A or u Law companding The following table lists the TN2214B supported telephones and shows each of their wiring sizes and ranges Maximum range Telephone Wire size AWG feet 302C D console 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 3 500 1 067 m 6400 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 3 500 1 067 m 8400 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 3 500 1 067 m 9400 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 3 500 1 067 m Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 201 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN2215 TN2183 Analog Line for Multiple Countries 16 ports International Offers or Offer B only for US and Canada The TN2215 and the TN2183 analog line circuit packs are designed for international offers or offer B only for the United States and Canada The TN2215 and the TN2183 provide 16 analog port interfaces Each port supports one telephone such as 500 rotary dial and 2500 telephones DTMF dial from a tip ring pair Each port also sends or receives signaling to and from a device such as an analog telephone answering machine F
257. hernet switches Two UPS units one Expansion Interface ED in each port network Avaya offers different types of EI circuit packs one for CSS one for ATM The EIs are cabled with lightguide fiber to either the Center Stage Switch CSS or an Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM switch See Figure 28 High reliability configuration when sending voice bearer over CSS or ATM on page 86 for an example of a high reliability configuration when sending voice bearer over CSS or ATM Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 85 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Figure 28 High reliability configuration when sending voice bearer over CSS or ATM Foo Se 5 ppm pem o0 o0 ili Wi iH null CR Tap RTT o l Q 3 Figure notes Number Description of Connection 1 Administration PC Used to access S8700 Media Server over the corporate LAN 2 Corporate LAN 3 Corporate LAN interface default Ethernet 4 The Ethernet link from the S8700 Media Server to the LAN Used for administration and can be used for alarming by way of the Simple Network Message Protocol SNMP traps 4 S8700 Media Server Two are always present One in active mode and the other on standby 86 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Figure notes Number Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Description of Connection 5 6 10
258. his connector can be used with any reliability option TERMINAL Connects an administration terminal to the processor circuit pack in standard reliability systems The terminal connector always connects to the processor in the carrier of the terminal DOT duplication Used in a high or critical reliability configuration to connect an option terminal administration terminal to the active processor via the duplication interface slot The DOT connector can be used to connect to the processor in another carrier 2 of 2 Duplicated control cabinet for a DEFINITY Server SI The optional duplicated control cabinet only resides in the PN for the DEFINITY Servers A duplicated control cabinet contains ports and a duplicated control complex A duplicated control cabinet has dedicated white colored circuit pack slots for designated control circuit packs A port circuit pack slot can contain any port circuit pack An AC or DC power supply resides in the right side of the cabinet The cabinet contains a duplication interface circuit pack in slot DUPN INTFC The following figure shows an example of a duplicated control cabinet Figure 55 Duplicated Control Cabinet Front
259. ia Gateway itself does not have circuit breakers or on off switches However any customer AC load center must have circuit breakers protecting the power feeds to the G700 Media Gateways as required by electric codes AC power distribution AC power distribution is plugged into an outlet or power strip and can be backed up by an optional UPS AC Grounding Protective Grounds The G700 Media Gateway contains a grounding screw on the back of the chassis You must maintain ground connection whether you connect the G700 Media Gateway directly to the branch circuit or to a 306 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Power requirements for the G700 Media Gateway power distribution strip The G700 Media Gateway also requires a cabinet ground connection directly to an approved ground Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 307 December 2003 8500 Media Server environmental specifications 8500 Media Server environmental specifications The following table outlines the environmental specifications of the S8500 Media Server For a complete feature and specification table refer to the S8500 Installation Manual NOTE Some values are shown at maximum configuration Avaya values will be slightly lower then maximum Table 15 S8500 Environmental Specifications Type Description Acoustical Noise e Sound power idling 6 5 bel maximum Eason e Sound power operating 6 5 bel maximum Environment Air Server
260. ia Gateways light call mix 100 analog Station to station e 300 000 BHCC e 250 Media Gateways e 36 000 analog stations e 8 000 trunks S8700 Media Server with MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateways general call mix analog DCP stations and PRI trunks e 220 000 BHCC e 250 Media Gateways e 36 000 analog and DCP stations e 8 000 trunks S8700 Media Server with MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateways IP endpoints and PRI trunks e 100 000 BHCC e 250 Media Gateways e 12 000 IP endpoints e 450 IP endpoints per CLAN board Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 91 December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway S8700 Media Server with MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateways and contact center analog DCP stations and PRI trunks e Low Contact Center Usage 75 000 BHCC low simple vectors minimal skill level use skills based routing is listed under High e Typical Contact Center Usage 40 000 BHCC e High Contact Center Usage 25 000 BHCC high pre routed calls BSR with many skill levels heavily linked vectors long speed to answer and many different announcements S8700 Media Server with MCC1 SCC1 G600 Media Gateways and contact center IP endpoints and PRI trunks e Low Contact Center Usage 65 000 BHCC low simple vectors minimal skill level use skills based routing is listed under High e Typical Contact Center Usage 35 000 BHCC e High Contact Center Usage 25 000 BH
261. ia Server or S8500 Media Server 156 e MCC1 Media Gateway 159 Auxiliary cabinet 161 Port network cabinet for DEFINITY Server R or SI 161 Port network cabinet for Avaya S8700 Media Server 161 Port network cabinet for Avaya S8500 Media Server 163 Expansion port network cabinet for DEFINITY Server R or SI 163 Carriers 164 Control carrier for DEFINITY Server SI 164 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 9 December 2003 Contents 10 Duplicated control carrier for DEFINITY Server SI Processor carrier for DEFINITY Server R or SI Expansion Control Carrier for all server models Port carrier for DEFINITY Server SI or R S8700 Media Server or S8500 Media Server Switch node carrier for DEFINITY Server R or S8700 Media Server Circuit packs and power supplies e 1217A AC power supply 631DA1 AC power unit 631DB1 AC power unit 649A DC power unit 650A AC power unit 655A power supply Input power AC power DC power Serial bus 655A faceplate LEDs 655A ring generation 676C DC power supply 982LS current limiter CFY1B current limiter ED 1E568 DEFINITY AUDIX R4 J58890MA 1 Multiapplication Platform for DEFINITY MAPD NAA1 fiber optic cable adaptor TN429D Incoming Call Line Identification ICLID TN433 Speech Synthesizer TN436B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports TN438B Central Office Trunk 8 ports TN439 Tie Trunk 4 ports TN457 Speech Synthesizer TN459B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports TN464GP DS1 Interface
262. ia Server 40 GB minimum hard drive Two USB ports One serial port A keyboard port A mouse port Two 10 100 1000Base T Ethernet ports A Remote Supervisor Adapter RSA An external Compact Flash Memory Reader A Compact Flash 120 MB industry media optional One USB modem One serial modem AC or DC powered seperate models Includes RAM disk NOTE An optional dual NIC card can be added to the configuration when the network control is sent over a dedicated LAN Backing up an 8500 Media Server 60 You can backup the S8500 Media Server to a server on the LAN or to the compact flash memory reader that is installed in one of the USB ports The compact flash memory reader uses a 128 MB compactflash Avaya recommends that use of the industrial grade compactflash for the following reasons Improved data integrity and reliability Powerful error correction Extreme endurance 2 000 000 program erase cycles per block Increased reliability Mean time between failures MTBF greater than 3 million hours Industry leading 7 year warranty Enhanced durability New RTV silicone for added strength and stability The industrial grade compactflash is available through Avaya and Avaya business partners Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8500 Media Server Port network connectivity The S8500 Media Server uses IP connectivity between the Port Networks PNs Forms of traditional network con
263. ia modules MM710 TI E1 Media Module MM711 Analog Media Module MM712 DCP Media Module MM720 BRI Media Module MM760 VoIP Media Module Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 39 December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway e Avaya Communication Manager For information about Avaya Communication Manager refer to the Overview for Avaya Communication Manager 555 233 767 e Avaya P330 expansion modules e Avaya WAN Access router modules for the Avaya P330 stackable switching system An S8300 Media Server the G700 Media Gateways and all other components are described in more detail in the following sections Server features An S8300 Media Server is a Pentium based processor running the Linux Red Hat operating system and residing in Slot V1 of a G700 Media Gateway It comes standard with the following e Avaya Communication Manager application software For a description of Communication Manager refer to For customer access www avaya com For business partner access http avaya com businesspartner Click solutions products and services For internal access http support avaya com e A 20 GB hard disk e 256 MB RAM NOTE The S8300B Media Server when available will have 512 MB RAM e A Web server used for the following Backups and restores of customer data Easy access to view current alarms The ability to perform server maintenance
264. ial adapter connect to the public network facility TNCCSC 2 PRI to DPNSS Converter The TNCCSC 2 circuit pack converts ISDN PRI to a DPNSS interface DPNSS is a 2 Mbps interface that uses a 75 Ohm coaxial transmission facility One TNCCSC 2 circuit pack can support up to two TN464 DS1 interface circuit packs A Y cable connects to the public network facility TNCCSC 3 PRI to DPNSS Converter The TNCCSC 3 circuit pack is the same as the TNCSSC 2 circuit pack with a 120 Ohm twisted pair interface TN C7 PRI to SS7 Converter The TN C7 Provides a gateway interface between the TN464 circuit pack and the public signaling network The TN C7 integrates DASS DPNSS and SS7 into a single board type The TN C7 supports international service provider call center customers It is not designed for operation in the US or Canada TN CIN Voice FAX and Data Multiplexer The TN CIN Provides QSIG and private networking transparency on demand across a switched network The TN CIN integrates up to three G 728 LD CELP voice or FAX circuits six CAFT voice or FAX and two data circuits over a single separate digital link The three or six voice or FAX circuits are presented as a G 703 E1 data stream that uses either QSIG peer to peer or channel associated signaling All voice or FAX circuits support low bit rate voice compression at 8 to 16 kbps when they use CAFT or at 16 kbps when they use LD CELP LD CELP voice compression supports FAX at V 29 7200 bps Ha
265. ices gt Download Software Needed IP Media Processor TN2302AP The media server in an IP Connect configuration requires resources on a IP Media Processor TN2302AP circuit pack for bearer communications within the same PN The TN2302AP is also used for bearer communications with IP endpoints on both systems The TN2302AP includes a 10 100 BaseT Ethernet interface to support H 323 endpoints for IP trunks and H 323 end points The TN2302AP can perform echo cancellation silence suppression dual tone multi frequency DTMF detection and conferencing The TN2302AP beginning with vintage 32 supports the following conversion resources for codec for voice conversion between codecs and FAX detection e G 711 A or u law 64 kbps e G723 1 6 3 kbps or 5 3 kbps audio e G729A 8 kbps audio e G729 G 729B G729AB Required circuit packs for a G600 Media Gateway and an S8100 Media Server When the G600 Media Gateway is connected to the S8100 Media Server the following circuit packs are required TN2314 Processor S8100 The S8100 Media Server supports voice stations with co resident voice switching voice and FAX messaging and system applications run on a Microsoft Windows 2000 operating system The communication between the firmware and the software is done by an Ethernet connection An Intel processor Message Link IML is the Ethernet control link between the Pentium processor and the MPC860 processor The link allows for the message
266. id span power distribution unit is used for Avaya configurations that use the DEFINITY R SI or CSI Media Servers e The Gen 1 IP Phone adapter is required for every Gen 1 IP telephone in a centralized power environment e Local power refers to a configuration where power is supplied at an immediate location to an IP telephone Local power requires a 120 to 240 VAC outlet located within six feet of the IP telephone e Legacy power is the least preferred method for powering an IP telephone e Within the US and Canada legacy power is provided via the AUX power supply of the IP telephone and a barrel connector The barrel connects to a jack on the bottom of the IP telephone The 1151A1 or 1151A2 power supplies with split cords are an alternative method of power e Internationally legacy power is provided by the 1151A1 or 1151A2 power supply with the required split cords A 30A switch can also be used with the 1151A1 or 1151A2 local power supply In this configuration two special cords are required Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 281 December 2003 Power for Avaya IP telephones e A 1145B bulk power supply can also provide power over pins 7 and 8 utilizing a special cord Power for Avaya 4630 IP telephones An Avaya 4630 IP telephone must be powered locally using the barrel connector beneath the telephone The power supply for an Avaya 4630 is provided with the telephone 282 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Mana
267. ide for Avaya Communication Manager 311 December 2003 Power supply specifications for the S8700 Media Server Power supply specifications for the S8700 Media Server Power Voltage and frequency AC 100 to 127 VAC 200 to 240 VAC DC 200 Watts 5 VDC 22 A maximum 5 VDC standby 1 0 A maximum 12 VDC 3 5 A maximum 3 3 VDC 13 0 A maximum 12 VDC 0 25 A maximum BTU British thermal units BTUs are standard for measuring the thermal output of a device One BTU equals the heat that will raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit In physical terms one BTU equals 1054 joules The maximum BTU output of the Intel SRTRI server is 988 BTU s This rating represents a SRTR1 with the following components e SRTRI server board e Front panel board e PCI riser board e One 80 mm fan e Three 40 mm fans e 850 MHz Pentium III with heat sink fan e Four Micron 32 Mb x 72 256 Mb DIMM modules IDE hard drive e Slimline CD ROM drive e Slimline floppy drive e Three PCI cards NOTE The BTU number is rated at the lowest efficiency or worst case of the power supply Under normal conditions the power supply should perform above the 70 efficiency level which will lower the BTU ratings 312 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Regulatory certification for an S8700 Media Server Regulatory certification for an S8700 Media Server Product safety standards and approvals Country
268. ided by an Avaya P333T PWR switch or an 1152A1 mid span power distribution unit If the Avaya P333T PWR switch is used the Gen 1 IP phone adapter is required e Local power using the 1151B1 or 1151B2 power supply Power for Avaya 4606 4612 and 4624 IP telephones There are two generations of Avaya 4606 4612 and 4624 IP telephones Power for the three models depends on the generation of the telephone First generation Gen 1 IP telephones support power over pins 7 amp 8 or by the barrel connector beneath the phone The second generation Gen 2 IP telephones adhere to the current IEEE Draft 802 3af specifications and will accept power on either the data pairs or the spare pairs The Gen 2 telephones add power over Ethernet to the Gen 1 power capabilities There are two ways to identify the generation of an Avaya IP telephone e Label identification The product label beneath an IP telephone contains a 12 character US only or 16 character international model number or apparatus code The model number indicates the generation by either a 01A Gen 1 or 02A Gen 2 identifier attached to the number of the phone e Display identification The model for an IP telephone can be retrieved via the display after the telephone has been powered up There are three methods to power an Avaya 4606 4612 or 4624 IP telephone e Centralized power power over Ethernet provided by the Avaya P333T PWR switch for new installations The 1152A1 m
269. ides e Voice messaging and response such as INTUITY AUDIX e Call center tools such as Avaya Call Management System NICE Analyzer Avaya Call Recording Avaya Visual Vectors and Avaya Basic Call Management System Reporting Desktop e System printer e Journal printer e Call Accounting Systems e Call Detail Recording CDR e Avaya Site Administration ASA DEFINITY Network Management DNM DEFINITY Translator ATM Manager DTA 106 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server R DEFINITY Server R Overview NOTE The UN331C processor server circuit pack used in The DEFINITY Server R will not be sold after November 3 2003 The UN331C processor server circuit pack cannot be upgraded to Avaya Communication Manager 2 0 but upgrades to Avaya Communication Manager 1 3 x will be sold until November 2004 Please consult Upgrades and Additions for Avaya DEFINITY Server R 555 233 115 for information about upgrading to Communication Manager 1 3 Avaya Communication Manager on a DEFINITY Server R offers a high level operating system open interfaces and distributed processing DEFINITY Server R provides circuit switched voice communications and Internet Protocol IP telephony including voice and data network integration unified messaging and multimedia conferencing and collaboration Because DEFINITY Server R is part of Avaya s Enterprise Class IP Solutions family it is designed to work w
270. ified Long term operation at 5 to 40 C at 5 to 85 humidity Short term operation at 5 to 50 C at 5 to 90 humidity non condensing Indoor environments that are suitable for continuous human occupancy The user is protected under the UL codes against over voltage in the system However the system itself is susceptible to over voltage i e lightning depending on the configuration The loss of service due to an over voltage condition can result in the loss of one or more of the following e Terminal loss e Port loss e Media Module loss e Power supply within the G700 50dBA maximum Conforms to the electromagnetic compatibility standards for the countries in which it operates Approved to Safety Standard EN60950 In front of the backplane is 264 linear feet per minute average If a fan fails in front of the backplane 174 Ifpm average with a range from 42 to 340 1fpm Minimal air flow at power supply if power supply fan fails Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 305 Power requirements for the G700 Media Gateway Power requirements for the G700 Media Gateway The power supply complies with FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B and EN55022 Class B requirements for conducted and radiated electromagnetic interferences EMI When you use the power supply in a single or multiple G700 Media Gateway system the power supply must allow the system to comply with Class B requirements with 6 dB of ma
271. igital Trunk Japan 2MB TTC 203 TN2301 Logic Switch for DEFINITY R 203 TN2302 IP media processor 203 TN2302AP IP Media Processor 203 352 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 TN2305 ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for Muti Mode Fiber 204 TN2306 ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for Sin gle Mode Fiber 204 TN2308 DID Trunk for Brazil 8 ports 204 TN2313AP DS1 interface 207 TN2313AP DS1 Interface 24 channel 207 TN2314 S8100 Media Server 129 207 TN2401 Net Pkt 208 TN2401 Network Control Packet Interface for DEFINITY SI 208 TN2401 2400 Net Pkt sandwich board 208 TN2401 TN2400 Net Pkt Interface sandwich board assembly for DEFINITY SI I upgrades 208 TN2402 Processor for DEFINITY CSI 208 TN2404 Processor for DEFINITY SI 209 TN2464BP DS1 Interface with Echo Cancellation T1 E1 209 TN2501AP Voice Announcements over LAN VAL 210 TN2793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports 210 TN572 SN clock 182 TN573 B SNI 182 TN2202 ring generator 326 TN429D DIOD or Central Office Trunk 8 ports 178 TN433 speech synthesizer Italy 178 TN436B DID Trunk for Australia 8 ports 178 TN438B CO trunk for Australia 8 port 178 TN439 Tie Trunk for Australia and Japan 178 TN457 Speech Synthesizer for British English 179 TN459B DID Trunk for the United Kingdom 179 TN464C D E F DS1 Interface 179 TN465C CO Trunk for Multiple Countries 8 port 180 TN479 Analog Line 16 por
272. indicates a slot for a port circuit pack A label with an outlined white rectangle indicates a slot for a control circuit pack Each port slot attaches to a 50 pin 25 pair connector on the rear panel of the carrier A cable attaches to each connector and is routed to the cross connect field Each slot that contains a fiber optic interface circuit pack EI or SNI uses a fiber optic transceiver on the rear panel of the carrier A current limiter board CFY 1B plugs into the backplane of the carrier located in the A position The board supplies the following e Emergency transfer logic e Current limited power e 5 VDC to trip the main circuit breaker in an over temperature condition e The ringing transfer relay Terminators on the backplane terminate each end of the processor expansion bus The following apparatus blank faceplates with widths cover unused circuit pack slots in the carriers to maintain proper air flow e Z100A1 0 75 inches 1 9 cm e Z100C 0 5 inches 1 27 cm e Z100D 0 25 inches 0 64 cm Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 171 Circuit packs and power supplies 1217A AC power supply Circuit packs and power supplies 1217A AC power supply A 1217A power supply is used only with an SCC1 Media Gateway This power supply provides additional protection to your equipment in the event of an overload An overload triggers a power supply alarm but the system s cooling fans continue t
273. inet that has up to five carriers See the following figure for an example of an MCC1 The following are the three types of multicarrier cabinets e A PPN cabinet that contains the ports SPE an interface to an EPN cabinet and or a CSS e An EPN cabinet that contains additional ports interfaces to the PPN and other EPN cabinets the maintenance interface optional interfaces to other EPN cabinets a switch node in an SN in a CSS connected system or an ATM switch e An auxiliary cabinet that contains that is equipment used for optional system related hardware such as rack mounted equipment Figure 32 Typical multicarrier cabinet MCC1 C position carrier _ gt B position carrier gt A position carrier gt Power distribution unit Icdfpdu6 LJK 083100 100 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server SI Network Control and Packet Interface The Network control and Packet interface communicates control channel messages between the processor circuit pack and the distributed network of port circuit packs on the TDM bus The NetPkt circuit pack TN2401 provides eight asynchronous data channels that process and route information directly from the processor circuit pack to customer connected equipment Options Expansion Port Network An Expansion Port Network EPN contains
274. ing conditions are met e The RSA is receiving power from the external power supply adapter e The RSA is receiving power from the S8500 Media Server in which it is installed Modems The S8500 Media Server is equipped with two modems for remote alarming One modem connects to the USB port on the front of the S8500 Media Server and is used for Communication Manager alarms The other modem connects to the RS232 port on the RSA and is used for S8500 O S and environmental alarms The RSA modem provides remote access for diagnostics for the 8500 See Figure 14 Modem connectivity to the S8500 on page 65 for an example of modem connectivity to the S8500 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8500 Media Server Figure 14 Modem connectivity to the S8500 Figure notes Number h3msmdsd LAO 072303 Description 1 Rd AI DA un A WwW N Serial modem used for the RSA Serial modem cable connects a serial modem to an RS 232 port on the RSA Serial modem cable connects a serial modem to an RS 232 port on the RSA Telephone line connects the serial modem to the CO line USB modem used for Communication Manager USB cable connects a USB modem to a USB port in front of the server Telephone line connects a USB modem to the CO line Two USB ports on the front of the server one for the USB modem the other for the compact flash memory reader Compact flash memory reader connects to a USB
275. ing outputs It is auto ranging 85 to 264 VAC 47 to 63 Hz at 330 Watts 4 5 A 100 to 120 VAC or 2 3 A 200 to 240 VAC at 500 VA The inputs to the power supply can be e 120 VAC 50 Hz to 60 Hz 6 Amp 3 wires in the power cord 1 hot wire 1 neutral wire and 1 ground wire Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Power requirements e 220 VAC or 240 VAC 50 Hz to 60 Hz 3 Amp 3 wires in the power cord 1 hot wire 1 neutral wire and ground wire The AC power supply produces the following outputs 5 VDC 5 VDC and 48 VDC The outputs distribute power on the cabinet backplane to the circuit pack slots The AC ringing voltage output value and frequency depend on the country of use The 650A also supplies power for neon message waiting lamps 150 VDC The power supply has EMI filtering CMC1 UPS The uninterruptible power supply UPS provides surge protection for all connected cabinets e Connect the UPS to an electrical outlet that can handle the power requirements of all cabinets To calculate the number of amps drawn use the following formulas e a For 100 to 200 VAC multiply 3 5 A times the number of cabinets e b For 200 to 240 VAC multiply 1 8 A times the number of cabinets e Cabinet A control carrier is always connected to an unswitched or always on electrical outlet on the UPS Cabinet cooling fans CMC1 fan unit Two variable speed fans are at the bottom of the cabinet The fans
276. interface that supports 48 speed dialing buttons 45 call log entries and up to six redial buttons on display Avaya Call Processing label editing Speed Dial entry editing FU24 label button editing User screen options Call log WML browser capability Full duplex speakerphone with echo cancellation 10 100Base T Ethernet network connection with RJ 45 interface Integrated Ethernet switch for optional PC connection Supports G 711 G729A and G 729B audio voice coders Supports H 323 V2 IP address assignment using DHCP or statically configured Infrared port to support IR dialing and other applications Downloadable firmware for future upgrades 24 call appearance or feature buttons with downloadable labels Adjustable desk stand Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 261 December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones 262 Global icons Hearing aid compatible 12 button touch tone dial pad with raised bar on the button labeled five for the visually impaired Message waiting light LED Adjustable volume control Supports CTI applications from the Avaya Softphone and is CTl ready for other applications Supports power over Ethernet Supports Quality of Service features including RTCP and RSVP FCC and CISPR Class B Can display network audio quality information during calls Native support that will give the customer the ability to administer and maintain the telephone Four softkeys located under the display t
277. ion and a survivable remote EPN can be used to provide survivability Additional recovery capability is embedded in the Communication Manager software that resides on the 8700 Media Server S8300 Media Server in an LSP mode The LSP is located in the G700 Media Gateway and provides survivability when the S8700 Media Server is inaccessible Each 8700 Media Server can have up to 50 LSPs The LSP has a copy of the S8700 Media Server customer translations The translations are updated regularly from the 8700 Media Server using a virtual link through a IP network Typically all LSPs are in idle mode where the LSP is not processing any calls When the Media Gateway s Processor MGP or IP endpoints perceive the Avaya media server to be unreachable the MGP or IP endpoints will attempt to register with an LSP The LSP does not actively take over when the primary controller becomes unreachable but waits for MGPs and IP endpoints to register with it Switchback from the LSP to the primary Avaya media server is a manual operation requiring a reset 3 command on the LSP Power outages In most cases an Avaya solution can recover from a power outage or other failure instantly regardless of the source of the failure Each PN includes a set of segmented parallel buses If one of the paired segments fails the other bus segment continues to handle communications The UPS units supply power to the control complex Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Mana
278. ir One in a active mode and the other on standby 3 Duplication Links The Ethernet connection default Ethernet 2 and the fiber link 4 A dedicated Ethernet connection to a laptop This connection is active only during on site administration or maintenance and the services interface can link to the standby server through a telnet session Connection from the servers to the Ethernet switch Ethernet Switch A device that provides port multiplication on a LAN by creating more than one network segment In an IP Connect environment the Ethernet switch should support 802 1 ip Q VLAN and 10 100 Mbps Two UPS units Port Network An optional configuration of Media Gateways that provides increased port capacity IPSI A circuit pack that transports control messages over IP This IPSI circuit pack is used so the S8700 Media Server can communicate with the PNs 10 Customer LAN 11 Control Lan Interface C LAN A circuit pack that provides call control for every IP endpoint that is connected to the media server using an Avaya media gateway 80 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway High reliability when sending voice bearer over IP The high reliability configuration option builds on the duplex reliability option The high reliability duplicates components so that no single point of failure exists in the control network The high reliability configura
279. ircuit packs Power 655A power supply on page 175 1217A AC power supply on page 173 649A DC power unit on page 174 676C DC power supply on page 177 TN755B Neon Power Unit on page 186 CFY 1B current limiter on page 177 TN2202 Ring Generator on page 200 Line circuit packs TN479 Analog Line 16 ports on page 180 N556D ISDN BRI 4 Wire S T NT Interface 12 ports on page 181 N746B Analog Line 16 ports on page 184 N754C DCP Digital Line 4 wire 8 ports on page 186 N762B Hybrid Line 8 ports on page 187 N769 Analog Line 8 ports on page 188 T T T T T T N791 Analog Guest Line 16 ports on page 191 TN793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports on page 192 TN797 Analog Trunk or Line Circuit Pack 8 ports on page 193 TN2181 DCP Digital Line 2 wire 16 ports on page 197 N2183 TN2215 Analog Line for multiple countries 16 ports on page 197 N2185B ISDN BRI S T TE Interface 4 wire 8 ports on page 198 N2198B ISDN BRI U Interface 2 wire 12 ports on page 199 N2214B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports on page 201 T T T T Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 243 December 2003 Optional components S8700 Voice Bearer Over CSS or ATM TN2215 TN2183 Analog Line for Multiple Countries 16 ports International Offers or Offer B only for US and Canada on page 202 TN2224B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports on page 203 TN2793B Analo
280. it pack in slot 1 and the Switch Node Interface SNI circuit pack in slot 2 for a duplicated PN only Also used for a DS1 Converter circuit pack in slot 1 SN ports that are fiber optic cabling interfaces to the SNI circuit packs and other circuit packs that are connected to SN ports or circuit packs in expansion PNs Interface to connect the DS1 Converter circuit pack to the cross connect field and an SNI circuit pack Provides the position indicator of the SN carrier and provides access to alarm circuits and control circuits Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Table 8 Carrier circuit pack slots Type Description MCC1 Media Gateway Server Port A port slot is colored purple or labeled with a gray rectangle A port slot can accept any purple or gray labeled circuit pack Control A control slot is colored white or labeled with a outlined white rectangle A port slot can accept any purple or gray labeled circuit pack Service A service slot is colored purple or labeled with a gray rectangle A service slot accepts special circuit packs that do not have an I O connector DEFINITY Server R SI and 8700 Media Server DEFINITY Server R and SI DEFINITY Server R SI and 8700 Media Server The purple and white colored circuit packs and slots have been replaced by circuit packs and slots that are labeled with gray and white rectangles respectively A label with a solid gray rectangle
281. it pack slots The following tables list the input voltages and the output voltages of power unit circuit packs in the carriers of MCC1s Table 21 Power Units in the MCC1 Inputs Model Inputs 120 VAC 144 VDC 48 VDC AC 631DA1 Yes Yes No AC 631DB1 Yes Yes No DC 644A No No Yes DC 645B No No Yes DC 649A No No Yes Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 323 December 2003 Power requirements Table 22 Power Units in the MCC1 Outputs Model Outputs 5 VDC 5 VDC 48 VDC 60 A 6A 8A AC 631DA1 Yes No No AC 631DB1 No Yes Yes DC 644A Yes No No DC 645B No Yes Yes DC 649A Yes Yes 10A AC power distribution A typical AC power distribution unit for an MCC1 contains e Circuit breakers e Ring generator e Optional batteries e Optional battery charger The power distribution cables carry 120 VAC during normal operation and 144 VDC from optional batteries if AC power fails Another cable connects 120 VAC to the battery charger The following figure shows an AC power distribution unit and battery charger JS8890CE 2 List 15 or later The AC power distribution unit and the battery charger sits at the bottom of some MCC Is Figure 74 AC power distribution unit J58890CE 2 front a s Circuit breakers 631DB power unit Ring generator Ring fuse generator psdfacod RPY 053097 The AC power distribution unit contains the following additional components that are not shown in the figure e
282. ith other Avaya products to create a complete IP solution All major hardware is contained in a multicarrier cabinet MCC1 that hold up to five carriers or stackable single carrier cabinets SCCls The solution enables high speed connections between analog and digital trunks data lines connected to host computers data entry terminals personal computers and IP network addresses See the following figure for an example of a DEFINITY Server R solution Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 107 December 2003 DEFINITY Server R Figure 34 DEFINITY Server R Multimedia call center Attendant le DEFINITY Wireless Business System Voice terminal Management terminal Data terminal Voice terminal with data module DEFINITY AUDIX Voice messaging system Outside private line data Data transmission terminals equipment XS XA 7 Analog Digital E facilities facilities cydfdgsw LJK 071497 Detailed description 108 The DEFINITY Server R with Avaya Communication Manager provides a common architecture platform across all supported DEFINITY product lines It gives large customers with multiple locations the same user and administration interfaces across their enterprise network including international locations DEFINITY Server R provides Scalable applications for m
283. itoring 296 Network TIME Acquiring Protocols 293 Port Classification 292 Port Mirroring 296 Port Redundancy 293 Radius Security 293 SMON 296 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Index R Software Download 294 Consoles 232 Stack Redundancy 294 Digital Telephones 231 Standards 295 Explosive Atmosphere Telephones 232 VLANs 292 IP Telephones 231 peripherals ground isolation 330 Soundstation Speakerphones 232 pipe grounds 332 Wireless 232 port cabinets 99 Circuit Packs 229 port carriers 161 163 Application 231 power backup 326 327 Line 229 current limited 171 Port 231 DC requirements 322 329 ha feeders 319 Ea Maa Power 229 global reguirements 322 329 Service 230 outages 89 Trunk 230 sources 319 CMC1 Media Gateway 35 transformers 333 Detailed Description 33 Power Backup for S8700 Multi Connect 73 G600 Media Gateway 34 power converters Main components 34 631DA1 B1 173 323 Media Gateways 229 649A 174 331 MultiVantage Software 37 Power Supply AC WP 1217A 173 Overview 33 power units Recoverability 36 Reliability 35 631DA1 B1 173 323 8100 Media Server Optional Components 229 J58890CE 2 324 8300 Media Server DC E Avaya Telephones 233 649A 174 331 Analog Telephones 234 676B 334 Digital Telephones 233 distribution 324 IP Telephones 233 distribution J58890CH 1 327 SoundStation 234 electrical components 324 Wireless 234 inputs 323 Medi
284. ity protocol Security and login information is stored in a central location known as the RADIUS server RADIUS clients such as the Avaya P330 communicate with the RADIUS server to authenticate users All transactions between the RADIUS client and server are authenticated through the use of a shared secret which is not sent over the network The shared secret is an authentication password configured on both the RADIUS client and its RADIUS servers The shared secret is stored as clear text in the client s file on the RADIUS server and in the non volatile memory of the Avaya P330 In addition user passwords are sent between the client and server are encrypted for increased security Port Redundancy Redundancy can be implemented between any two ports in the same stack at the link level You can also assign redundancy between any two LAGs in the stack or between a LAG and a port One port or LAG is Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 293 December 2003 Avaya Ethernet Switches Avaya P330 Ethernet Switches 294 defined as the primary port and the other as the secondary port In case the primary port link fails the secondary port takes over Intermodule Redundancy Intermodule redundancy includes all Port Redundancy functionality and additionally maintains port integrity even when the primary port link fails as the result of a failure of the module If the module on which the active port in an Intermodule Port Redundancy pair
285. ived e A reorder tone is received Avaya attests that this registered equipment is capable of providing users access to interstate providers of operator services through the use of access codes Modification of this equipment by call aggregators to block access dialing codes is a violation of the Telephone Operator Consumers Act of 1990 REN Number For MCCI SCC1 CMC1 G600 and G650 Media Gateways This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules On either the rear or inside the front cover of this equipment is a label that contains among other information the FCC registration number and ringer equivalence number REN for this equipment If requested this information must be provided to the telephone company For G350 and G700 Media Gateways This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA On the rear of this equipment is a label that contains among other information a product identifier in the format US AAAEQ TXXXxX The digits represented by are the ringer equivalence number REN without a decimal point for example 03 is a REN of 0 3 If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company For all media gateways The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices that may be connected to the telephone line Excessive RENS on the telephone line may result in devices not ringing in response to an incoming call In most but not all areas the sum of RENs
286. kable and modular hardware elements that deliver applications enabling data voice FAX video and messaging capabilities to your network Avaya media gateways support both bearer and signaling traffic that is routed between packet and circuit switched networks These gateways are optimized for enterprise class telephony Avaya media gateways provide a variety of flexible deployment options including 100 IP environments and blended environments such as IP and TDM Avaya media gateways have the following features and benefits e Interoperable with standards based data networks e Stackable modular and configurable component solutions e Redundant capabilities e Distributed networking e Compatible with cabinets in traditional Avaya systems Avaya Integrated Management 26 Designed for a converged network environment Avaya s Integrated Management provides a comprehensive set of standards based software tools to facilitate management of a complex network infrastructure including both voice and data communications through a common web based user interface This enables you to improve your network s uptime increase your staff s productivity and reduce your operating costs Integrated Management has the following features and benefits e Web based system view Of Avaya media servers media gateways and IP phones e Voice over IP monitoring Based on endpoint information provides industry leading centralized monitoring of
287. ks between these devices and the TDM bus and packet bus Incoming analog signals are converted to pulse code modulated PCM digital signals and placed on the TDM bus by port circuits Port circuits convert outgoing signals from PCM to analog for external analog devices All port circuits connect to the TDM bus Only specific ports connect to the packet bus e Interface circuits Interface circuits are types of port circuits that reside in the PPN and each EPN Interface circuits terminate fiber optic cables that connect TDM buses and the packet bus from the PPN cabinet to the TDM bus and packet bus of each EPN cabinet e An Expansion Interface EI circuit pack also terminates Each end of a cable connecting the PPN to an EPN Each end of a cable that connects an EPN to another EPN The PN end of a cable connected between a PN carrier and an SN carrier e A Switch Node Interface SNI circuit pack terminates the SN carrier end of a cable that is connected between an SN carrier and a PN e Service circuits connect to an external terminal to monitor maintain and troubleshoot the system Service circuits also provide tone production and detection call classification recorded announcements and speech synthesis Carriers Carriers hold circuit packs and connect them to power the TDM bus and the packet bus There are five types e Control carrier PPN cabinet only e Optional duplicated control carrier PPN cabinet only e Optio
288. l call center An 8300 Media Server with a G700 Media Gateway supports the following call center capabilities e All three Avaya call center packages Avaya Call Center Basic Avaya Call Center Deluxe and Avaya Call Center Elite e Supports up to 250 agents e Supports a maximum of 16 ASAI links e Avaya G700 announcement software 52 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway G700 announcement software Voice announcements are used in a call center environment to announce delays direct customers to different departments entertain and inform calling parties The announcement capability is standard and coresident on a G700 The G700 s announcement software has many capabilities of the TN2501AP VAL circuit pack The following table compares the G700 Announcement software and the VAL circuit pack Area description TN2501 AP VAL circuit pack G700 announcement software Requires hardware Maximum storage time per board for TN750 or TN2501AP Concurrent Calls per Announcement Backup and restore over LAN Recording Method File portability to multiple DEFINITY or Avaya servers Playback quality Backup speed Reliability Firmware downloadable Number boards or G700 announcement software per configuration Announcements per board Maximum number of announcements in a configuration Format Yes Up to 60 minutes at 64 kbps sam
289. l line circuit packs Internal self test for the LEDs Choice of eight ringing patterns Can be used with or without the stand Desk or wall mountable Matching 9 foot 2 7 m handset cord and a 7 foot 2 1 m modular line cord Available in dark gray and white No Adjunct jack interface for external speakerphones or headset modules Headsets must be connected through the handset Avaya 6408D digital telephone The 6408D is a digital telephone with eight buttons The following are characteristics of the 6408D telephone 2 line by 24 character LCD display showing time and date when the telephone is in an idle status Tiltable display with three viewing angles Eight call appearance and feature buttons with dual LEDs two color buttons Built in 2 way speakerphone which can also be optioned as a I way group listening speaker Six fixed buttons which include the speaker button the mute button the hold button the redial button the transfer button and the conference button NOTE Drop must be administered on a softkey Twelve system features can be administered on softkeys associated with the display Four buttons to access softkey features such as the menu button the exit button the previous button and the next button When the headset feature is administered it is no longer necessary to take handset off hook to answer a call Adjustable volume control for the handset speaker and ringer Message Waiting Light
290. ld or fiber transceiver P1 Provides a position indicator of the carrier and access to alarm and control circuits Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 169 MCC1 Media Gateway 170 Switch node carrier for DEFINITY Server R or S8700 Media Server The switch node carrier SNC J58890SA can contain e One or two switch node clocks e Up to 16 Switch Node Interface SNI circuit packs e One or two DSI converter circuit packs e One EI circuit pack e Two AC or DC power units An AC or DC power unit resides at each end of an SNC An SNC can be used when connecting from one to 44 PNs but must be used when connecting three or more EPNs See Figure 65 Switch node carrier front on page 170 for an example of a switch node carrier Figure 65 Switch node carrier front 631DA1 or 649A xD0 0 ODON EXPN INTFC Power Unit DSt SONY 631DA1 or 649A xD30 0 OSCOAN ccdf0005 KLC 081601 SWITCH NODE INTERFACE WITCH NODE POWER UNIT cLa OCK 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 15 16 Service De Port Service Service The following table describes the connectors in a switch node carrier Connector Function 1 El 2 to 9 and 13 to 20 E2 to E19 and E13 to E20 21 E21 P1 EI connector for the cable between the EI circu
291. le other NMAs act as redundant agents in hot standby If the live NMA fails then a backup is activated instantaneously Software Download Avaya P330 includes a safe software download procedure in which backup code is always present You should perform a reset after downloading software to the Module Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya Ethernet Switches Avaya P330 Ethernet Switches P330 Standards Supported by Avaya The Avaya P330 complies with the following standards IEEE e 802 3x Flow Control on all ports e 802 10 VLAN Tagging support on all ports and 802 1p compatible e 802 1D Bridges and STA e 803 2z Gigabit Ethernet ports e 803 2u Ethernet Fast Ethernet ports e MIB IT RFC 1213 e Bridge MIB for Spanning Tree RFC 1492 e RMON RFC 1757 e SMON RFC 2613 e Bridge MIB Groups RFC 2674 dotldbase and dot1dStp fully implemented Support for relevant MIB objects dotlg dotlgBase dot1gVlanCurrent Avaya P330 Network Management Comprehensive network management is a key component of today s networks Therefore we have provided multiple ways of managing the Avaya P330 to suit your needs Avaya P330 Device Manager Embedded Web The built in Avaya P330 Device Manager Embedded Web Manager allows you to manage an Avaya P330 stack using a Web browser without purchasing additional software This application works with the Microsoft Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator Web browsers a
292. liary J58886N 161 CBCs 333 cooling fans 335 DC powered 337 dimensions clearances 317 earthquake protections 337 Analog 276 lightning protection 337 2500 and 2554 276 E Rowe oo 3 2520B 279 all visor s ader EE 77 CBCs 333 337 6211 277 Soe Dr 6219 278 CC port 125 Attendant Consoles 214 center stage switches B 302D 274 CFY1B Current Limiter for DEFINITY R 177 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 347 December 2003 Index CFY1B current limiters 171 circuit breakers 323 325 circuit packs sneak current protection 336 CMC1 Media Gateway 147 CMC1 Media Gateway for DEFINITY CSI 30 CMCs J58890T 99 dimensions 317 fan units 335 commercial floor loading code 318 CON port 125 concrete encased grounds 332 conduit as ground 333 cooling fans 335 corrosive gas contaminants 316 coupled bonding conductor for grounding 333 CSS 117 118 Current Limiter 177 current limiters CFY1B 171 Customer Configuration Options for the S8300 Media Server with G700 Media Gateway 55 D DC power circuit breakers 323 distribution units J58890CF 329 J58890CG 334 grounding 332 relays 325 326 requirements 322 329 units 649A 174 331 676B 334 DCP Media Module MM712 49 DEFINITY CSI Detailed description 29 Overview 29 overview 29 Reliability and recovery 30 Required System Components 29 CMC1 Media Gateway 30 TN2182 Tone Clock 30 TN2402 Processor board 29 DEFINITY R Adju
293. lies e Green Lights when there is AC power applied to the power supply e Green Lights when there is DC power applied to the power supply e Green Lights when the power supply is supplying ringing to the G650 655A ring generation The 655A provides either North American ringing 20 Hz or European International 25 Hz ringing It also has a setting to provide no ringing when the customer supplies a ring generator that is external to the power supply A TN2202 French ringing circuit pack is an example of an external ring generator The 655A power supply provides a physical slide switch to select the frequency of the ring generator The options are e 20 Hz North American e 25 Hz European and international e Other No ringing output when an external ring generator is used such as the TN2202 French ringing circuit pack You must remove the power supply from the G650 when you change the ringing freguency selection Only one 655A supplies ringing to the G650 The power supply in slot 0 in the G650 is the default for ringing The system uses this default 655A unless it has failed or the software has commanded it to shut down When a G650 carrier has redundant power supplies one supply automatically supplies ringing if the other power supply fails A 655A provides ringing to only one G650 carrier For example the 655A power supplies in carrier A supply ringing only to carrier A and the power supplies in carrier D suppl
294. llowing Mexican national standards as applicable NOM 001 SCFI 1993 NOM SCFI 016 1993 NOM 019 SCFI 1998 The equipment described in this document may contain Class 1 LASER Device s These devices comply with the following standards e EN 60825 1 Edition 1 1 1998 01 e 21 CFR 1040 10 and CFR 1040 11 The LASER devices operate within the following parameters e Maximum power output 5 dBm to 8 dBm e Center Wavelength 1310 nm to 1360 nm Luokan 1 Laserlaite Klass 1 Laser Apparat Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposures Contact your Avaya representative for more laser product information Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Standards This product complies with and conforms to the following international EMC standards and all relevant national deviations Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Interference of Information Technology Equipment CISPR 22 1997 and EN55022 1998 Information Technology Equipment Immunity Characteristics Limits and Methods of Measurement CISPR 24 1997 and EN55024 1998 including Electrostatic Discharge ESD IEC 61000 4 2 e Radiated Immunity IEC 61000 4 3 e Electrical Fast Transient IEC 61000 4 4 Lightning Effects IEC 61000 4 5 e Conducted Immunity IEC 61000 4 6 e Mains Frequency Magnetic Field IEC 61000 4 8 e Voltage Dips and Variations IEC 61000 4 11 e Powerline Harmonics IEC 6100
295. ly connect all protective grounds together to form a single grounding electrode system Coupled bonding conductor When you use a coupled bonding conductor CBC grounding in an AC powered cabinet you must maintain a minimum ft 0 3 m space between the CBC power and other power and ground leads In AC powered systems locate the system single point ground terminal block on the AC load or AC protector cabinet SCC1 power systems Each SCCI has one AC or one DC power supply that distributes DC power and AC ringing voltage to the circuit pack slots in the cabinet AC power supply 1217A In an AC powered cabinet the power supply slot contains a single plug in multi output AC power supply A power cord with a three prong plug on one end and an appliance connector on the other end connects the supply to a dedicated AC power source The 1217A power supply is a global power unit for SCC1s The 1217A power supply has a wide input voltage operating range of 90 to 264 VAC and a 50 or 60 Hz auto ranging input multi output power supply that provides regulated DC output The 1217A also has a selectable 20 or 25 Hz AC ringer The 1217A power supply uses one of the following inputs depending on the version e 120 VAC 60 Hz 15 A to 20 A three wires in the power cord one hot wire one neutral wire and one ground wire e 220 VAC or 240 VAC 50 Hz 10 Amp three wires in the power cord one hot wire one neutral wire and one ground wire
296. mber Each of the ports has touch tone detection The TN433 speech synthesizer has administrable A and u Law companding capabilities TN436B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports The TN436B Direct Inward Dialing DID trunk for Australia provides eight ports for DID These ports are independently connected to a public network Each port is an interface between a 2 wire analog line from a CO and the 4 wire TDM network in the system The TN436B DID for Australia has administrable timers TN438B Central Office Trunk 8 ports The TN438B CO trunk for Australia provides eight ports for loop start CO trunks Each of the eight ports has tip and ring signal lead The TN438B can detect 12 kHz and 50 Hz periodic metering pulses from the CO Additional features include call still held timing and automatic guard fault detection circuitry TN439 Tie Trunk 4 ports The TN439 Tie Trunk circuit pack for Australia and Japan provides four ports for 2 wire tie trunks with loop disconnect signaling The TN439 has administrable A and y Law companding and administrable timers 178 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN457 Speech Synthesizer The TN457 speech synthesizer or British English provides four ports that retrieve fixed messages for leave word calling automatic wake up and attendant console features for the visually impaired that are spoken with a UK accent Examples
297. mbers given depending on the internal SN to SN traffic The following figure shows a system with the added CSS to route voice calls and data calls between external trunks and external lines Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 117 December 2003 DEFINITY Server R 118 Figure 39 Components of a CSS connected system PPN r 1 SPE Processor bus Processor Memory 1 0 1 0 H Terminal Packet TDM bus bus 1 Ports External trunks lines Ports and IP addresses Expansion I O Fiber optic PE EPN EPN CSS EPN 4 EPN T or E1 Typical EPN Expansion I O 5 Packet bus Port network 2 2 S TDM bus 9 x 5 Maintenance Ports Ports 5 Terminal External trunks lines and IP addresses The following figure shows the CSS that links the PPN to EPNs by the SNI circuit packs in an SN carrier An SN acts as a hub to distribute cables and thus reduces the amount of interconnect cabling between the PPN and the EPNs A system that uses a CSS can connect from 3 to 43 PNs The CSS can consist of up to three SN carriers The CSS can also consist of two four or six SN duplicated carriers in a critical reliability system Each SN contains from 1 to 16 SNI circuit
298. minimum voltage rating of 600 V or as required by local regulations Lightning protection A Coupled Bonding Conductor CBC in the cabinet ground wiring protects the system from lightning The CBC runs adjacent to wires in a cable and causes mutual coupling between itself and the wires The mutual coupling reduces the voltage difference between ground and the switch Be sure that the CBC connects to telecommunication cable that is firmly connected to an approved ground In multiple story buildings be sure to connect the CBC to an approved ground at each floor The CBC can be a 10 AWG 5 3 mm 2 6 mm ground wire a continuous cable sheath surrounding wires within a cable or six unused pairs of wire within a cable that are twisted and soldered together The CBC connects from the cabinet single point ground bar in an AC powered cabinet or the ground discharge bar in a DC powered cabinet to the terminal bar at the cross connect field When there is an auxiliary cabinet a6 AWG 13 3 mm 4 1 mm wire connects the system cabinet single point ground block to the Auxiliary cabinet ground block The ground wire routes as closely as possible to the cables that connect the system cabinet to the Auxiliary cabinet If equipment is not present in the Auxiliary cabinet plug the power supply for this equipment into one of the two convenience outlets on the rear of the MCCI to preserve ground integrity The convenience outlets are fused at 5 A A dedicated
299. mmunication Manager December 2003 Cabinet dimensions and clearances Cabinet dimensions and clearances Floor plans typically allocate space around the front ends and rear of the cabinets for maintenance purposes Floor area requirements vary between cabinets The following table lists the dimensions and clearances for the SCC1 Media Gateway and the MCC1 Media Gateway Table 17 Dimensions and clearance for the MCC1 Media Gateway and the SCC1 Media Gateway Cabinet type Height Width Depth Clearance SCCI1 38 inch 97 cm I cabinet 20 in 27 in 22 in between cabinet and 51 cm 69 cm 56 cm wall 2 cabinets 39 in 27 in 22 in 99 cm 69 cm 56 cm 3 cabinets 58 in 27 in 22 in 1 5 m 69 cm 56 cm 4 cabinets 77 in 27 in 22 in 2 m 69 cm 56 cm Mcci 70 in 32 in 28 in Rear 38 in 1 8 m 81 cm 71 cm 97 cm Front 36 in 91 cm Cable slack manager 7 in 32 in 38 in 18 cm 81 cm 97 cm DC power cabinet 20 in 27 in 22 in 38 in 97 cm Front 51 cm 69 cm 56 cm and Rear Large battery cabinet 38 in 97 cm Front 100 Amp and Rear 27 in 55 in 21 in 69 cm 140 cm 53 cm 200 Amp 42 in 55 in 21 in 107 cm 140 cm 53 cm 300 Amp 42 in 55 in 21 in 107 cm 140 cm 53 cm 400 Amp 57 in 55 in 21 in 145 cm 140 cm 53 cm 1 This row includes the auxiliary cabinet the global AC cabinet and the global DC cabinet 2 Cable slack manager is used wit
300. mmunication Manager December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones A message waiting light LED An integrated RJ 11 headset jack for direct connection of headset Adjustable volume control for the handset speaker and ringer Eight personalized ringing options K style handset with 9 foot modular cord 14 foot modular line cord Available in black or white Optional available components 12 foot modular handset cord 25 foot modular line cord Base stand 15 degree angle Avaya headsets Amplifier handset Noisy environment handset Push to talk handset Avaya 4620 IP telephone Avaya 4620 IP telephone provides advanced feature functionality with an intuitive and innovative user interface The Avaya 4620 can provide telephony speed dial call log and Web browsing functionality The Avaya 4620 can use either the resident or thin client approach With the resident or thick client software installed the Avaya 4620 holds the complete software for all the applications The Avaya server handles the call control With thin client software installed a Avaya server still handles call control A separate application server in conjunction with Communication Manager controls most of the display The following are characteristics of the Avaya 4620 IP telephone High end feature set Large screen graphic display 168 by 132 pixel 4 grayscale Advanced user interface supporting 108 speed dialing buttons 90 call log entries and
301. n Control Carrier Front on page 168 for an example of an expansion control catrier Figure 63 Expansion Control Carrier Front 8 5 of ef el of ef ofl of cf of of of of of of of of of of of off lo Z100A1 631DB1 S blanks or 3 or a 649A 631DA1 ol W ce ul as ears e VM ULN PPP TT actin sen 9 ZTTTT 1NNNN 07255 07177 C5800 2 The following table describes the connectors of an expansion control carrier Connector Function land 2 Provides a fiber optic cable interface to an Expansion Interface EI circuit 8 1 g Al and A2 pack in slot 1 or a copper cable interface for a DS1 converter 1 to 19 25 pair connectors provide interfaces between port circuit packs and the NENIO cross connect field or fiber transceiver Auxiliary AUX Provides interfaces for customer alarms attendant console power and emergency power transfer panels TERMINAL Connects a management terminal to the Maintenance circuit pack in an expansion control carrier P1 Provides a position indicator of the carrier and access to alarm and control circuits P2 Connects ringing voltage from the ring generator to the carrier and produces control signals 1 In systems that use ATM PNC the fiber connec
302. nal Data terminal Voice terminal with data module SS AUDIX Voice messaging Host system computer Outside private line data Data transmission terminals eguipment SY NS PPA SA Analog Digital a facilities facilities cydfdgsw LJK 071497 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 95 DEFINITY Server SI Detailed description The DEFINITY Server SI with Avaya Communication Manager provides a common architecture platform across all supported line sizes The Processor Port Network PPN is the master controller of the system The Expansion Port Network EPN contains line ports and trunk ports The universal port hardware allows station circuit packs trunk circuit packs and service circuit packs to be installed in any available slot DEFINITY Server SI with Communication Manager provides Scalable applications for messaging conferencing collaboration call centers mobility and remote users Control of operational costs through the use of networking and management solutions A simple process for adding features Add a circuit pack and use the graphical user interface GUD to administer it Cost effective and distributed switching arrangements in both LANs and WANs Converged network environments through the use of IP and Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM protocols and s
303. nal port carrier PPN and or EPN cabinets e Optional expansion control carrier EPN cabinets only e Optional switch node carrier PPN and or EPN cabinets Cabinets The system cabinets contain the carriers and all other components including the power supply A cabinet contains at least one carrier in an enclosed shelf with vertical slots to hold circuit packs The circuit packs fit into connectors that attach to the rear of the slots There are two cabinet types e Single carrier cabinet SCC1 e Multicarrier cabinet MCC1 Single carrier cabinets Up to three single carrier cabinets SCC1s can be stacked to form a single PN Refer to the following figure Single carrier cabinets come in any of four configurations e A basic control cabinet that contains a TN2404 processor tone clock and a power converter e An expansion control cabinet that contains additional port circuit packs interfaces to the PPN a maintenance interface and a power converter e A duplicated control cabinet that contains the same equipment as the basic control cabinet e A port cabinet that contains port circuit packs and a power converter Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 99 December 2003 DEFINITY Server SI Figure 31 Typical single carrier cabinet SCC1 Power converter Air circulation Zoe hg vents Circuit packs scdf001 KLC 060597 Multicarrier cabinets A multicarrier cabinet MCC I is a 70 in 178 cm cab
304. nct Systems 121 Cabinets 111 Multicarrier cabinets MCC1s 112 Single carrier cabinets SCC1s 111 Carriers 111 Connectivity 115 ATM 119 ATM WAN spare processors ATM WAN spare processors 119 TCP IP 116 Detailed description 108 Optional Components ATM Switch 119 Center Stage Switch CSS 117 348 Expansion Port Network 113 IP Solutions 113 Overview 107 Port Network 110 Processor Port Network and Switch Processing Element 109 Reliability 120 DEFINITY Server CSI Adapter 249 Avaya Telephones 249 Analog 250 Consoles 250 Digital 249 Explosive Atmosphere 250 IP 249 SoundStation 250 Wireless 250 Circuit Packs 247 Application 248 Control 248 Line 247 Port 249 Power 247 Service 248 Trunk 247 Media Gateways 247 DEFINITY Server R Avaya Telephones 257 Analog 258 Consoles 258 Digital 258 Explosive Atmosphere 258 IP 257 Wireless 258 Circuit Packs 255 Application 257 Control 256 Line 255 Port 257 Power 255 Trunk 256 Cirucit Packs Service 257 Media Gateways 255 DEFINITY Server SI Avaya Telephones 253 Analog 254 Consoles 254 Digital 254 Explosive Atmosphere 254 IP 253 SoundStation 254 Wireless 254 Circuit Packs 251 Application 253 Control 252 Line 251 Port 253 Power 251 Service 253 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Index E Trunk 252 WAN 1 125 Media Gateways 251 floor groun
305. nctions as a PPN if the main PPN is not functional or is not communicating to one or more of the other EPNs DEFINITY Server R is highly reliable but when DEFINITY Server R overlays a converged network infrastructure the reliability and availability depend on the entire infrastructure not just its own hardware and software of the switch ATM WSPs can be placed in a switch ATM port network configuration to provide a backup arrangement of PPNs and thus maintain the availability of the features and functions of the switch A WSP continually monitors a connection to the main PPN to determine if the PPN is actively communicating with the EPNs From to 15 WSPs can be established in an ATM port network and each is given a priority role to avoid its contending with other EPNs for control Each WSP will become active if the WSP cannot establish communications with both the main PPN and a WSP of higher priority The WSP will wait an administered interval of 5 to 99 minutes and then take control within approximately 15 minutes Although calls are not preserved while the switch takes place the WSP enables customers to be back in service within a reasonable amount of time Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 119 December 2003 DEFINITY Server R Returning to normal operation under control of the PPN requires a manual restart sequence When control is returned to the PPN the WSP returns to a standby status Calls are not preserved during the re
306. nd Sun Microsystems Java Plug in Avaya P330 Command Line Interface CLI The Avaya P330 CLI provides a terminal type configuration tool for local or remote configuration of Avaya P330 features and functions CajunView When you need extra control and monitoring or wish to manage other Cajun Campus equipment then the Cajun View network management suite is the answer This suite provides the ease of use and features necessary for optimal network utilization e CajunView is available for Windows NT 2000 and Solaris 8 e CajunView can operate in Stand Alone mode with Windows NT 2000 e CajunView operates under HP OpenView for Windows NT 2000 and Solaris 8 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 295 December 2003 Avaya Ethernet Switches Avaya P330 Ethernet Switches Avaya P330 Network Monitoring RMON MIBs RFC 1757 e RMON support for groups 1 2 3 and 9 Statistics History Alarms Events SMON MIBs RFC 2613 e SMON support for groups Data Source Capabilities Port Copy VLAN and Priority Statistics Bridge MIB Groups RFC 2674 e dotldbase and dotldStp fully implemented e Support for relevant MIB objects dotlg dotlqBase dot1gVlanCurrent Port Mirroring The Avaya P330 provides port mirroring for additional network monitoring functionality You can filter the traffic and mirror either incoming traffic to the source port or both incoming and outgoing traffic This allows
307. ndex Numerics Numerics 4 wire S T NT interfaces 181 4C3S 75 solid state protectors 336 1217A Power Supply 173 48 VDC batteries 325 507B sneak fuse panels 336 337 631DA1 B1 AC power units 173 323 649A DC power units 174 331 676B DC power units 334 676C DC Power 177 982LS Current Limiter for DEFINITY SI 177 A AC power battery chargers 324 circuit breakers 323 distribution units 324 grounding 332 power feeders 319 supply WP 91153 333 units 631DA1 B1 173 323 acoustic noise levels 319 Adjunct Systems 56 Analog Trunk Telephone Media Module MM711 48 approved grounds 332 AS1 UPS 1500VA 120V 288 1500VA 230V 288 700 VA 120V 287 700VA 230V 287 Add on Modules 289 ASB button 125 ATM switch 89 ATM CES 119 ATM PNC 119 auxiliary cabinets 100 Avaya Solutions Large Business 342 Medium Sized Business 340 341 Small Business 339 Avaya Telephones Softconsole 275 Digital Communications Protocol DCP Telephone 2402 267 Digital Telephones 267 2420 268 6402 and 6402D 268 6408D 269 6416D M 270 6424D M 271 Callmaster IV 272 Callmaster V 273 Callmaster VI 273 IP Telephones 4602 259 4602SW 260 4606 260 4610SW 261 4612 262 4620 263 4620SW 264 4624 264 4630 266 Wireless 279 Transtalk 9040 279 backup power 325 327 batteries 48 VDC 325 chargers 325 small assemblies 327 BCCs J58890L 99 C cabinets AC powered 333 auxi
308. nds on internal SN to SN traffic according to the following guidelines e One SN expands from 1 to up to 15 PNs e Two SNs expands to up to 29 PNs e Three SNs expands to up to 44 PNs 88 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway ATM Network The Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM switch is a replacement option for the CSS or for the direct connect switch Several Avaya ATM switch types can provide port network connectivity Non Avaya ATM switches that comply with the ATM standards that are set by the European Union can also provide port network connectivity When the voice bearer is sent over ATM ATM port network connectivity ATM PNC allows any ATM switch or ATM network that complies with specified standards and capacities to serve as the means to connect to the PN In this type of configuration the ATM switch or network replaces the CSS ATM PNC is used to connect port networks within a single switch The WAN spare processor is not supported Connectivity when sending voice bearer over IP Sending the voice bearer over IP uses IP connectivity between PNs An existing VOIP ready IP infrastructure can be used This solution saves customers the cost of building a separate telephony network 8700 recoverability In addition to the high reliability of the duplicated 8700 Media Servers the S8300 Media Server in a Local Survivable Processor LSP configurat
309. ne Gigabit Ethernet Small Form Factor Pluggables SFP GigaBit Interface Converter GBIC slot which supports any of the following SFP GBICs 1000 SX 1000 LX 1000 ELX or 1000 TX NOTE The MM314 is not supported in the G700 Media Gateway The MM314 supports 48V DC inline power provided over standard category 5 UTP cables up to 100 m range on each PoE port The MM314 features Priority power budgeting with configurable priorities Automatic load detection on ports Automatic device discovery Enable disable port powering option Port monitoring Automatic recovery from overload shutdown Automatic recovery from no load shutdown See the following figure for an example of the MM314 216 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 MM340 E1 T1 media module MM340 E1 T1 media module The Avaya MM340 Media Module provides one WAN access port for the connection of an E1 or T1 WAN NOTE The MM340 is not supported in the G700 Media Gateway See the following figure for an example of the MM340 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 217 December 2003 MM342 USP WAN media module MM342 USP WAN media module The Avaya MM342 Media Module provides one USP WAN access port MM342 supports the following WAN protocols e V 35 RS449 e X21 For these connections one of the following cables is necessary e Avaya Serial Cable DTE V 35 USP to V 35 e Avaya Serial Cable DTE X 21 USP to X
310. ne detection call classifier system clock and synchronization functions onto one circuit pack for all system reliability configurations The TN2182 supports 8 ports for tone detection and allows gain or loss applied to PCM signals received from the bus The TN2182 provides stratum 4 enhanced clock accuracy supports MFC signaling such as Russia MF supports Russia MFR multifrequency shuttle register signaling and supports A and u Law companding The TN2182CP provides continuous cadenced and mixed tones allows administrable setting of tone frequency and level detects 2025 Hz 2100 Hz or 2225 Hz modem answerback tones and provides normal and wide broadband dial tone detection In most configurations the 2 or 3 circuit pack combination of tone generator tone detector and or call classifier can be replaced with this one circuit pack to free one or two port slots Use the TN2182CP circuit pack with the TN429D analog line central office trunk for CAMA E911 and ICLID A TN2182 is required for the on board tone detection or for additional tones to support CCRON Russian ANI and others TN2183 TN2215 Analog Line for multiple countries 16 ports See TN2215 TN2183 Analog Line for Multiple Countries 16 ports International Offers or Offer B only for US and Canada on page 202 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 197 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN2184 DIOD Trunk 4 ports The
311. ne to each power supply Power output Power supply output voltage measurements 5 VDC 5VDC and 48 VDC See the following table for power source information Table 12 Chassis power source information for the G650 Chassis style and power distribution unit Power source options Power input receptacles e AC or DC e Single phase 120 e 120 VAC 60 Hz NEMA 5 15R power supply VAC with neutral e 240 VAC 50 Hz IEC 320 Apparatus Code wire 655A e Single phase 240 e When ara oe moderns e A655A power VAC with neutral WA oe siege baput a and 200 VAC 50 60 Hz supply is wire required in slot e 48vDC e When installing G650s in Mexico 0 j use country specific receptacles for 127 VAC e A 655A power supply is optional in slot 1S Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 303 December 2003 G650 specifications See Table 13 Circuit breakers for AC powered chassis on page 304 for circuit breaker information for AC powered chassis Table 13 Circuit breakers for AC powered chassis Chassis type Circuit breaker size Rack mount chassis 120 VAC 60 Hz 15A Rack mount chassis 240 VAC 50 Hz 10 A Dimensions The G650 Media Gateway has the following dimensions e 14hx 22d x 19w inches e 36h x 56d x 48w centimeters e height in rack 8 U e weight 35 39 pounds 16 18 kg The G650 requires 12 inches 30 centimeter of clearance in the rear and 18 inches 45 centimeters of clearance in the front for
312. nectivity such as Center Stage Switch CSS and ATM port network connectivity ATM PNC are not supported Also traditional options of survivability such as the Survivable Remote Processor or the ATM WAN Spare Processor are not supported Port Network connectivity is provided by the IPSI 2 TN2312BP circuit packs and the IP Media Processor TN2302AP circuit pack Direct connection between expansion interface boards is available for systems migrating from a DEFINITY G3r or DEFINITY G3si The S8500 Media Server configurations with four or more PNs requires a IP PNC Media gateways The G650 Media Gateway is used for new S8500 Media Server configurations The following media gateways are supported in a migration from an existing Avaya solution to the S8500 Media Server e CMCI e SCCI e MCCI e G600 NOTE The G700 Media Gateway and the G350 Media Gateway are supported through the CLAN board mounted in a CMC1 SCC1 MCC1 G600 or G650 Media Gateway NOTE Media Gateway types cannot be mixed within the same PN G650 Media Gateway The Avaya G650 Media Gateway is a fourteen slot rack mounted carrier configured for TN format circuit packs The G650 is 8U high 14 inches 35 6 centimeters and mounts in a standard 19 inch 48 3 centimeters data rack The G650 uses one or two 655A power supplies operating on either AC and DC input power Either power supply can provide all the power needed by the G650 When two power supplies exist they sha
313. nels on page 187 TN1654 DSI Converter T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels on page 195 TN2140B Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 196 T T T T T N2146 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 196 N2147C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 197 N2184 DIOD Trunk 4 ports on page 198 N2199 Central Office Trunk 3 wire 4 ports on page 199 N2207 DSI Interface T1 24 channels and El 32 channels on page 200 TN2209 Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 200 TN2242 Digital Trunk on page 203 TN2305B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for multimode fiber on page 204 TN2306B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for single mode fiber on page 204 TN2308 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 204 TN2313AP DSI Interface 24 channels on page 207 TN2464BP DSI Interface with Echo Cancellation T1 E1 on page 209 Control circuit packs TN771DP Maintenance and Test on page 189 TN799DP Control LAN C LAN Interface on page 193 TN744E Call Classifier and Tone Detector 8 ports on page 184 TN2302AP IP Media Processor on page 203 TN2314 8100 Media Server on page 207 Service circuit packs TN433 Speech Synthesizer on page 178 TN725B Speech Synthesizer on page 183 TN788C Multimedia Voice Conditioner on page 190 TNCCSC 1 PRI to DASS Converter on page 211 TNCCSC 2 PRI to DPNSS Converter on page 211 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication M
314. network The EIs are cabled with lightguide fiber to either a duplicated Center Stage Switch CSS or a duplicated Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM switch Connectivity Connectivity for the S8700 Media Server depends on the method by which the voice bearer is being transmitted Connectivity when sending voice bearer over ATM or CSS Port Networks A new configuration consists of the G650 Media Gateways for all port networks The MCC1 Media Gateway or the SCC1 Media Gateway are used for migrating configurations and for configurations experiencing growth For migrations from the DEFINITY Server to the S8700 processor the MCC1 cabinet that was the Processor Port Network PPN will be converted to a PN by replacing the control carriers with port carriers The IPSI extends Ethernet control by connecting the 8700 Media Server processor to the PNs The IPSI replaces the TN2182B tone clock in each of the PNs that are connected by an IPSI Not all PNs require the IPSI board One IPSI connected PN can control up to four other PNs CSS Network The CSS is a connection hub that provides PN communication A CSS can be used when more then three port networks are needed Often the CSS is incorporated into smaller configurations to allow for growth The CSS consists of from one to three switch nodes SN SNs are composed of one or two switch node carriers depending on whether the solution is being duplicated for critical reliability PN expansion depe
315. nicate with CONVERSANT See TN2185B ISDN BRI S T TE Interface 4 wire 8 ports on page 198 Downloadable firmware Support for echo cancellation To enable this capability the customer must purchase an Echo Cancellation Software Right to Use feature in addition to the hardware The echo cancellation capability of the TN464GP is selectable on a per channel basis The TN464GP DSI interface automatically turns off echo cancellation when it detects a 2100 Hz phase reversed tone generated by high speed modems 56 kbps but not when it detects a 2100 Hz straight tone generated by low speed modems 9 6 kbps Echo cancellation improves a low speed data call Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 179 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply The TN464GP DSI interface is intended for customers who are likely to encounter echo over circuits that are connected to the public network The occurrence of echo is higher if the switch is configured for ATM IP or other complex services and interfaces to local service providers who do not routinely install echo cancellation equipment in all their circuits A common source of echo is hybrid circuits where conversions between 2 wire analog and 4 wire digital circuits take place The TN464GP DSI interface cancels echo with delays of up to 96 ms TN465C Central Office Trunk 8 ports The TN465C CO Trunk circuit pack supports multiple countries This circuit
316. ns only SCCI EPN cabinet will migrate to a SCC1 PN SCCI1 SPE cabinet will be removed and replaced with a SCC1 EPN or the G50 Media Gateway 66 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8500 Media Server SI processor Net Pkt TN2401 and Tone Clock TN2182 are removed and replaced with an IPSI TN2312BP Voice announcements must be on a VAL board or migrate to a VAL board e DEFINITY CSI The CSI Media Server TN798 or the TN2402 and the Tone Clock TN2182 will be removed and an IPSI TN2312BP circuit pack will be installed in slot 2 Voice announcements must be on a VAL board or migrate to a VAL board e 8100 Media Server in a G600 Media Gateway or a CMC1 Media Gateway The S8100 Media Server TN795 will be removed and replaced with a IPSI TN2312BP circuit pack The Tone Detector TN744 will be removed The S8100 Media Server runs Intuity Audix co resident In the event of a migration the subscriber data and voice files must be retranslated to an external voice messaging solution Voice announcement must be on a VAL board or migrate to a VAL board See Figure 16 S8500 Media Server in a direct connect configuration on page 67 for an example of the S8500 Media Server in a direct connect configuration Figure 16 S8500 Media Server in a direct connect configuration 8500 MCC1 MCC1 MCC1 El Fiber Connected
317. nsion module e One slot for an Avaya P330 Octaplane stacking fabric e Contains an internal motherboard described in detail later in this section e Standards based 10 100 Ethernet Interface connection types e Internal global AC power supply that provides low voltage DC power to the fans motherboard and media modules e Four internal fans that provide cooling for the internal components e A LED board that indicates system level status e A serial port for command line access e A VoIP engine that supports up to 64 G711 single channel calls e An 8 port layer 2 switch The G700 Media Gateway has a similar physical design to the Avaya stackable switching products The following figure shows the G700 Media Gateway with two Avaya P330 switches The G700 is shown at the top of the stack Figure 3 G700 Media Gateway with two Avaya P330 switches 000000000 0000000000 3 00o0od Oo 000o0do 00000000000 000000 scderck1 KLC 03 fo N Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway Expansion modules A G700 Media Gateway is architecturally based on the Avaya P330 switch Therefore customers can use any of the
318. nstalls G600 CMC1 SCC1 MCCI migrations only 250 64 G650 port networks plus up to 250 G700 G350 Media Gateways G350 and G700 with S8300 LSP Maximum of 50 LSPs One Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8500 Media Server System management Avaya Integrated Management suite The Avaya Integrated Management suite offers a comprehensive set of Web based network and system management solutions that support the Avaya converged voice solutions Integrated Management combines individual applications into five offers e Standard Management e Standard Management Solutions Plus e MultiService Network Management e Enhanced Converged Management e Advanced Converged Management For more detailed information on the Avaya Integrated Management suite see e http www avaya com gt Products and Services gt Products A Z Avaya S8500 Media Server Web interface The S8500 Media Server uses a media server Web interface to perform a wide variety of functions This browser based tool uses a Graphical User Interface GUI for performing server administration tasks such as e Backups and restores for customer data e Provides easy access to view current alarms e The ability to perform server maintenance including busy out and release busy out shutdown and status of the S8500 Media Server e Security commands that will enable and disable the modem start and stop FTP server and view license
319. nt of the North American T carrier system format 12 IP phones Avaya 4600 series IP phones 13 Avaya Call Management System CMS Used in a call center environment to collect and store data for reports and management 14 Voice Mail INTUITY AUDIX shown in this configuration connecting via IP Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 343 December 2003 Branch Office and Multi Site Configurations Branch Office and Multi Site Configurations Branch Office Configuration A remote branch office location is a part of a larger enterprise network In this configuration the 8700 Media Server resides in the main location and controls the G700 Media Gateway in the remote location It is highly desirable for the branch office to be survivable in the event of lost connectivity to the S8700 Media Server Survivability is accomplished with the use of the S8300 Media Server in an LSP configuration 344 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Branch Office and Multi Site Configurations Figure 87 Branch Office Configuration Figure notes Number LAN Voice Mail cymsrbro LAO 072903 Description 1 Rd AI A uu A WwW N Duplicated S8700 Media Servers Ethernet switch must be Avaya provided UPS units Two UPS units one for each server G650 Media Gateways LAN connectivity to
320. nterface circuit pack is used in conjunction with the TN788 multimedia voice conditioner circuit pack to provide service circuit functionality for the Multimedia Call Handling MMCH feature This feature provides both voice and multimedia data service between multimedia complex endpoints Up to six endpoints can conference to a single multimedia call occurrence The TN787 circuit pack provides a TDM bus interface and a DS1 adjunct cable interface The TN787 circuit pack routes the H 221 multimedia information to the DS1 interface to free more TDM bus timeslots Freeing more timeslots allows the system to carry more audio video and data bit streams between multimedia complex endpoints The TN787 circuit pack provides support for multiple PNs TN788C Multimedia Voice Conditioner The TN788C multimedia voice conditioner circuit pack is used in conjunction with the TN787F G multimedia interface circuit pack to provide service circuit functionality for the MMCH feature This feature provides both voice service and multimedia data service between multimedia complex endpoints NOTE A TN788C VI circuit pack only supports u Law companding A TN788C V2 or later supports A and u Law The TN788C circuit pack is the audio processor for the Px64 multimedia conference bridge The TN788C circuit pack contains eight digital signal processors four for encoding and four for decoding Each encoder decoder pair is assigned to a Px64 endpoint to process its audio ch
321. ntrol terminals signal leads TN763D Auxiliary Trunk 4 ports The TN763 auxiliary trunk has four ports Each port has T R SZ SZ1 S and S1 signal leads The TN763D circuit pack is used to access on premises applications such as music on hold loudspeaker paging code calling and recorded telephone dictation The TN763 circuit pack supports external recorded announcement equipment and is administrable to select A or y Law companding TN767E DS1 Interface T1 24 channels The TN767 DS1 interface circuit pack provides a DSX1 level physical interface to the DS1 facility and require a TN464 DSI interface circuit pack The TN767 circuit pack has unpolarized line out LO and line in LI signal lead pairs The TN767 circuit pack supports DS1 rate digital facility connectivity The circuit pack supports CO Tie DID and off premises stations OPS port types that use the robbed bit signaling protocol This circuit pack also supports ISDN PRI connectivity For these applications the signaling D channel can connect from the TN767 circuit pack to the processor interface by a permanent switched call over the TDM bus Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 187 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply The TN767 circuit pack is used to communicate with Avaya IVR and to provide the enhanced maintenance capabilities of the 120A channel service unit CSU and the enhanced integrated channel service unit ICSU
322. nversation is on a G350 and transcoding occurs for that endpoint on the G350 If transcoding must occur on both ends of the conversation the guantity of conversations is 10 Simultaneous fax transmissions using VoIP resources For more information about the G350 Media Gateway see 555 245 201 Overview of the Avaya G350 Media Gateway Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 G600 Media Gateway G600 Media Gateway The Avaya G600 Media Gateway is used in new installations of the 8700 Media Server and the S8100 Media Server and in migrations to the S8500 Media Server The G600 Media Gateway has the following characteristics e There is a maximum of 64 port networks when used with the S8700 and the S8500 e A maximum of four G600 Media Gateways can be in each Port Network PN with the 8700 and S8500 media servers The four G600 Media Gateways must be in one data rack due to TDM cable length e The S8100 Media Server can support up to three G600 Media Gateways in a single port network e APN consists of a control G600 Media Gateway that is designated A and second third and fourth optional G600 Media Gateways that are designated as B C and D respectively e The dimensions of the G600 Media Gateway is 19 inches wide 13 inches high and 21 inches deep e There are 10 universal slots plus one power supply e Circuit packs are inserted and removed from the front of the cabinet Cabinet I O is thr
323. o 50 LSPs An 8300 Media Server can support up to 10 LSPs An S8300 Media Server and the LSP cannot reside in the same G700 Media Gateway The difference between an S8300 configured as a primary controller ICC and an S833 configured as an LSP is entirely in software Therefore the hardware installation is identical for both configurations On the G700 the 8300 board is restricted to slot V1 under the LED panel The S8300 board and the LED panel must be inserted or removed together as a single unit If for any reason communication between a G700 Media Gateway and its primary controller stops an LSP activates This fail over from the primary controller to the LSP is an automatic process without human intervention The LSP assumes control of any IP telephone provided that telephone has the LSP in its list of controllers Not every call is preserved during a fail over IP to IP shuffled calls are preserved any other calls end The fail back from the LSP to the primary controller is manual requiring a reset on the LSP This reset breaks the communication between the LSP and every registered endpoint and causes the endpoints to register with the primary controller During fail back to the primary controller every call is dropped with the exception of IP to IP calls Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway IP addressing IP telephones obtain their own IP addres
324. o an Ethernet network using TCP IP protocol IP Asynchronous Links is a simple session layer proprietary protocol that creates value for the customer in the following ways e Reduces the cost to connect the switch to various adjuncts e Allows for an open architecture to transport information and increases the speed at which data is transferred e Allows customers to manage applications from both on site and remote locations e Allows for several system management applications to run on a single PC and thus reducing hardware requirements e Provides IP Services forms to support more flexible administration e Guarantees data delivery through a reliable session layer protocol e Supports customers existing investment in serial hardware through use of Network Terminal Servers IP Asynchronous Links supports switch client applications and server applications as described in the following sections Switch Client Applications Client applications with Asynchronous Links allow you to use TCP IP to connect adjunct equipment to the switch via the C LAN board Asynchronous TCP IP links can be used to connect call detail recording CDR devices property management systems PMS and printers Maintenance parameters can be set to allow the switch to report alarms over a TCP IP link A device that does not support a direct TCP IP connection but that does support an RS232 interface can connect to the C LAN board through a terminal server or
325. o run and the power supply continues to function This power supply replaces the WP 51193 L3 and L4 25 and is fully backward compatible This power factor corrected supply accepts 50 or 60 Hz AC input while auto ranging between 90 and 264 VAC input This multiple output power supply provides regulated DC outputs and AC ringer outputs that are switch selectable 20 or 25 Hz AC The 1217A power supply meets the e Harmonic distortion requirements of IEC1000 3 2 PFC e Immunity requirements of IEC 1000 4 e Safety requirements of IEC 950 e Current UL requirements and CSA requirements The 1217A power supply mounts in a carrier s power supply slot A power cord with a 3 prong plug on one end connects the supply to a dedicated AC power source 631DA1 AC power unit A 631DAI power unit accepts 60 Hz 120 VAC input power and provides DC power at 5V and up to 60A for the backplanes of an MCC1 Media Gateway s carriers If AC input power fails the power unit can convert 144 VDC from optional batteries in an AC power distribution unit to 5 VDC A circuit in the optional battery charger detects the higher equivalent AC or DC input voltage and switches in the correct input voltage 631DB1 AC power unit A 631DB1 power unit accepts 60 Hz 120 VAC input power and provides DC power at both e 48 Vat8 A e 5Vat6A for the backplanes of an MCC1 Media Gateway s carriers The DC output of 48 V also drives the cabinet s fans
326. of Modem Pooling requires a port on a TN754B circuit pack and a port on a TN746B circuit pack or TN769 analog circuit pack for each combined resource that is to be supported The following table lists the TN769 supported telephones and shows each of their wiring sizes and ranges Maximum range Telephone Wire size AWG feet 500 type 24 0 2 mm2 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 2500 type 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 7102 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 7101A 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 15 200 4 633 m 7103A 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 15 200 4 633 m 8100 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 10 000 3 048 m 9100 series 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 10 000 3 048 m Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN771DP Maintenance and Test The TN771DP maintenance test circuit pack performs maintenance functions These functions include packet bus reconfiguration that allows diagnosis and correction of recoverable packet bus failures before the link access procedure on the D channel LAPD links fail LAPD is a link layer protocol on the ISDN BRI and ISDN PRI data link layer level 2 LAPD provides data transfer between two devices and error and flow control on multiple logical links LAPD swaps spare leads with the malfunctioning leads to recover packet bus failures involving up to three malfunctioning leads 1 or 2 data or parity leads and one control lead Other maintenance func
327. of the P133G2 and the P134G2 is 2u 3 5 88 mm x 19 482 6 mm x 13 8 350 mm e The weight of the P133G2 is 11 4 pounds 5 2 kg e The weight of the P134G2 is 13 2 pounds 6 0 kg The P333T and the P334T equipped with ATM PNC e The height weight and length of the P333T and the P334T is 2u 3 5 88 mm x 19 inches 482 6 mm x 17 7 inches 450 mm e The weight of the P333T and the P334T is 16 5 pounds 7 5 kg Media gateways The floor of the equipment room must meet the loading code of a commercial floor of at least 50 pounds per square foot 242 kg per square meter Floor plans typically allocate space around the front the ends and the rear of the cabinets for maintenance access Additional equipment room floor support may be required if the floor load is greater than 50 pounds per square foot 242 kg per square meter The following table shows the weight and floor loading of the media gateways Media gateway Weight Floor loading SCC1 125 Ib 56 kg 31 Ib sq ft 148 9 kg m MCC1 200 to 800 Ib 90 to 363 kg 130 Ib sq ft 624 2 kg m G700 16 5 lbs 7 5 kg 19 inch rack mounted floor loading depends on load on the rack Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 315 December 2003 Site requirements for DEFINITY Site requirements for DEFINITY Altitude air pressure and air purity for DEFINITY Altitude and air pressure At altitudes above 5 000 feet 1 525 meters the maximum short t
328. og telephones Avaya Explosive Atmosphere telephones Wireless telephone Consoles Optional components for DEFINITY Server CSI Media gateways Circuit packs for DEFINITY Server CSI Power circuit packs Line circuit packs Trunk circuit packs Control circuit packs Service circuit packs Application circuit packs Port circuit packs Adapter Avaya telephones for DEFINITY Server CSI IP telephones Digital telephones SoundStation speakerphones Analog telephones Explosive Atmosphere telephones Wireless telephone Consoles Optional components for DEFINITY Server SI Media gateways Circuit packs for DEFINITY Server SI Power Circuit Packs Line Circuit Packs Trunk Circuit Packs Control Circuit Packs Service Circuit Packs 245 245 245 245 245 246 246 246 246 246 246 247 247 247 247 247 247 248 248 248 249 249 249 249 249 250 250 250 250 250 251 251 251 251 251 252 252 253 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Contents Application Circuit Packs 253 Port Circuit Packs 253 Avaya telephones for DEFINITY Server SI 253 IP telephones 253 Digital telephones 254 Soundstation speakerphones 254 Analog phones 254 Avaya Explosive Atmosphere telephones 254 Wireless 254 Consoles 254 e Optional components for DEFINITY Server R 255 Media gateways 255 Circuit packs 255 Power circuit packs 255 Line circuit packs 255 Trunk circuit packs 256 Control circui
329. ommunication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway LEDs Although some media modules have additional LEDs a standard 3 LED pattern on each of their faceplates indicates the following conditions Red Fault condition This LED also lights when the media module is physically inserted and should turn off when the board initializes Green Test condition Yellow In use condition See the following figure for the LEDs on the media module Figure 5 Media modules LEDs an 3 S mmdcled KLC 031402 Va se Figure notes 1 2 3 ALM Alarm LED TST Test LED ACT Active LED MM710 T1 E1 media module An MM710 terminates a T1 or E1 connection The MM710 has built in channel service unit CSU so an external CSU is not necessary The CSU is only used for the T1 circuit The attributes of an MM710 include Software selectable T1 or E1 operation Integrated CSU for T1 circuit only A law E1 and u law T1 companding Gain control and echo cancellation D4 ESF or CEPT framing ISDN PRI capability 23B D or 30B D Line coding AMI ZCS B8ZS T1 or HDB3 E1 Trunk signaling to support US and International CO or tie trunks Echo cancellation in either direction Fractional T1 support OIC DB 25 pin interface A Bantam loop back jack for testing T1 or E1 circuits Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 47 December 2003 A
330. ons Plus e MultiService Network Management e Enhanced Converged Management e Advanced Converged Management For more detailed information on Avaya Integrated Management see http www avaya com gt Products and Services gt Products A Z Avaya Communication Manager The S8100 Media Server uses Avaya Communication Manager software for call processing solutions in large and small customer environments Avaya Communication Manager is an open scalable highly reliable and secure telephony application Avaya Communication Manager provides user and system management functionality intelligent call routing application integration and extensibility and enterprise communications networking Communication Manager offers over 500 features in the following categories e Call center e Telephony e Localization e Collaboration e Mobility e Messaging Telecommuting e System management e Reliability e Security privacy and safety e Hospitality Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 37 December 2003 Avaya 8100 Media Server with a CMC1 or G600 Media Gateway 38 e Attendant features e Networking e Intelligent call routing e Application programming interfaces For more information about these solutions see the Overview for Avaya Communication Manager Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avay
331. ontrol messages over IP This IPSI circuit pack is used so the S8700 Media Server can communicate with the PNs 10 Customer LAN 11 Control Lan Interface C LAN A circuit pack that provides call control for every IP endpoint that is connected to the media server using an Avaya media gateway 82 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Reliability when sending voice bearer over ATM or CSS The following are supported with the S8700 Media Server when sending voice bearer over ATM or CSS e Duplex reliability e High reliability e Critical reliability Duplex Reliability when sending voice bearer over CSS or ATM The duplex reliability option is the most basic option A duplex reliability configuration consists of the following e Two S8700 Media Servers e One Ethernet switch e One UPS unit for each 8700 Media Server The use of two UPS units ensures that a single UPS failure or repair operation will not disable the system e One IPSI in each IPSI connected port network Voice and data bearer traffic between port networks is carried on a simplex network that is made up of one Expansion Interface EI in each port network Avaya offers different types of EI circuit packs one for CSS one for ATM The EIs are cabled with lightguide fiber to either the Center Stage Switch CSS or an Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM switch See Figure 27 Duplex relia
332. or the applicable electrical code in the country where the equipment is installed Protective grounds Acceptable grounds include the following e Grounded building steel The metal frame of the building where it is grounded by one of the following acceptable metallic water pipe concrete encased ground or a ground ring e Acceptable Water Pipe An underground water pipe at least 1 2 inch 1 3 cm in diameter and in direct contact with the earth for at least 10 feet 3 meters The pipe must be electrically continuous to the point where the protector ground wire is connected The pipe can also be or made electrically continuous by bonding around insulated joints plastic pipe or plastic water meters e Concrete encased ground An electrode that is encased by at least 2 in 5 cm of concrete and located within and near the bottom of a concrete foundation or footing in direct contact with the earth The electrode must be at least 20 feet 6 meters of one or more steel reinforcing bars or rods 1 2 inch 1 3 cm in diameter or at least 20 feet 6 meters of bare solid copper 4 AWG 26 mm wire e Ground ring A buried ground that encircles a building or structure at a depth of at least 2 5 feet 0 8 meter below the surface of the earth The ground ring must be at least 20 feet 6 meters of 2AWG 35 mm bare copper wire If these grounds are not available the water pipe ground can be supplemented by one of the following
333. ough the back and through a front cable pass through slot e G600 Media Gateway is AC powered only There are no internal batteries DC power is not an option e AnRJ45 patch panel is recommended for cross connecting to a LAN or a wall field G600 Media Gateway cooling Cooling for the G600 Media Gateway is provided by three 12 volt DC variable speed fans that are integrated into the back of the cabinet The fans pull air through the front and left sides and up through the cabinet Air exits from the back of the cabinet The 650A Global Power supply controls the speed The 650A Global Power supply varies the fan input voltage between 8VDC and 14VDC depending on a temperature sensor that is mounted in the power supply The fan assembly includes the three fans a base plate to which the fans are attached wiring and an AMP connector that plugs into a cable that connects to the backplane The assembly is easily installed and removed You must replace the entire assembly if a fan fails If a fan fails the following events will take place e An alarm through the power supply is detected as a power alarm e The remaining fans go into high speed The red LED on the 650A Global Power supply faceplate lights up See the following figure for an example of the G600 Media Gateway Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 127 December 2003 G600 Media Gateway Figure 42 G600 Media Gateway
334. owing table outlines the capacities of various G350 services Description Capacity Comments Media Gateway Limits Maximum number of G350 250 This number also applies if a combination of Avaya Media Gateways controlled G700 Media Gateways and G350 Media Gateways by an external S8300 8500 or S8700 Media Server are controlled by the same external media server Maximum number of G350 50 Media Gateways controlled by a S8300 media server installed in an external media gateway VoIP Maximum number of IP 40 Limited by the number of VoIP resources used and telephones the calling patterns VoIP to VoIP conferencing VoIP to non VolP etc Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 125 December 2003 Media gateways Avaya G350 Media Gateway 126 Description Capacity Comments Simultaneous two way 32 G 711 Simultaneous two way conversations limited by the conversations from IP 16 VolP engine including call progress tones phone to legacy telephone G 729a G723 or trunk Transcoding from G 711 to 16 Simultaneous 2 way conversations G 729 for IP phones Transcoding from TDM 16 Simultaneous 2 way conversations The guantity of phones to G 729 IP phones Maximum number of PSTN trunks Miscellaneous Fax capacity Touch tone recognition TTR Tone Generation Announcements VAL 17 analog 15 digital 15 15 6 Playback 1 Record 16 applies to conversations where one end of each co
335. pabilities Can survive minor power surges including lightning induced surges up to 2500 Volts peak without service interruption Surge protectors can be purchased for increased coverage Can operate in conditions that include above average temperatures and humidity In case of a power failure automatically restores the last saved version of user translations and runs them at system restart Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server CSI e Supports the remote diagnostics capability which enables quick troubleshooting and maintenance e Conducts self diagnostics and can self corrects many system errors If further technical assistance is required DEFINITY Server CSI uses an external modem to place a call for support e Conducts standard maintenance routines automatically e Backs up all the user translations every day at midnight by default e The single processor configuration provides 99 9 reliability System capacity Type Capacity Maximum trunks 400 Maximum stations 900 Maximum ports Maximum IP endpoints 1300 limited by slots not software 390 Avaya Communication Manager The DEFINITY Server CSI uses Avaya Communication Manager for call processing solutions in large and small customer environments For more information on these solutions see the Overview for Avaya Communication Manager Avaya Communication Manager is an open scalable highly reliable and secure
336. pack contains eight analog CO trunk ports loop start trunk signaling 12 and 16 kHz periodic pulse metering PPM detection and counting administrable timers battery reversed signaling and multicountry selectable signaling For more information about a TN465C contact your Avaya representative TN479 Analog Line 16 ports The TN479 analog line circuit pack has 16 ports and supports three ringer loads and three simultaneous ringing ports Only one telephone can have an LED message waiting indicator neon message waiting indicators are not supported The TN479 supports u Law companding The following table lists the TN479 supported telephones and shows each of their wiring sizes and ranges Wire size metric Maximum range Telephone area diameter feet 500 type 24 AWG 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 3 000 914 m 2500 type 24 AWG 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 3 000 914 m 7100 series 24 AWG 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 3 000 914 m 7101A not supported not supported 7103A not supported not supported 8100 series 24 AWG 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 2 500 762 m 9100 series 24 AWG 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 2 500 762 m TN497 Tie Trunk 4 ports 180 The TN497 tie trunk circuit pack for Italy has four ports for 2 wire tie trunks with loop disconnect signaling Each port can be administered for A or u Law companding timers Translatore Giunzione Unscente TGU outgoing tie Translatore Giunzione Entrante TGE incoming tie and Translatore Giunzione Interno TGI internal tie
337. packs Each interface uses fiber optic cable to connect to a PN or to a SN One interface always connects to the PPN and one connects to each EPN Figure 40 CSS with Switch Nodes SNs PPN EI Switch Node 1 16 SNIs 1 2 16 SNI EI SNI EI SNI EI SNI EI cydfcssn KLC 091901 EPN EI EPN EI EPN EI Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server R In a high reliability system with a duplicated processor two SNI circuit packs connect to the PPN Depending on the chosen configuration this allows up to 15 PNs to connect to one SN up to 29 PNs to connect to two SNs and up to 43 PNs to connect to three SNs Connecting with ATM ATM switch The Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM switch is a replacement option for the CSS Several Avaya ATM switch types can provide switch port network connectivity Non Avaya ATM switches that comply with the ATM standards set by the ITU can also provide port network connectivity In this configuration TN2305 multi mode or TN2306 single mode ATM circuit packs are installed on the port networks and connected to the ATM switch with the multi or single mode fiber that is specified for the ATM switch NOTE The components of an ATM connected system are similar to those shown in the previous figure However in an ATM connected system the CSS is replaced with an ATM switch or switches and each expansion I O i
338. pad with raised bar on the number five for the visually impaired Message waiting light LED Integrated RJ 11 headset jack for direct connection of headset Adjustable volume control for the handset speaker and ringer K style handset with 9 foot modular cord 14 foot modular line cord Available in black or white Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones Optional available components 12 foot modular handset cord 25 foot modular line cord Base stand Avaya headsets Amplifier handset Noisy environment handset Push to talk handset Avaya 4630SW IP telephone The 4630SW IP telephone has the same feature set as the 4630 with the addition of a built in Ethernet switch and compliance with FCC and CISPR Class B Avaya digital telephones Avaya 2402 Digital Telephone The Avaya 2402 is a low cost low function 2 wire digital telephone The 2402 can be aliased as a 6402 telephone The following are characteristics of the Avaya 2402 telephone 2 line x 24 character LCD 2 call appearance buttons Handset and 12 button dialpad Wall mountable Display of downloaded extension number Highly visible message waiting indicator Message button for expedited access to voice mail Conference transfer drop hold and redial buttons Built in one way speaker with group listen operation Speaker feature and mute buttons each with LED indicators Feature button allo
339. page 150 Circuit packs Power 655A power supply on page 175 1217A AC power supply on page 173 649A DC power unit on page 174 676C DC power supply on page 177 TN755B Neon Power Unit on page 186 CFY 1B current limiter on page 177 TN2202 Ring Generator on page 200 Line circuit packs TN479 Analog Line 16 ports on page 180 N556D ISDN BRI 4 Wire S T NT Interface 12 ports on page 181 N746B Analog Line 16 ports on page 184 N754C DCP Digital Line 4 wire 8 ports on page 186 T T T TN762B Hybrid Line 8 ports on page 187 T T T T N769 Analog Line 8 ports on page 188 N791 Analog Guest Line 16 ports on page 191 N793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports on page 192 N797 Analog Trunk or Line Circuit Pack 8 ports on page 193 TN2181 DCP Digital Line 2 wire 16 ports on page 197 TN2183 TN2215 Analog Line for multiple countries 16 ports on page 197 TN2185B ISDN BRI S T TE Interface 4 wire 8 ports on page 198 TN2198B ISDN BRI U Interface 2 wire 12 ports on page 199 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 235 December 2003 Optional components S8500 236 TN2214B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports on page 201 TN2215 TN2183 Analog Line for Multiple Countries 16 ports International Offers or Offer B only for US and Canada on page 202 TN2224B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports on page 203 TN2793B Analog Line wit
340. page 260 Avaya 4606 IP telephone on page 260 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 257 December 2003 Optional components for DEFINITY Server R 258 Avaya 4610S W IP telephone on page 261 Avaya 4612 IP telephone on page 262 Avaya 4620 IP telephone on page 263 Avaya 4620S W IP telephone on page 264 Avaya 4630 IP Screenphone on page 266 Avaya 4630S W IP telephone on page 267 Digital telephones Avaya 2402 Digital Telephone on page 267 Avaya 2420 digital telephone on page 268 Avaya Callmaster IV 603F digital telephone on page 272 Avaya Callmaster V 607A digital telephone on page 273 Avaya Callmaster VI 606A digital telephone on page 273 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6408D digital telephone on page 269 Avaya 6416D M digital telephone on page 270 Avaya 6424D M digital telephone on page 271 Soundstation speakerphones 3127 SoundPoint Speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation Premier audioconferencing speakerphone on page 285 Analog phones Avaya 2500 and 2554 analog terminals on page 276 Avaya 6211 Analog Telephone on page 277 Avaya 6219 analog telephone on page 278 Avaya Explosive Atmosphere telephones Avaya 2520B Explosive Atmosphere telephone on page 279 Wireless Avaya TransTalk 9040 on page 279
341. phone e 24 Call appearance or feature buttons with dual LEDs e 10 fixed features buttons which include the speaker button the mute button the conference button the transfer button the hold button the redial button the menu button the exit button the previous button and the next button e 12 assignable soft key features associated with the display e A built in two way programmable speakerphone can be optioned by user on an individual call basis for group listening e Headset jack for direct connection of headset e Adjustable volume control for the handset speaker and ringer e 12 button touch tone dial pad with raised bar for the visually impaired e Message waiting light LED e Eight personalized ringing options e K style handset with 9 foot modular cord e 14 foot modular line cord e Pull out feature reference card tray e Can be wall or desk mounted e International portability e Downloadable transmission parameters e Available in gray or white e Meets Class B requirements for use in residential locations Optional available components e 12 foot modular handset cord e 25 foot modular line cord 270 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones e HIC 1 headset interface cord e Headset modular base unit M12LUCM e Avaya headset e Amplifier handset e Noisy environment handset The approximate dimensions of the 6416D M are e Width 10 35 inches
342. ple rate 50 when using a DEFINITY Server SI or DEFINITY Server CSI 1 000 when using the DEFINITY Server R or S8700 Media Server Yes Use PC or telephone Yes Toll quality 2 6 seconds for each 60 seconds of announcement time High Yes 5 with the DEFINITY CSI and DEFINITY SI 10 with the DEFINITY R and S8700 Media Server 256 128 DEFINITY Server CSI or DEFINITY Server Si 1 000 DEFINITY Server R 3 000 S8700 Media Server CCITT A or p law companding No Up to 20 minutes at 64 kbps uncompressed speech 1 000 Yes Use PC or telephone Yes Toll quality 2 6 seconds for each 60 seconds of announcement time High Yes 250 when using the S8700 Media Server 50 when using the S8300 Media Server 256 6 400 when using the 8700 Media Server 1280 when using the 8300 Media Server CCITT A or p law companding Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 53 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway 54 TN2501AP VAL circuit G700 announcement Area description pack software Sample bits eight eight Sample rate 8 000 Hz 8 000 Hz Channels Mono Mono Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway Customer configuration options An 8300 Media Server with a G700 Media Gateway provides a standards based IP communications infrastructure without compromising the custom
343. port in front of the server NOTE Avaya recommends that an external power source on a different circuit from the S8500 be provided for the RSA If the RSA and the S8500 Media Server are powered by the same power supply the ability to access the RSA may be prohibited in the case of a power failure Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 65 December 2003 Avaya S8500 Media Server 8500 Media Server reliability The S8500 Media Server supports a simplex reliability configuration See the following figure for an example of a simplex configuration Figure 15 S8500 simplex configuration Laptop v Ethernet Si Switch 14 UPS G650 G650 cymssmpx LAO 072903 Migrating to an S8500 Media Server Migrations from the DEFINITY R DEFINITY SI DEFINITY CSI and S8100 Media Server are supported to a S8500 Media Server configuration The following describes a high level migration from the DEFINITY R DEFINITY SI DEFINITY CSI and S8100 Media Server platforms e DEFINITY R simplex Direct connect configurations only All control circuit packs will be removed and replaced with an IPSI TN2312BP circuit pack Voice announcements must be on a VAL board or migrate to a VAL board The PPN control carrier must be replaced with an EPN control carrier e DEFINITY SI Direct connect configuratio
344. ps compression rate which is adequate for VDN of origin announcements provides a total capacity of 85 3 minutes Use of multiple TN750C circuit packs allows a more efficient method of providing many kinds of announcements and provides improved management of integrated announcements Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 185 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN753B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports The TN753B DID trunk circuit pack has eight ports used for immediate or wink start direct inward dialing DID trunks Each port has tip and ring signal leads For the Slovak Republic vintage 17 or greater is required The TN753B circuit pack supports A and y Law companding with vintage 17 or greater The TN753B circuit pack is required to support Brazil Block Collect Call TN754C DCP Digital Line 4 wire 8 ports The TN754C DCP digital line circuit pack has eight asynchronous 4 wire DCP ports that can connect to 7400 and 8400 series digital telephones 302A B C attendant consoles or data modules The TN754 circuit pack has administrable A and u Law companding The following table lists the TN754 supported equipment and shows each of their wiring sizes and ranges Table 9 Maximum range of 7400 and 8400 series equipment Maximum range Supported equipment Wire sizes AWG feet 7400 data modules 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 5000 1524 m 7400 data modules 26 4000 1219 m 7400 series tel
345. ptic cable adaptor The NAAI adapter reroutes fiber optic cable from the front of an ATM circuit pack to the rear of aCMC1 Media Gateway While the NAAI fiber optic cable adaptor looks like a circuit pack it is electrically and optically passive TN429D Incoming Call Line Identification ICLID The TN429 Incoming Call Line Identification ICLID circuit pack provides eight ports for direct inward outward dialing DIOD trunks Each port provides a 2 wire interface to the central office CO public exchange for incoming calls and outgoing calls The CO provides caller names and numbers to the circuit pack which displays them on digital telephones DCP and BRI equipped with a 32 or 40 character alphanumeric display In the United States the ICLID supports name and number In Japan and other countries that comply with requirements the ICLID displays the number only This ICLID is required for the Japan ANI feature where the calling number passes through to the switch An in band detector converter may be required Contact your Avaya representative more information The ICLID provides the required CO disconnect functions as well as the interface to CAMA E911 TN433 Speech Synthesizer The TN433 speech synthesizer for Italian provides four ports that retrieve fixed messages for leave word calling automatic wake up and attendant console features for the visually impaired These fixed messages include good morning time of day and extension nu
346. r with operational redundant power supplies e Green Lights when there is AC power applied to the power supply e Green Lights when there is DC power applied to the power supply e Green Lights when the power supply is supplying ringing to the G650 See Figure 46 655A faceplate LEDS on page 137 for an example of 655A faceplate LEDs 136 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya G650 Media Gateway Figure 46 655A faceplate LEDS FAN OR POWER FAIL FAN AND POWER OK AC INPUT O DC INPUT ACTIVE RING O oo X So o 655A ring generation The 655A provides either North American ringing 20Hz or European International 25H72 ringing It also has a setting to provide no ringing when the customer supplies a ring generator that is external to the power supply A TN2202 French ringing circuit pack is an example of an external ring generator The 655A power supply provides a physical slide switch to select the frequency of the ring generator The options are e 20Hz North American e 25Hz European and international e Other No ringing output when an external ring generator is used such as the TN2202 French ringing circuit pack You must remove the power supply from the G650 when you change the ringing frequency selection The ringing frequency selection swit
347. r 2003 Avaya S8100 Media Server with a CMC1 or G600 Media Gateway e A CMCI Media Gateway has the following characteristics The ability to connect up to three CMC1 Media Gateways together in one location The first CMC contains the 8100 Media Server and the TN744E Tone Clock board These two packs take up three slots leaving seven universal slots available for circuit packs Ten universal slots available in the second and third CMC1 Media Gateways for circuit pack placement The CMCI Media Gateway weighs from 50 to 60 pounds The dimensions of the CMC1 Media Gateway is 11 x 25 x 25 inches Achoice of floor mounting or wall mounting Optional components The S8100 Media Server with the CMC1 Media Gateway or the G600 Media Gateway can also use the following optional components e Avaya circuit packs with a TN prefix The following circuit packs for VoIP Control LAN also called C LAN TN799DP that provides TCP IP connectivity over Ethernet or Point to Point Protocol PPP connectivity to adjuncts IP Media Processor TN2302AP provides media stream processing e Supported Avaya telephones Analog telephones include the 6200 7100 and 8100 series telephones Digital telephones include the 6400 and 8400 series telephones IP telephones include the 4600 series telephones e Avaya recommends the use of an uninterruptible power system UPS to provide more dependable power between
348. r 2003 Optional components for an S8700 Media Server in an IP Connect configuration Optional components for an S8700 Media Server in an IP Connect configuration Media gateways G600 Media Gateway on page 127 Avaya G700 Media Gateway on page 139 Circuit packs Line circuit packs T N479 Analog Line 16 ports on page 180 T N556D ISDN BRI 4 Wire S T NT Interface 12 ports on page 181 N746B Analog Line 16 ports on page 184 N762B Hybrid Line 8 ports on page 187 N769 Analog Line 8 ports on page 188 N791 Analog Guest Line 16 ports on page 191 N793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports on page 192 N797 Analog Trunk or Line Circuit Pack 8 ports on page 193 N2181 DCP Digital Line 2 wire 16 ports on page 197 N2183 TN2215 Analog Line for multiple countries 16 ports on page 197 N2185B ISDN BRI S T TE Interface 4 wire 8 ports on page 198 N2198B ISDN BRI U Interface 2 wire 12 ports on page 199 N2214B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports on page 201 T T T T T T T T T T T T N2215 TN2183 Analog Line for Multiple Countries 16 ports International Offers or Offer B only for US and Canada on page 202 T N2224B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports on page 203 T N2793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports on page 210 Trunk circuit packs N429D Incoming Call Line Identification ICLID on page 178 N459B Dire
349. r is over CSS or ATM each IPSI typically controls five port networks by tunneling control messages over the bearer network to PNs that do not have IPSIs An IPSI cannot be placed in e aPN that has a Stratum 3 clock interface e A Survivable Remote Expansion Port Network SREPN To determine the number of IPSI connected PNs that are recommended to support a 8700 configuration divide the total number of PNs in the configuration by five and add one The additional IPSI provides fault tolerance For configurations where voice bearer is over IP there must be one IPSI in each PN A direct connect configuration only supports one IPSI connected PN See Figure 18 IPSI faceplate on page 72 for an example of the IPSI faceplate Figure 18 IPSI faceplate kdfips2 LAO 081203 700060643 Q A TN2312AP IPSI 01DR06142246 AVAYA E AMA IT KN For more information on the IP Server Interface see TN2312BP IP Server Interface on page 204 A20S4mz mO xImwn Ethernet switch An Ethernet switch provides the connectivity between the servers and the IPSI circuit packs that reside in some PNS For duplex reliability one Ethernet switch is provided For high and critical reliability the Ethernet switches are duplicated The S8700 Media Server supports two Ethernet connections to the Ethernet switch in the control network Th
350. r metallic contaminants e Corrosive gases such as sulfur and chlorine Contaminant Average Particulate matter 185 microgram m Nitrate in particulate matter 12 microgram m Total hydrocarbons eguivalent to methane 10 ppm Sulfur dioxide 0 20 ppm Oxides of nitrogen 0 30 ppm Total oxidants eguivalent to ozone 0 05 ppm Hydrogen sulfide 0 10 ppm NOTE Avaya recommends that the S8700 Media Server and related eguipment not be collocated with copiers printers or plain paper FAX machines because of the fine dust these devices produce Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 309 December 2003 Temperature and humidity for the S8700 Media Server Temperature and humidity for the S8700 Media Server The S8700 Media Server should be installed in an area that is well ventilated Maximum equipment performance is obtained at an ambient temperature between 40 to 110 degrees Fahrenheit 4 and 43 degrees Celsius for continuous operation and between 40 and 120 degrees Fahrenheit 4 and 49 degrees Celsius for short term operation The system equipment can operate at the short term operational limits for a period not to exceed 72 consecutive hours or a total of not more than 15 days in a year The relative humidity range is 10 to 95 percent up to 84 degrees Fahrenheit 29 degrees Celsius Above 84 degrees Fahrenheit 29 degrees Celsius maximum relative humidity decreases from 95 percent down to 32 percent at 120 degrees Fahrenheit 49 d
351. r provides a data rack that is used to hold equipment not necessarily specified or provided by Avaya The footprint of the data rack is 19 inches by 21 inches S8700 Media Server The two S8700 Media Servers are designed for mounting in an open 19 inch data rack S8700 Media Servers weigh approximately 25 pounds Avaya 700VA or 1500VA UPS Units For configurations that require 28 to 410 minutes of battery holdover the Avaya 700VA UPS can be used The 700VA is available in the following voltages e 700VA 120 V for US and Canada e 700 VA 230 V Online for International e 700 VA 100 V and 200 V for Japan The physical characteristics of the Avaya 700VA are e Width 17 inches 43 2 cm e Depth 19 inches 48 2 cm e Height 3 5 inches 8 9 cm e Weight 34 pounds 15 kg For configurations that require 411 to 480 minutes of battery holdover the Avaya 1500VA UPS can be used The 1500VA is available in the following voltages e 1500VA 120 V for US and Canada e 1500 VA 230 V Online for International e 1500 VA 100V and 200V for Japan The physical characteristics of the Avaya 1500VA are e Width 17 inches 43 2 cm e Depth 24 inches e Height 3 5 inches 8 9 cm e Weight 50 pounds 314 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Data rack mounting and media gateway floor loading for an S8700 Multi Connect Avaya Ethernet switches The P133G2 and the P134G2 equipped with CCS PNC e The height weight and length
352. r the flexibility of IP networks with the full feature functionality of Communication Manager MultiVantage applications provide e Investment protection and optimization in IP and PSTN networks e Full software applications features and management capabilities are carried into the IP environment using Communication Manager e Enhanced quality of service e Remote workers have full access to Communication Manager features from their PCs Avaya s portfolio of MultiVantage applications enables users to specify the quality of voice communications Using the Quality of Service feature users can administer and download the Differentiated Services Type of Service value to optimize voice quality The Quality of Service feature implements buffers in the audio processing circuit pack to reduce latency and help some routers to prioritize audio traffic MultiVantage applications provide hairpinned and IP to IP direct connections to improve the efficiency of voice communications Hairpinned connections route the voice channel connecting two IP endpoints so that the voice goes through the IP Media Processor circuit pack in IP format thereby bypassing the Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 113 December 2003 DEFINITY Server R 114 TDM bus IP to IP direct connections route the voice channel connecting two IP endpoints by sending the voice directly through the LAN or WAN between the two endpoints instead of carrying a mixed connection
353. ration is described below These estimates are highly dependent on the inclusion of telephones with the Media Gateways as well as the amount of time that the telephones are off hook NOTE Typical systems assume typical trunking sparing call rate and a typical mixture of high function and low function telephones The following table shows estimates of heat dissipation for the G600 Media Gateway Worst case systems assumes typical trunking and call rate but no spare slots and all ports configured with high functioning terminals The G600 Media Gateway that was tested used the worst case of 16 port analog circuit packs fully populated with analog sets Typical G600 Media Gateway heat dissipation specifications of G600 Media Gateways BTU per hour only G600 with terminals 1 400 1000 2 900 2200 3 1400 3475 4 1900 4700 Worst case 3200 5150 302 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 G650 specifications G650 specifications Power requirements AC power Commercial AC is the primary input power source Both slot 0 and slot 15 have dedicated AC input The 655A power supply can operate on AC input of 90 264VAC at 47 63Hz The nominal ranges for AC power are e 100 120VAC at 50 or 60Hz e 200 240VAC at 50 or 60Hz DC power Minus 48VDC power can be supplied simultaneously as backup power One 48 VDC power input point is provided on the G650 backplane and is distributed through the backpla
354. rations Single sites Multiple sites and branch offices The Communication Manager allows for a consistent common user experience across a customer s network e VoIP technology With the addition of a CLAN and IP Media Processor boards the S8100 Media Server with the CMC1 Media Gateway provides complete IP gateway and IP gatekeeper functions to support 100 VoIP capabilities Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 33 December 2003 Avaya 8100 Media Server with a CMC1 or G600 Media Gateway 34 e Call center Up to 100 agents Avaya CMS and Basic Call Management Reporting Desktop On board announcement functionality The Avaya S8100 Media Server supports eight ports of integrated announcements and 1 hour of noncompressed speech via an on board speech and signal processor These announcements are stored on the hard drive of the S8100 Media Server and can be backed up like Communication Manager system translations files are In addition standard wav files may be imported and used for system announcements e Network connectivity Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM Internet Protocol IP Supports Integrated Services Digital Network Primary Rate Interface ISDN PRI access Distributed Communications System DCS and QSIG private networking Standard components The S8100 Media Server with the CMC1 Media Gateway or the G600 Media Gateway has the following components e A TN744E Call Classifier circuit pack
355. rdware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 211 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply CAFT voice compression supports FAX at V 27ter 4800 bps The Composite port supports V 11 and V 35 at speeds up to 128 kbps The TN CIN features an on demand voice networking mode for use with time based communications links like ISDN A high speed data port using V 24 or V 11 or V 35 at up to 115 2 kbps synchronous or V 24 at up to 115 2 kbps asynchronous that incorporates dynamic bandwidth allocation variable data clocking is available for data applications A low speed V 24 data port of up to 96 kbps synchronous or 57 6 kbps asynchronous is available for data applications UN330B Duplication Interface The UN330B duplication interface is used for the DEFINITY R configurations only In a high or critical reliability system with two SPEs one UN330B resides in each SPE and connects to the other UN330B The UN330Bs provide control and communication paths between the SPEs to keep the standby SPE ready to assume control if the active SPE fails The UN330Bs select active standby mode for the two SPEs shadow copy the active SPE memory writes into the standby SPE memory and support inter SPE communications The duplication channel is a bidirectional high speed path between the 2 SPEs When memory shadowing is active all shadowed memory writes on the active processor s bus are sent across the link and written into the memor
356. re Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway e China e Colombia e Costa Rica e France e Germany e Guatemala e Hong Kong e Ireland e Israel e Italy e Jamaica e Japan e Korea e Mexico e Panama e Paraguay e Peru e Puerto Rico The Netherlands e New Zealand e Nordics e Russia e Singapore e Spain Sweden e Switzerland e Taiwan e Trinidad e Tobago e United Kingdom e United States e Uruguay e Venezuela Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 57 December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway Digital trunks and CO trunks The following table contains digital and CO trunk information for each country Digital AC power Plug DC R2MFC Country trunk CO trunk seenote type power Companding _ ICID over Argentina El LS 220 V B C E 48 V A law 2 El Australia El LS DID 220 V C A law Austria El LS 220 V B E 48 V A law Belgium El LS 220 V A B E 60 V A law Brazil El LS 110 220 V A B D E 48V A law El Canada Tl LS GS DID 110 V A A law Bellcore FSK China El LS 220 V B C E 48 V A law El Denmark El 220 V B E 60 V A law Finland El 220 V B E 60 V A law France El LS 220 V B E 60 V A law Germany El LS 220 V B E 60 V A law Hong Kong Tl LS 220 V D ET u law Bellcore FSK Ireland El LS 220 V B D E 60 V A law Israel El LS DIDE amp M 220V B G 48
357. re Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 181 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN570D Expansion Interface The TN570 Expansion Interface EI is an interface between the TDM bus and packet bus and fiber optic links that interconnect the cabinets The TN570D circuit pack is used in a port network PN between a PN and another PN in a direct connect system and between a PN and an SNI in a switch node carrier in a CSS connected system The TN570 circuit pack provides control channel applications and time slot interchanging between the PPN and EPNS It is used when ISDN BRI and or ASAT is connected in an EPN The TN570 circuit pack carries circuit switched data packet switched data network control timing control and DS1 control The TN570 circuit pack also communicates with an EPN s TN775B Maintenance circuit pack to send the EPN s environmental and alarm status to the SPE The TN570 circuit pack is replaced by the TN2305 circuit pack or TN2306 circuit pack when an ATM switch replaces the CSS The TN570 circuit pack is used in an EPN that is supported by a Survivable Remote Processor SRP TN572 Switch Node Clock The TN572 switch node clock circuit pack is used in DEFINITY R only The TN572 circuit pack distributes the timing signals that synchronize the SN carrier The TN572 circuit pack also receives maintenance data TN573B Switch Node Interface for DEFINITY R The TN573B Switch Node Interfac
358. re not hot swappable Turn off the system before you remove or insert an expansion module Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 43 December 2003 Avaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway 44 P330 Stacking Fabric Octaplane Octaplane is an Avaya hardware capability to bundle stackable components using bidirectional 4 Gbps transmission This technology combines separate units into a larger logical switch using different lengths of cables that are connected to the expansion slots behind the units The cables are wired in a ring configuration providing redundancy to the stack If a single unit should fail the stack s integrity is maintained You can also remove or replace a single unit without disrupting operation or without first reconfiguring the stack Table 1 Octaplane cabling Cable Description and function Length Length metric X330SC short Octaplane cable 30 cm X330LC long Octaplane cable 2 m X330RC redundant Octaplane cable 2 m X330L LC extra long Octaplane cable 8 m X330L RC long redundant Octaplane cable 8 m Short Octaplane cable light colored used to connect adjacent switches or switches separated by one backup universal power supply BUPS unit Long Octaplane cable light colored used to connect switches from two different physical stacks Redundant cable black used to connect the top and bottom switches of a stack Extra lon
359. re the power load One power supply can operate on AC power and the other on DC power The system will always use AC power if available See Figure 12 G650 Media Gateway on page 62 for an example of a G650 Media Gateway Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 61 December 2003 Avaya S8500 Media Server Figure 12 G650 Media Gateway o 9 n i of Oo yna na e S In IN an ay FAN OR POWER FAIL O ol o o o o o o o o o o o o o FAN OR POWER FAIL O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o FAN AND POWER OK O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o FAN AND POWER OK O o amero o o 8 amero I Dc input O A 3 DC INPUT O ACTIVE RING O H o B ACTIVE RING O O fe a O o 2 B o 2 amp LI EE E ey ey ee IM Ie H ol LA LA KA AA RA RA ARA RA AR AA LA o LI
360. receive 8 to 14 VDC from the power supply An air filter which can be removed and cleaned or replaced is located above the fans Air flows from the outside into the bottom of the cabinet around the circuit packs and out through the top of the cabinet If the cabinet temperature reaches 158 F 70 C the temperature sensor in the power supply shuts the system down and invokes the emergency transfer MCC1 fans A fan unit that consists of six fans mounts near the center of the cabinet The three front fans blow up and the three rear fans blow down A removable air filter is provided above and below each fan unit Four sensors monitor the cabinet temperature three sensors are inside the cabinet top and 1 sensor is inside the cabinet bottom One of the top sensors affects the speed of the front fans and the bottom sensor affects the speed of the rear fans A speed control and thermal alarm circuit in each fan monitors the sensors When a sensor indicates a change in cabinet temperature the circuit in a fan changes the speed for that fan A power cable from the power distribution unit connects 48 VDC to each fan 5 VDC to the speed control and thermal alarm circuit in each fan and temperature sensor signals to the equivalent circuit in each fan One pair of wires is routed to each fan circuit Alarm signals are also routed to the equivalent circuit in each fan One pair of wires routes to each fan circuit A minor alarm is sent to the pro
361. red for each two conversion resources provided with the integrated type of modem pool The TN758 circuit pack supports u Law companding only TN760E Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports The TN760 tie trunk circuit pack has four ports that are used for Type 1 or Type 5 4 wire E amp M lead signaling tie trunks Trunk types include automatic immediate start wink start and delay dial Each port on a TN760 circuit pack has T R T1 R1 E and M signal leads The TN760 circuit pack provides release link trunks required for the CAS feature and has administrable A and u Law companding The TN760 circuit pack supports outgoing Multilevel Precedence and Preemption MLPP Option switches on each TN760 circuit pack port can select connections to Type 1 E amp M standard unprotected format Type 1 E amp M compatible unprotected format Type 1 E amp M compatible protected format and Type 5 simplex format For Belgium the Slovak Republic the Commonwealth of Independent States and the Netherlands vintage 11 or greater is required TN762B Hybrid Line 8 ports The TN762B hybrid line circuit pack has eight ports that connect to multiappearance hybrid analog and digital telephones The TN762B can connect to 7300 series telephones an MDC 9000 cordless telephones and an MDW 9000 cordless telephone with separate base station and charging stations Each port on a TN762B circuit pack has VT and VR analog voice CT CR P and P digital signals that co
362. reside in the same 19 inch data rack due to TDM cable length e A maximum of 64 port networks e Recommended RJ45 patch panel for cross connecting to LAN or 110 hardware 78 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway The Figure 24 G600 Media Gateway on page 79 for an example of a G600 Media Gateway Figure 24 G600 Media Gateway Ol O U ol o J S off off o ol off off off o o o fe o o o o o o o ol o a off off o ol off off off o O H a O lli O la O Ol H mro ser lar O O o hev Ih e O m o OJ j O EEE E ey 3 B E E E E N N Tl S Kie ise S Re g La ft fa AA Li fll LA LA Le H HH 9 a Ta OJ HO Una oa NN MT scdlip60 KLC 031302 For more information see G600 Media Gateway on page 1
363. rgin This power unit can be a single power supply or multiple modules that are sized and scalable for the load The Avaya Ethernet switches have a power unit that meets the 802 3 AF standard and provides remote power for the telephone The power supply meets all applicable global standards for safety immunity and emissions and is verified by in country testing Thermal Protection Thermal protection shuts down the power supply if the internal temperature exceeds the maximum rated safe operating temperature The minimum thermal shutdown point is determined at an ambient temperature of 50 degrees C at 10 000 feet elevation or 60 degrees C at sea level under all input and load conditions You must consider the effects of component tolerances when defining the shutdown point This consideration ensures that the supply does not shut down at ambient temperatures that are less than those specified above with forced air flowing from input to output at a nominal rate of 46 CFM 300 LFM Manual Reset The power supply requires reset when it manually when it shuts down because of over voltage or overheating To reset the power supply recycle the AC input power AC and Load Center Circuit Breakers For AC power each of the G700 Media Gateways has a detachable AC power cord that plugs into a wall socket or into a power strip on the rack This circuit must be protected by a circuit breaker for the panel that serves the outlet As aresult the G700 Med
364. rocessor The TN2401 Network controller The TN2182 TN780 or TN768 tone clock board All of the control circuit packs reside in the control carrier within the PPN Additional optional circuit packs might be needed such as the TN799DP C LAN board which provides TCP IP connectivity and the TN765 Processor Interface for BX 25 connectivity For high and critical reliability systems the TN792 Duplication Interface pack is used When a telephone goes off hook or signals call initiation the SPE receives a signal from the port circuit that is connected to the device The digits of the called number are collected and the switch is set up to make a connection between the calling device and the called devices The following figure shows a direct connect system with an SPE in the PPN Buses route voice and data calls between external trunks and external lines Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 97 December 2003 DEFINITY Server SI Figure 30 Components of a DEFINITY Server SI Configuration PPN g SPE Processor bus Network Control Packet Interface Terminal Packet TDM bus bus o Ports 2 External trunks Pons lines and IP Ports addresses Expansion I O Expansion I O Fiber optic cable X EPN PN E Expansion I O Expansion I O Packet Packet bus bus iT TDM bus il TDM bus T rt rt
365. rough 8 four on ports 9 through 16 and four on ports 17 through 24 The TN2793B supports A and yu law companding and administrable timers The TN2793B supports queue warning level lights associated with the DDC and the UCD features recorded announcements associated with the Intercept Treatment feature and PagePac paging system for the Loudspeaker Paging feature Additional support is provided for external alerting devices associated with the TAAS feature neon message waiting indicators and modems The TN2793B also supports secondary lightning protection The TN2793B provides 48 VDC current in the off hook state and 90 VDC ringing voltage 210 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply The following table lists the TN2793B supported telephones and shows each of their wiring sizes and ranges Telephone Wire size AWG Maximum range feet 500 type 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 2500 type 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 6200 type 24 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 12 000 3 657 m 7102A series 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 20 000 6 096 m 8100 series 24 0 2 mm7 0 5 mm 12 000 3 657 m TNCCSC 1 PRI to DASS Converter The TNCCSC 1 circuit pack converts ISDN PRI to a DASS interface DASS is a 2 Mbps interface that uses a 75 Ohm coaxial transmission facility One TNCCSC 1 circuit pack can support up to two TN464 DS1 interface circuit packs A Y cable and an 888B 75 Ohm coax
366. router Switch Server Applications IP Asynchronous Links provides a telnet server to interconnect C LAN Ethernet clients to system management applications on the switch via TCP IP or TCP IP and RS232 signals IP Asynchronous Links supports the following server applications e System administration terminal SAT e Avaya Site Administration formerly DEFINITY Site Administration or DSA e DEFINITY Network Management DNM e Proxy Agent e Enterprise Directory Gateway Server applications send data to the switch and the telnet server supports 80 kbps data throughput Current application screen interactions and current simultaneous session limits on the switch are also supported The telnet server satisfies all current terminal emulation modes for example 51x 4410 4425 vt220 hp262x and pctt Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server SI Access security for system management applications over TCP IP is provided by the existing Access Security Gateway ASG feature Through either a local or a remote node or port users can specify the remote client IP address and port number from which the switch can accept service requests ASG must be enabled on the system parameters customer options form ASG must also be enabled for at least one customer login The user can administer a timeout period that ranges from 5 to 999 minutes but there is currently no provision for data encryption over the LAN Relia
367. rs to prioritize audio traffic IP Solutions also introduces hairpin and IP IP direct connections two features that make voice communications more efficient Hairpin connections route the voice channel connecting two IP endpoints so that the voice goes through the IP Media Processor circuit pack in IP format thereby bypassing the TDM bus IP IP direct connections route the voice channel connecting two IP endpoints by sending the voice directly through the LAN or WAN between the two endpoints instead of carrying a mixed connection of IP signaling and TDM bus signaling The following figure shows the trunk connects and line connections available with IP Solutions Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 101 December 2003 DEFINITY Server SI Figure 33 IP Solutions Switch TN2302 Switch Voice Terminal or CentreVu IP Agent I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 i IP Softphone i 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 l 1 TN2302 Switch TN2302 IP Softphone with H 323 voice application The figure shows IP Solutions supports connectivity for IP trunks IP softphones and IP telephones DEFINITY IP Solutions is implemented using the TN2302AP an IP Media Processor circuit pack inside the switch The TN2302AP IP Media Processor provides H 323 trunk connections and H 323 voice processing for IP telephones The features that use the TN2302AP circuit pack also
368. rts on page 201 TN2215 TN2183 Analog Line for Multiple Countries 16 ports International Offers or Offer B only for US and Canada on page 202 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 251 December 2003 Optional components for DEFINITY Server SI 252 TN2224B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports on page 203 TN2793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports on page 210 Trunk Circuit Packs N429D Incoming Call Line Identification ICLID on page 178 N459B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 179 N464GP DSI Interface TI 24 channels or E1 32 channels on page 179 N465C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 180 N747B Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 185 N753B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 186 N760E Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 187 N763D Auxiliary Trunk 4 ports on page 187 N767E DSI Interface T1 24 channels on page 187 N1654 DSI Converter T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels on page 195 N2140B Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 196 N2146 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports on page 196 N2147C Central Office Trunk 8 ports on page 197 N2184 DIOD Trunk 4 ports on page 198 N2199 Central Office Trunk 3 wire 4 ports on page 199 N2207 DSI Interface T1 24 channels and E1 32 channels on page 200 TN2209 Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports on page 200 TN2242 Digital Trunk on page 203 TN2305B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for multimode fiber on page 204
369. rts Quality of Service features including RTCP and RSVP Hearing aid compatible 12 button touch tone dial pad with raised bar on the button labeled five for the visually impaired Message waiting light LED Integrated RJ 11 headset jack for direct connection of headset Adjustable volume control for the handset speaker and ringer Eight personalized ringing options K style handset with 9 foot modular cord Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones 14 foot modular line cord Available in black or white Optional available components 12 foot modular handset cord 25 foot modular line cord Base stand 15 degree angle Avaya headsets Amplifier handset Noisy environment handset Push to talk handset Avaya 4610SW IP telephone The Avaya 4610SW IP telephone provides advanced feature functionality with an intuitive and innovative user interface The Avaya 4610SW provides telephony speed dial call log and Web browsing functionality It uses both the resident and thin client approach Many of the 4610S W s applications reside in the telephone itself while thin client applications such as the Directory application that is invoked through the telephone s Web browser reside outside the 4610SW The following are characteristics of the Avaya 4610SW IP telephone High end feature set Medium screen graphic display 80 x 132 pixel 4 grayscale Advanced user
370. s e Twelve system features that can be administered on the softkeys associated with the display Four buttons to access softkey features such as menu exit previous and next e Only one next button that is used with the softkeys and the directory function e A ribbon connector under the telephone to connect optional modules that fit into the stand e Headset jack under telephone next to handset jack for direct connection of headset When the headset feature is administered it is not necessary to take handset off hook to answer telephone when using a headset When using headset via headset feature button handset becomes listen only for monitoring until headset button turned off e No adjunct jack interface for external S201 S203 speakerphone adjuncts or headset adjuncts Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 271 December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones 272 e When system administrator provides the user with permission a user may add remove or rearrange the certain features on their call appearance and feature buttons e Adjustable volume control for the handset speaker and ringer e Message waiting light e Supports optional XM24 expansion module that allows for an additional 24 call appearance and feature buttons with dual LEDs e 2 wire connectivity through 2 wire digital line circuit packs only e Internal self test e Choice of eight ringing patterns e Can be used with or withou
371. s Avaya Communication Manager and the CMC1 Media Gateway It is easy and cost effective for a company to migrate from the DEFINITY Server CSI to another Avaya solution as the company grows Initial investment is protected since every DEFINITY CSI application and most of the hardware can still be re used The DEFINITY Server CSI can be used at a single site or be networked in multiple locations For example DEFINITY Server CSI might provide a solution for a satellite office within a larger business or a branch locations around the world Multisite companies can use remote diagnostics and alarming to maintain the DEFINITY Server CSI from a central location An administrator can centrally administer the system from a central location by using a system administration tool Detailed description High level description of the DEFINITY Server CSI e Ideal for small single sites multi site locations and branch locations e Supports up to 1300 ports e Supports 400 trunks and 900 stations e Uses Avaya Communication Manager e Consistent administration over a customer s network when using an all Avaya solution e Consistent user interface over a customer network when using an all Avaya solution Configuration information A DEFINITY Server CSI consists of the following main components e TN2402 Processor board e TN2182 Tone Clock e CMCI Media Gateway The following sections describe each component TN2402 Processor board A TN2402 Processor boar
372. s stack the G700 Media Gateways with the Avaya P333T PWR The following list describes the basic architecture of the G700 Media Gateway Intel 1960 controller that hosts all of the base switch control and management software Fits in a EIA 310 D standard 19 inch rack Supports 15 ports of tone detection Contains four media module slots One Avaya P330 expansion module slot One slot for the Avaya P330 Octaplane stacking fabric Can sit on a desktop or be rack mounted Contains an internal motherboard For more information see Motherboard Standard based 10 100 Ethernet Interface connection types A wall field or breakout panel is not required Internal power supply that provides low voltage DC power to the fans motherboard and media modules Four internal fans that provide cooling for the internal components A LED board that indicates system level status A serial port for command line access A VoIP engine that supports up to 64 G 711 single channel calls Eight port layer 2 switch The G700 Media Gateway has a physical design that is similar to the Avaya stackable switching products The following figure shows the G700 Media Gateway with two Avaya P330 switches The G700 is shown at the top of the stack Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 139 December 2003 Avaya G700 Media Gateway Figure 47 G700 Media Gateway with two Avaya P330 switches 0000000000 0000000000
373. s three 48 VDC batteries power the system for e 10 seconds in a PPN cabinet 326 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Power requirements e 15 seconds in an EPN cabinet e 10 minutes in the control carrier of a standard reliability system e 5 minutes in a control carrier of a high or critical reliability system e 10 minutes in the expansion control carrier in the A position of an EPN cabinet for a DEFINITY R configuration only UPS An external uninterruptible power supply UPS provides a longer backup time than holdover batteries which have holdover times that vary from less than 10 minutes to up to 8 hours The UPS can replace the batteries and battery charger The UPS connects from the AC power source to a AC power cord on the cabinet If AC power fails the UPS supplies its own AC power to the cabinet AC power distribution unit J58890CH 1 The following figure shows a typical AC power distribution unit that is used in some MCC1 cabinets The AC power distribution unit sits at the bottom of an MCC1 cabinet Figure 77 AC power distribution unit J58890CH 1 front Ring generator _ interface unit generator Rectifier modules psdfacp1 RPY 053097 Power backup There are 2 types of battery assemblies used for power backup small and large The small batteries are typically located at the center rear of a MCC1 gateway The large batteries are typically located inside the
374. s Quality of Service features including RTCP and RSVP Supports external 30A Switched Hub adapter IP Address assignment using DHCP or statically configured Infrared port to support IR dialing and other applications Downloadable firmware for future upgrades Hearing aid compatible 12 button touch tone dial pad with raised bar on the number five for the visually impaired Message waiting light LED Integrated RJ 11 headset jack for direct connection of headset Adjustable volume control for the handset speaker and ringer Eight personalized ringing options K style handset with 9 foot modular cord 14 foot modular line cord Available in black or white Optional available components 12 foot modular handset cord 25 foot modular line cord Base stand 15 degree angle Avaya headsets Amplifier handset Noisy environment handset Push to talk handset Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 265 December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones 266 Avaya 4630 IP Screenphone The Avaya 4630 Screenphone is a fully Internet capable IP appliance that supports IP standards The Avaya 4630 IP Screenphone provides a user friendly window into IP enabled applications a full suite of Communication Manager features Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP directory and INTUITY AUDIX voice mail features Up to seven telephony related applications are provided through a unique user interface developed with eas
375. s clip on microphone is designed for stand up presenters Consisting of a small transmit receive pack that clips onto your belt and collar this microphone has a 100 range and comes in two individual frequencies 3127 PMI EXTENSION MICROPHONES FOR SOUNDSTATION PREMIER Two extension microphones to enhance and expand room coverage Compatible with 3127 APE 3127 DPE and 3127 DDP Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya UPS Units Avaya Series 1 AS1 UPS Avaya UPS Units Avaya Series 1 AS1 UPS AS1 1000 VA 120 V Online Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS The 1000 VA 120 V Online UPS provides 1000 VA 490 Watts 8 3 Amps at 120 Volts AC and battery holdover of five minutes at full load Two optional Extended Battery Modules EBM24 extend the run time to 104 minutes at full load The UPS groups the six available 5 15R receptacles into two groups of three to make it possible for users to shutdown one set of loads to allow longer run times for more critical loads during a power failure Power management is included The UPS chassis can be installed in a tower or mounted in a data rack Serial interface capabilities and DEFINITY alarm contacts are standard 1000 VA 120 V models include the following accessories Extended Battery Module EBM24 e Bypass Distribution Module 1000 1500VA 120V SNMP Module Safety Compliance UL CSA NOM EMC Compliance FCC Class B VCCI Class II Input 120 Vac 45 65
376. s from a DHCP server The DHCP server also sends a list of controllers LSPs and their associated IP addresses The IP telephone then registers with the controller corresponding to the first IP address in this list When connectivity is lost between the controller and the endpoint the endpoint registers with the second IP address in the list and so on This list is administrable for telephones on the DHCP server Preservation of customer translations An automatic process copies customer translation changes made on the primary server to every LSP IA770 INTUITY AUDIX messaging IA770 INTUITY AUDIX messaging is an optional voice mail system used with an 8300 Media Server A770 requires a small circuit board that plugs directly into a connector on the media server The 1A770 s software and Communication Manager communicate over a TDM bus connection that exists between the circuit board and the media server INTUITY AUDIX uses the circuit board to e Convert messages to the code excited linear prediction CELP format e Convert text to speech e Process touch tones and FAX signals The IA770 can be a stand alone solution for one location or networked with other voice mail systems using TCP IP AMIS and Avaya Interchange Highlights of an 1A770 e Available in two sizes Four ports with up to 100 local users Eight ports with up to 300 local users e Up to 500 000 remote messaging subscribers e Up to eight networking channels e INT
377. s replaced with a TN2305 circuit pack or TN2306 circuit pack ATM PNC ATM port network connectivity ATM PNC provides an alternative to the CSS configurations for connecting the PPN to one or more EPNs ATM PNC replaces the CSS in a DEFINITY Server R network with an ATM switch or network ATM PNC is available with all three reliability options standard high and critical An ATM PNC also offers duplication ATM PNC integrates delivery of voice video and data via ATM over a converged large bandwidth network thus ATM PNC provides reduced infrastructure cost and improved network manageability ATM PNC uses standards based open interfaces that can be provisioned with either new DEFINITY Server or existing DEFINITY systems ATM CES ATM Circuit Emulation Service CES lets the switch emulate ISDN PRI trunks on an ATM facility These virtual trunks can serve as integrated access tandem or tie trunks ATM CES trunk emulation consolidates trunking to maximize port network capacities For example the CES interface can define up to 10 virtual circuits for tie line connectivity and consolidates network connectivity that typically requires multiple circuit packs into one circuit card ATM WAN Spare Processors An ATM WAN Spare Processor WSP provides a disaster recovery option for DEFINITY Server R expansion port networks that are deployed over an ATM WAN An ATM WSP acts as a PPN in the event of a catastrophic failure in the network That is a WSP fu
378. s required for the SI model to save translations to the 5 volt ATA flash memory card TN2401 TN2400 Network Packet Interface complex assembly for SI upgrades The TN2401 TN2400 network packet interface complex provides e A network control interface NETCON e A packet interface PACCON e A processor interface PI if BX 25 connectivity is not required e Eight asynchronous data channels The TN2401 TN2400 does not include modems The TN2401 TN2400 is required for the SI model to save translations to the 5 volt ATA flash memory card The TN2401 TN2400 complex and the TN2404 processor is required for the following upgrades e AGI or G3iV1 MCC1 with a TN773 Processor e An SI system with a TN786B Processor when reusing the existing control carrier cabinet e An SI system with a TN790 or 790B Processor Any R5 or R6 system will have the old control carrier backplane and will require the TN2401 TN2400 For R7 and R8 systems it is possible to have the old control carrier backplane or the new control carrier backplane The backplane type must be verified before the upgrade order is placed so that the right characteristic selection can be made If the type of carrier is not known a visual inspection of the R7 or R8 system will be required The old backplane is being used if the system has a TN794 TN2400 in the Network Control and Packet Control Slots If nothing is in the Packet Control Slot the new backplane exists TN2402 Processor 208 The T
379. s telephone Avaya TransTalk 9040 on page 279 Consoles Avaya 302D attendant console on page 274 Avaya Softconsole on page 275 246 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Optional components for DEFINITY Server CSI Optional components for DEFINITY Server CSI Media gateways CMC1 Media Gateway on page 147 Circuit packs for DEFINITY Server CSI Power circuit packs 650A AC power unit on page 174 Line circuit packs TN479 Analog Line 16 ports on page 180 TN746B Analog Line 16 ports on page 184 TN762B Hybrid Line 8 ports on page 187 TN769 Analog Line 8 ports on page 188 N791 Analog Guest Line 16 ports on page 191 N793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports on page 192 N797 Analog Trunk or Line Circuit Pack 8 ports on page 193 N2181 DCP Digital Line 2 wire 16 ports on page 197 N2183 TN2215 Analog Line for multiple countries 16 ports on page 197 N2185B ISDN BRI S T TE Interface 4 wire 8 ports on page 198 N2198B ISDN BRI U Interface 2 wire 12 ports on page 199 N2214B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports on page 201 TN2215 TN2183 Analog Line for Multiple Countries 16 ports International Offers or Offer B only for US and Canada on page 202 TN2224B DCP Digital Line 2 wire 24 ports on page 203 TN2793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports on page 210 T T T T T T T T Trunk circuit packs TN429D Incoming
380. scribes the connectors in a processor carrier Connector Function Clock Stratum 3 not a time of day clock AUX Auxiliary interface for remote maintenance Terminal active SYSAM circuit pack in the active processor carrier Terminal standby the standby processor carrier The AUX carrier provides an interface for customer alarms attendant console power emergency power transfer panels and an internal modem Connects a management terminal to the system access and maintenance The stratum 3 clock provides an interface for digital frame timing This is Used only with duplicated processors to connect a management terminal to P1 Provides a position indicator of the carrier and access to alarm and control circuits P2 Provides control signals to the carrier Expansion Control Carrier for all server models The expansion control carrier contains an EI or ATM Interface circuit pack in port slots 1 and 2 An expansion control carrier is used in a fiber optic cabling path to another cabinet or the CSS in the same cabinet The slots in an expansion control carrier may contain optional port circuit packs An expansion control carrier also contains port slots 3 to 19 and AC or DC power units The Maintenance and Tone Clock circuit packs are also shown An optional neon power unit can be in slot 18 or 19 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 167 MCC1 Media Gateway See Figure 63 Expansio
381. sfer or auto emergency transfer is controlled by Communication Manager status cabinet nn Use this to verify the current setting of emergency transfer When the emergency transfer is set to other than auto an alarm is generated Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 205 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply e Customer provided alarm device CPAD control CPAD provides a contact closure across a pair of external leads that can be used to control a customer provided alarm device or an alarm indicator The level of alarm major minor warning or none that causes a contact closure can be administered system wide When the alarm level matches the alarm level that was administered the TN2312BP IPSI closes this contact for all G650s with a carrier address set to A When the TN2312BP IPSI is in emergency transfer this contact is closed to activate the CPAD e Tone Detection Call Classification The TN2312BP IPSI provides eight ports of tone detection and call classification The TN2312AP IPSI provides the same e Tone Clock functions The TN2312BP generates tones and provides clock functions for the port network in which it is placed This functionality is eguivalent to the TN2182B Tone Clock circuit pack I O adapters The TN2312BP IPSI reguires a new adapter that provides for the alarm input CPAD and emergency transfer leads This adapter like the existing TN2312AP IPSI adapter al
382. should not exceed 5 0 To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line as determined by the total RENs contact the local telephone company REN is not required for some types of analog or digital facilities Means of Connection Connection of this equipment to the telephone network is shown in the following tables For MCC1 SCC1 CMC1 G600 and G650 Media Gateways Manufacturer s Port FIC Code SOC REN Network Identifier A S Code Jacks Off premises station OL13C 9 0F RJ2GX RJ21X RJLIC DID trunk 02RV2 T 0 0B RJ2GX RJ21X CO trunk 02GS2 0 3A RJ21X 02LS2 0 3A RJ21X Tie trunk TL31M 9 0F RJ2GX Basic Rate Interface 02IS5 6 0F 6 0Y RJ49C 1 544 digital interface 04DU9 BN 6 0F RJ48C RJ48M 04DU9 IKN 6 0F RJ48C RJ48M 04DU9 ISN 6 0F RJ48C RJ48M 120A4 channel service unit 04DU9 DN 6 0Y RJ48C For G350 and G700 Media Gateways Manufacturer s Port FIC Code SOC REN Network Identifier A S Code Jacks Ground Start CO trunk 02GS2 1 0A RJLIC DID trunk 02RV2 T AS 0 RJI1C Loop Start CO trunk 02LS2 0 5A RJLIC 1 544 digital interface 04DU9 BN 6 0Y RJ48C 04DU9 DN 6 0Y RJ48C 04DU9 IKN 6 0Y RJ48C 04DU9 ISN 6 0Y RJ48C Basic Rate Interface 021S5 6 0F RJ49C For all media gateways If the terminal eguipment for example the media server or media gateway causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary dis
383. signals to digital signals and vice versa to match the analog DID trunks to the system s digital TDM bus The TN2146 circuit pack can provide either A Law or u Law companding 196 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN2147C Central Office Trunk 8 ports The TN2147 has eight analog CO trunk ports Each port has tip and ring signal leads The TN2147 uses four 1 for each pair of ports Dual Subscriber Line Audio processing Circuits DSLACs to be administered to meet a given transmission and impedance requirement The DSLACs convert analog signals to digital signals and digital signals to analog signals to interface the analog CO trunks to the system s digital TDM bus The TN2147C provides multicountry signaling based on trunk type of either loop start ground start or battery reverse loop start TN2181 DCP Digital Line 2 wire 16 ports The TN2181 circuit pack has 16 DCP ports that can connect to 2 wire terminals such as the 6400 8400 and 9400 series digital telephones and the 302C and 302D attendant console The maximum range of the 8400 and 9400 series terminals using 24 AWG 0 5 mm wire is 3 500 feet 1067 m The TN2181 circuit pack supports either A or u Law companding The TN2181 also supports 8400 series data modules TN2182C Tone Clock Tone Detector and Call Classifier 8 ports The TN2182 tone clock integrates the tone generator to
384. sion format It is the equivalent of the North American T carrier system format 9 Wireless 10 Voice Mail System INTUITY AUDIX is shown connecting via IP Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 341 December 2003 Large businesses Large businesses Figure 86 Large business solution using the Avaya S8700 Media Server and the MCC1 Media Gateway T1 E1 PSTN an aa en RE RA RA AA AF nS LAN WAN INTUITY Voice Mail cymsmult LAO 072903 Figure notes Number Description 1 The S8700 Media Server and a MCC1 Media Gateway 2 Ethernet must be Avaya provided 3 UPS Provides power hold over when commercial power shuts down The UPS units are duplicated in this configuration one for each server 4 Modems for services access 5 Services connectivity 6 Dedicated LAN A for control data 7 Dedicated LAN B for control data 8 Port networks consisting of G650 Media Gateways 9 DCP Phones Avaya multifunction digital terminals 10 Analog connectivity such as analog phones FAX machines and trunks 342 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Large businesses Figure notes Number Description 11 T1 E1 Connectivity e The TI or T 1 carrier is the most commonly used digital line in the United States Canada and Japan e The El or E 1 carrier is a European digital transmission format It is the equivale
385. so allows the IPSI Ethernet connection to be made to the back of the IPSI slot Compatibility The TN2312BP IPSI can replace the TN2312AP IPSI in the SCC1 MCCI CMC I and G600 However the TN2312PB IPSI acts only as a tone clock for these media gateways It does not provide environmental maintenance When the TN2312BP is installed in a CMC1 or G600 media gateway with Communication Manager 2 0 cabinet environment maintenance is provided by monitoring of the AuxSig backplane lead This lead sends an alarm if a failure is detected in either the power supply or fan assembly The CMC1 and G600 are only supported in an IP connect configuration with Communication Manager 2 0 See the following table for IPSI and media gateway compatibility Environmental Media Communication Communication DEFINITY maintenance provided Gateway Manager 1 x Manager 2 0 R10 by SCC1 Yes Yes Yes TN775D MCC1 Yes Yes Yes TN775D CMC1 Yes Monitoring the AuxSig backplane lead G600 Yes Monitoring the AuxSig backplane lead G650 Yes TN2312BP IPSI 206 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply Number of IPSI circuit packs per configuration For configurations where voice bearer is over CSS or ATM each IPSI typically controls five port networks by tunneling control messages over the bearer network to PNs that do not have IPSIs An IPSI cannot be placed in e APN that has a Stratum 3 clo
386. t packs 256 Service circuit packs 257 Application circuit packs 257 Port circuit packs 257 Avaya telephones 257 IP telephones 257 Digital telephones 258 Soundstation speakerphones 258 Analog phones 258 Avaya Explosive Atmosphere telephones 258 Wireless 258 Consoles 258 Telephones and speakerphones 259 e Avaya telephones 259 Avaya IP telephones 259 Avaya 4602 IP telephone 259 Avaya 4602SW IP telephone 260 Avaya 4606 IP telephone 260 Avaya 4610SW IP telephone 261 Avaya 4612 IP telephone 262 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 17 December 2003 Contents Avaya 4620 IP telephone 263 Avaya 4620SW IP telephone 264 Avaya 4624 IP telephone 264 Avaya 4630 IP Screenphone 266 Avaya 4630SW IP telephone 267 Avaya digital telephones 267 Avaya 2402 Digital Telephone 267 Avaya 2420 digital telephone 268 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones 268 Avaya 6408D digital telephone 269 Avaya 6416D M digital telephone 270 Avaya 6424D M digital telephone 271 Avaya Callmaster IV 603F digital telephone 272 Avaya Callmaster V 607A digital telephone 273 Avaya Callmaster VI 606A digital telephone 273 Avaya attendant consoles 274 Avaya 302D attendant console 274 Avaya Softconsole 275 Avaya analog telephones 276 Avaya 2500 and 2554 analog terminals 276 Avaya 6211 Analog Telephone 277 Avaya 6219 analog telephone 278 Avaya 2520B Explosive Atmosphere telephone 279 Avaya wireless telephones 279 Avaya TransTalk 9040 279 e Power for Avaya IP
387. t stand when the 100A Analog Interface module not in stand e Desk or wall mountable If 100A Analog Interface Module is connected the telephone can not be wall mounted e Available in dark gray and white e Meets Class B requirements for use in residential location The Avaya 6424D M telephone is powered from the system it is connected to Adjunct station or closet power is necessary only when connecting an XM24 expansion module or the 100A Analog Interface Module If both modules are connected to the 6424D M only one power supply is necessary The 6424D M will continue to work if the auxiliary power is interrupted but the modules will not work Avaya Callmaster IV 603F digital telephone The Avaya Callmaster IV is engineered to support applications involving the Automatic Call Distribution ACD feature The ergonomic design of the Avaya Callmaster IV enables agents to handle large volumes of calls more quickly and efficiently VuStats a display of agent and call center statistics on the Avaya Callmaster IV provides agents with real time information The Avaya Callmaster IV will work in either a 4 wire or 2 wire environment The Avaya Callmaster IV can automatically detect whether it is plugged into a 2 wire or 4 wire circuit This detection provides for an easy transition to either the 2 wire or 4 wire environment as well as reduced wiring expenses and installation change adjustments The Avaya Callmaster IV includes as standard a b
388. t the fan voltage is above 14 to 15VDC Fan Alarm Detection of a blocked or failed fan Ring Status OK overload shorted or failed Ring Control Active standby disabled off shorted or failed Ringer Setting 20Hz 25Hz or other Ring Detection Reports if the power supply detects ring on the backplane ring leads Input Power Indicates the type of power present and in use AC or DC e External device alarm detection The external device alarm detection uses two external leads External devices such as an uninterruptible power supply UPS or voice messaging system can use these leads to generate alarms using the Avaya Communication Manager alarm reporting capability Ground potential on either of these leads results in an alarm being generated You can administer the alarm level major minor or warning product ID alternate name and alarm description for each lead Emergency transfer control Emergency transfer control provides 48VDC to operate an external emergency transfer panel The Communication Manager controls the state of the emergency transfer Note that in the past hardware boards or alarm panels provided a 3 position physical switch to control emergency transfer You can use the following Communication Manager SAT commands for emergency transfer set emergency transfer onlofflauto Use this to set emergency transfer to on not in emergency transfer off in emergency tran
389. tal Trunk TN2301 Logic Switch TN2302AP IP Media Processor TN2305B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for multimode fiber TN2306B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for single mode fiber TN2308 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk 8 ports TN2312BP IP Server Interface I O adapters Compatibility Number of IPSI circuit packs per configuration TN2313AP DS1 Interface 24 channels TN2314 S8100 Media Server TN2401 Network Control Packet Interface for SI TN2401 TN2400 Network Packet Interface complex assembly for SI upgrades 195 196 196 196 196 196 197 197 197 197 198 198 199 199 200 200 200 201 201 202 203 203 203 203 204 204 204 204 206 206 207 207 207 208 208 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 TN2402 Processor TN2404 Processor TN2464BP DS1 Interface with Echo Cancellation T1 E1 TN2501AP Voice Announcements over LAN VAL TN2793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports TNCCSC 1 PRI to DASS Converter TNCCSC 2 PRI to DPNSS Converter TNCCSC 3 PRI to DPNSS Converter TN C7 PRI to SS7 Converter TN CIN Voice FAX and Data Multiplexer UN330B Duplication Interface UN331C Processor UN332C Mass Storage Network Control for R Media modules e MM312 DCP media module e MM314 LAN media module e MM340 E1 T1 media module e MM342 USP WAN media module e MM710 T1 E1 media module Echo cancellation CSU function Loopback BERT functions E1 impedance Bantam jacks L
390. tended battery backup In DEFINITY R configurations the power distribution cables are on the right side of the cabinet only because that is where the 649A DC power converter circuit pack is located Switch node SN carriers require two 649 DC power converters and two cables Figure 82 DC power distribution in MCC1s Control YUI carrier Ti 649A DC power converter AK circuit pack Power distribution unit 649A DC power converter circuit pack Large battery cabinets Circuit breaker a Switch node carrier gt Iedfpdu2 LJK 110797 DC power converter 649A The 649A converts the 48 VDC from the power distribution unit to outputs of 48 VDC at 10 A 5 VDC at 60 A and 5 VDC at 6 A These outputs distribute power to circuit pack slots in the carriers Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 331 Power requirements AC and DC grounding Approved grounds An approved ground is the closest acceptable medium for grounding the building entrance protector or the entrance cable shield or for a single point ground of the system If more than one type of approved ground is available on the premises bond the grounds together Follow the instructions in Section 250 81 of the National Electrical Code
391. terface 193 TN801 LAN Gateway interface 194 TN801 MAPD LAN Gateway Interface 194 TN801B MAPD LAN Gateway Interface 177 TN802B MAPD IP Interface Assembly 194 TN C7 ISDN PRI to SS7 Converter 211 TNCCSC 1 ISDN PRI to DASS Converter 211 TNCCSC 2 ISDN PRI to DPNSS Converter 211 TNCCSC 3 ISDN PRI to DPNSS Converter 211 TN CIN Voice Fax Data Multiplexer 211 TRK port 125 trunks H 323 103 115 U UN330B duplication 212 UN330B Duplication Interface for DEFINITY R 212 UN331C Processor for DEFINITY R 212 UN332C Mass Storage Network Control for DEFINITY R 213 UPS 325 327 UPS for S8700 Multi Connect 73 USB Modem for S8700 Multi Connect 73 USB port 125 V VoIP Media Module MM760 50 W WAN 1 port 125 WP 1217A Power Supply 173 WP 91153 AC power 333 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 353 December 2003 Index 354 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003
392. teway Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server R Server applications send data to the switch and the telnet server supports 80 kbps data throughput Current application screen interactions and current simultaneous session limits on the switch are also supported The telnet server satisfies all current terminal emulation modes for example 51x 4410 4425 vt220 hp262x and pctt Access security for system management applications over TCP IP is provided by the existing Access Security Gateway ASG feature Through either a local or a remote node or port users can specify the remote client IP address and port number from which the switch can accept service requests ASG must be enabled on the system parameters customer options form ASG must also be enabled for at least one customer login The user can administer a timeout period that ranges from 5 to 999 minutes but there is currently no provision for data encryption over the LAN Center stage switch A Center stage switch CSS is optional for three PNs or less in the DEFINITY Server R The CSS is the central interface between the PPN and the EPNs The CSS consists of one two or three switch nodes SN One SN can expand the system from EPN to up to 15 EPNs Two SNs can expand the system to up to 29 EPNs Three SNs can expand the system to up to 43 EPNs NOTE The number of EPNs that can be connected with two or three SNs might be less than the nu
393. that integrates tone generation tone detection call classification system clocking and synchronization The tone generation function puts tones on time slots of the TDM bus e A Robotics 839 Sportster modem can be ordered separately e The S8100 Media Server has the following characteristics TN2314 Processor circuit pack Windows 2000 operating system Occupies two slots in either the CMC1 Media Gateway or the G600 Media Gateway Intel Pentium III 500 MHz and Motorola processors 256 MB of synchronous dynamic RAM SDRAM An Ethernet RJ45 jack on the faceplate for a services interface to facilitate switch installation and maintenance An RS232 port for an external modem for INADS access during the warranty period and when a maintenance contract is purchased A 20 GB hard disk drive Virtual ports for INTUITY AUDIX and system announcements Connectors for an optional customer provided keyboard monitor and mouse e A G600 Media Gateway has the following characteristics The ability to connect up to three G600 Media Gateways together in one location Seven universal slots for circuit packs in the first G600 Media Gateway Ten universal slots for circuit packs in the second and third G600 Media Gateways A choice of floor mounting or rack mounting A weight of 40 pounds to 50 pounds metric 18 to 22 5 kilograms Dimensions of 12 x 19 x 22 inches 30 x 48 x 55 centimeters Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager Decembe
394. ti Connect In this configuration the bearer paths and control paths are separate The control information for port networks travels over either a dedicated through the Ethernet switch private LAN or non dedicated over customer LAN control network and terminates on the S8700 Media Server at one end and an IPSI circuit pack on the other S8700 Media Server control complex The S8700 Media Server configuration uses the following components and software e Two media servers e An IP Server Interface IPSI circuit pack TN2312BP e An Avaya Ethernet Switch P133 or P134 or P333 or P334 or customer Ethernet switch e An Avaya 700VA 1500VA online UPS e An Abstract Control Model ACM compliant Universal Serial Bus USB modem Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway e Avaya media gateways e Avaya Communication Manager For information about Avaya Communication Manager see the Overview for Avaya Communication Manager 555 233 767 The following sections describe each of the main components S8700 Media Server Characteristics of the S8700 Media Server e 10 100 Ethernet ports to support IPSI network control links services access duplication administration and alarming e An IDE hard disk e An IDE CD ROM e Support for global power ranging from 100V to 250V e Storage media for the operating system customer translations and maintenance software e
395. tion consists of the following e Two S8700 Media Servers e Two IPSI circuit packs in each IPSI connected port network e Two Ethernet switches e Two UPS units See Figure 26 High reliability when sending voice bearer over IP on page 82 for an example of a high reliability configuration when sending voice bearer over IP Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 81 December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Figure 26 High reliability when sending voice bearer over IP 4 ole Sm rt ews en Kn cyms0001 LAO 081203 Figure notes Number Description of Connection 1 amp 2 S8700 Media Server pair One in a active mode and the other on standby 3 Duplication Links The Ethernet connection default Ethernet 2 and the fiber link 4 A dedicated Ethernet connection to a laptop This connection is active only during on site administration or maintenance and the services interface can link to the standby server through a telnet session Connection from the servers to the Ethernet switch Ethernet Switch A device that provides port multiplication on a LAN by creating more than one network segment In an IP Connect environment the Ethernet switch should support 802 1 ip Q VLAN and 10 100 Mbps 7 Two UPS units Port Network An optional configuration of Media Gateways that provides increased port capacity 9 IPSI A circuit pack that transports c
396. tions include ISDN PRI testing that originates and terminates loopback tests on ISDN facilities The testing provides bit and block error rate information indicating ISDN facility quality The TN771DP circuit pack can be updated using the firmware download feature which requires use of the TN799 C LAN circuit pack interface A TN771DP circuit pack is required e Any CSI system that is using a TN2198 BRI circuit pack Otherwise a TN771DP circuit pack is not required e An SI system PPN that is equipped with packet endpoints ISDN BRI lines or trunks ISDN PRI trunks IP trunks IP stations ATM CES and ASAD or is a critical reliability or fully duplicated system A critical reliability system with packet endpoints requires a TN771DP circuit pack in each EPN Otherwise a TN771DP circuit pack is not required e All R system PPNs A critical reliability R system requires a TN771DP circuit pack in each EPN An R system with ATM network duplication requires a TN771DP circuit pack in each PPN and EPN e All CSI models when using a TN2198 BRI circuit pack A maximum of one TN771DP circuit pack is allowed in any port network A TN771DP circuit pack is never used with the 8100 Media Server N775C Maintenance The TN775C circuit pack is used in maintenance to monitor power failure signals in an EPN cabinet The TN775C circuit pack also monitors the clock monitors and controls the power supplies and battery charger and monitors air flow an
397. tivity is available in both Voice over IP configuration road warrior and dual connection telecommuter for toll quality audio The following are characteristics of the Avaya Softconsole Busy Lamp Fields BLF directory and display windows may all be on the same screen and the same time e Flexible screen arrangement for the attendant that is saved from session to session e Application window scales intelligently from a minimum useful size to full screen Useful information is added to the display as the attendant increases the window size e On request line status such as on and off hook displayed for the selected entry in the directory window e Queue status display e Feature buttons offered as tools in multiple tool bars with pop up full word tool tip displays for each e 32 bit Application e Maximum of 100 directories e Ability to generate e mail to users at the click of a tool bar button or keyboard command e Step by step wizard for both installation and initial administration with help and warning text presented with each step e Targeted to reduce service call volumes for installation assistance MasterDirectory Data Manager MasterDirectory Data Manager is included as part of Avaya Softconsole It is a database application that is specifically designed for directory data management It serves as an information management toolimporting and consolidating directory information from voice and data systems and exporting
398. tors for the OC 3 STM 1 interfaces to the ATM switches reside on the faceplates of the TN2305 or the TN2306 circuit packs 168 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 MCC1 Media Gateway Port carrier for DEFINITY Server SI or R S8700 Media Server or S8500 Media Server A port carrier contains the following slots e Port slot locations 1 to 20 for the port circuit packs Slot 1 might contain a Tone Clock circuit pack when the port carrier is in the B position of an EPN cabinet in a critical reliability system Slot 2 contains an optional EI or ATM Interface circuit pack for a critical reliability system e A power unit service slot in which a power unit circuit pack or service circuit pack can be installe d e AC or DC power units reside at each end of the carrier See Figure 64 Port carrier front on page 169 for an example of a port carrier Figure 64 Port carrier front Z100A1 blanks or 631DA1 Bf A S O o Z 631DB1 or 649A DOO N onaz iia E E E E E E vonz The following table describes the connectors in the processor carrier Connector Function 1 to 20 25 pair connectors that provide interfaces between port circuit packs and the cross connect fie
399. tribution unit J58890CG The J58890CG is used with SCC Is Individual DC output connectors can power up to four SCC1s Each output connector is separately fused at 25 A The fuses are inside the unit the DC power distribution unit The input for the DC distribution unit is from the DC power cabinet The J58890CG DC power distribution unit is required when the distance between the DC power cabinet and the cabinet stack is greater than 30 feet 9 m Enhanced DC rectifier cabinet J58890R The J58890R enhanced DC rectifier cabinet is used with SCC1s Each rectifier assembly in the DC rectifier cabinet can supply up to 50 A of DC current You can install a minimum of two rectifiers install in each DC cabinet to supply a total of 100 A A third rectifier assembly is used as a backup only Each SCC1 can draw up to 15 A Up to three DC cabinets can be stacked to supply power to single carrier cabinets stacks Each output connector is separately fused at 25 A The fuses are inside each DC rectifier assembly NOTE A J58890CG DC power distribution unit is required if the distance between the DC cabinet and the cabinet stack is greater than 30 feet 9 m CMC1 AC power supply 650A In the CMC1 a power cord with a 3 prong plug on one end and an appliance connector on the other end that connects the supply to a dedicated AC power source The power supply is a global power factor corrected AC DC converter that provides multiple DC outputs and AC r
400. ts 180 TN497 Tie Trunk for Italy TGU TGE and TGI 4 ports 180 TN553 Packet Data Line 181 TN556D ISDN BRI 4 Wire Interface 12 ports 181 TN568 DEFINITY AUDIX 4 0 Voice Mail System 181 TN570D Expansion Interface 182 TN572 Switch Node Clock for DEFINITY R 182 TN573 B SNI 170 TN573B Switch Node Interface 182 TN577 Packet Gateway PGATE 182 TN725B Speech Synthesizer for United States English 183 TN726B Data Line 8 ports 183 TN735 MET Line 4 ports 183 TN744E Call Classifier Tone Detector for Multiple Coun tries 8 ports 130 184 TN746B Analog Line 16 ports 184 TN747B CO Trunk 8 ports 185 TN750C Recorded Announcement 16 channels 185 TN753B DID Trunk 8 ports 186 TN755B Neon Power Unit 186 TN758 Pooled Modem 187 TN760E Tie Trunk 4 wire 4 ports 187 TN762B Hybrid Line 8 ports 187 TN763D Auxiliary Trunk 4 ports 187 TN767E DS1 Interface T1 24 channel 187 TN769 Analog Line 8 ports 188 TN771DP Maintenance Test 189 TN771DP maintenance test board with firmware download 189 TN775C Maintenance board 189 Index TN780 Tone Clock 190 TN787K Multimedia Interface 190 TN788C Multimedia Voice Conditioner 190 TN789B Radio Controller 191 TN791 Analog Guest Line 16 ports 191 TN792 Duplication Interface for TN2404 Processor for DEFINITY SI 192 TN793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports 192 TN797 US Analog Trunk or Line Circuit Pack 8 ports 193 TN799 B C CLAN in
401. turn to normal operation you may therefore want to schedule the return to normal operation for a time when it will be least disruptive NOTE ATM WSPs cannot be used for critical reliability switches It also cannot be used with a conventional CSS Reliability Duplication is a strategy to create fully redundant systems that are highly reliable Duplication minimizes single failure points that can interrupt call processing Four options are available for system reliability and duplication e Standard reliability does not duplicate the tone clocks the control carrier or any inter PN connectivity e High reliability duplicates the hardware that is associated with the SPE The Control Carrier is duplicated which provides duplicate SPEs and tone clocks Inter PN connectivity and EPN tone clocks are not duplicated The strategy is to duplicate items that are associated with the SPE so that a single fault will not cause the loss of the SPE e Critical reliability requires the full duplication of the SPE inter PN connectivity and the tone clocks e ATM Network Duplication requires full duplication of the inter PN connectivity and the tone clocks As duplication increases the maximum number of port carriers and port circuit packs per cabinet decreases 120 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 DEFINITY Server R BHCC The following table shows busy hour call completion BHCC capacities
402. ug end Output Six 5 15 R receptacles in two load segments sine wave voltage 3 of nominal Battery Two 12V 9 A H sealed lead acid maintenance free Dimensions H x W x D 89 mm x 432 mm x 494 mm 3 5 x 17 x 19 4 Weight 15 kg 34 pounds AS1 1500VA 120V Online UPS The AS1 1500 VA 120 V Online UPS provides 1500 VA 1050 Watts 12 5 Amps at 120 Volts AC and battery holdover of eight minutes at full load Four optional Extended Battery Modules EBM48 extend the run time to 144 minutes at full load By grouping the six available 5 15 R receptacles into two groups of three the UPS allows users to shutdown one set of loads to allow longer run times for more critical loads during a power failure Power management software is included The UPS can be installed as a tower or mounted in a data rack Serial interface capabilities and DEFINITY alarm contacts are standard The AS1 1500 VA model includes the following accessories Extended Battery Module EBM48 e Bypass Distribution Module AS1 1000 1500 VA 120 V e SNMP Module Safety Compliance UL CSA NOM EMC Compliance FCC Class B VCCI Class II Input 120 Vac 45 65Hz auto sensing user selectable 110 127 VAC 6 foot attached cord with 5 15P Output Six 5 15 R receptacles in two load segments sine wave voltage 3 of nominal Battery Four 12V 9 A H sealed lead acid maintenance free Dimensions H x W x D 89 mm x 432 mm x 494 mm 3 5 x 17 x 19 4 W
403. uilt in Recorder Interface Module RIM that supports both 2 wire and 4 wire connections to agent recording equipment The Avaya Callmaster IV meets FCC and CISPR Class B requirements allowing the telephone to be used in home office environments with a DEFINITY Extender The following are characteristics of the Avaya Callmaster IV e Six rubber domed administrable call appearance or flexible feature buttons e 15 rubber domed administrable flexible feature buttons e Eight fixed feature buttons such as the conference button the transfer button the drop button the hold button the mute button the volume button the release button and the login button e 80 character alphanumeric LCD display e 12 button touch tone dial pad with raised bar on the number five for the visually impaired e Message waiting light LED Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones e Recorder interface module e Adjunct jack for speakerphone e Dual headset jacks e Eight personalized ringing options e Receiver and ringer volume control e Stand for desk e International portability e Amplifier handset Avaya Callmaster V 607A digital telephone The Avaya Callmaster V has been specially designed to support applications involving the ACD feature The ergonomic design of the Avaya Callmaster V enables agents to handle large volumes of calls more quickly and efficiently VuStats display of a
404. up to six redail buttons on the display Avaya Call Processing label editing Speed Dial entry editing FU24 label button editing User screen options Local call log and speed dial productivity applications WML browser capability Full duplex speakerphone with echo cancellation 10 100Base T Ethernet network connection with RJ 45 interface Integrated Ethernet switch for optional PC connection Supports G 711 G729A and G 729B audio voice coders H 323 V2 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 263 December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones 264 IP address assignment using DHCP or statically configured Infrared port to support IR dialing and other applications Downloadable firmware for future upgrades 24 call appearance or feature buttons with downloadable labels Integrated Ethernet switch Adjustable desk stand Function key expansion unit jack to support optional 24 button feature expansion unit EU24 Global Icons Hearing aid compatible A 12 button touch tone dial pad with raised bar on the button labeled five for the visually impaired A message waiting light LED Adjustable volume control Supports CTI applications from the Avaya Softphone and is CTI ready for other applications Supports power over Ethernet Supports Quality of Service features including RTCP and RSVP FCC and CISPR Class B Can display network audio quality information during calls Native support that will give the custom
405. v txd O HA oo rower sre cedfiin KLC 032502 TTTT 11 NNNN 5 5 7 25 5 8 8 7377 P P 5100 2 A P Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 155 December 2003 SCC1 Media Gateway The following table describes the connectors of the expansion control cabinet Connector Function 1 Al Provides a fiber optic cable interface to an expansion interface EI circuit pack in slot Ilora copper cable interface for a DS1 Converter 2 to 17 A2 to A17 25 pair connectors that provide interface between the port circuit packs and the cross connect field or a fiber transceiver AUX auxiliary Provides interfaces for customer alarms attendant console power and emergency power transfer panels TERM terminal Connects an administration terminal to the maintenance circuit pack and used for the DEFINITY Server SI and DEFINITY Server R This is not used for the 8700 Media Server or the S8500 Media Server 1 In systems that use ATM PNC the fiber connectors for the OC 3 STM 1 interfaces to the ATM switches reside on the faceplates of the TN2305 circuit pack or the TN2306 circuit pack Port cabinet for a DEFINITY Server SI DEFINITY Server R S8700 Media Server or S8500 Media Server Port cabinets reside in the PN and in e
406. vaya Callmaster V 607A digital telephone on page 273 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6402 and 6402D digital telephones on page 268 Avaya 6408D digital telephone on page 269 Avaya 6416D M digital telephone on page 270 Avaya 6424D M digital telephone on page 271 SoundStation speakerphones 3127 SoundPoint Speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation speakerphone on page 283 3127 SoundStation Premier audioconferencing speakerphone on page 285 Analog telephones Avaya 2500 and 2554 analog terminals on page 276 Avaya 6211 Analog Telephone on page 277 Avaya 6219 analog telephone on page 278 Avaya Explosive Atmosphere telephone Avaya 2520B Explosive Atmosphere telephone on page 279 Wireless telephone Avaya TransTalk 9040 on page 279 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 241 December 2003 Optional components for an S8700 Media Server in an IP Connect configuration Consoles Avaya 302D attendant console on page 274 Avaya Softconsole on page 275 242 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Optional components S8700 Voice Bearer Over CSS or ATM Optional components S8700 Voice Bearer Over CSS or ATM Media gateways Avaya G650 Media Gateway on page 131 Avaya G350 Media Gateway on page 123 Avaya G700 Media Gateway on page 139 SCC1 Media Gateway on page 150 MCCI1 Media Gateway on page 159 C
407. vaya S8300 Media Server and an Avaya G700 Media Gateway The following figure shows an MM710 media module Figure 6 MM710 T1 E1 media module ALM O SO El SM EM SI EO S ee O O O O oma A SIG O bo a E1 T1 EIA 530A DCE mmdc710 KLC 020402 For more information see MM710 T1 E1 media module MM711 Analog media module An MM711 provides analog trunk and telephone features and functionality Up to four 8 port M711 media modules can reside in one G700 Media Gateway An administrator can assign each analog port of an MM711 as follows e Central Office trunk either loop or ground start e Direct Inward Dialing DID trunks either wink or immediate start e 2 wire outgoing CAMA E911 trunks with MF signaling for connectivity to the PSTN e Tip ring devices such as single line telephones with or without LED message waiting indication The MM711 also supports e Three ringer loads ringer equivalency number for up to 2000 feet for all eight ports e Up to eight simultaneously ringing ports NOTE The media gateway achieves this number of ports by staggering the ringing and pauses between two sets of up to four ports e Type l and 2 Caller ID e Ring voltage generation for a variety of international frequencies and cadences The following figure shows an MM711 media module Figure 7 MM711 Analog media module ALM O TST O ACT O wy mmdc711 K
408. ver IP only The CMC1 Media Gateway can be mounted on a wall or on the floor and uses an AC only power supply The control carrier contains two control slots one for a processor not used and the other for the IPSI TN2312BP Slots 3 to 10 can contain optional port circuit packs and service circuit packs See Figure 23 CMC1 Media Gateway on page 78 for an example of the CMC1 Media Gateway Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 77 December 2003 Avaya S8700 Media Server with an Avaya G650 Media Gateway Figure 23 CMC1 Media Gateway scdflef2 LJK 083100 For more information on the CMC1 Media Gateway see CMC Media Gateway on page 147 G600 Media Gateway voice bearer over IP only A G600 Media Gateway has the following characteristics e 19 inches wide 13 inches high and 21 inches deep e 10 universal slots and one power supply slot e AC powered only There are no internal batteries and internal DC power is not an option However external DC powering or a UPS is supported e Its circuit packs are inserted and removed from the front of the cabinet e Cabinet I O is through the back and through a front cable pass through slot on the right A PN has the following characteristics e Contains up to 4 G600 Media Gateways The first G600 is designated A Optional second third and fourth G600s are designated B C and D respectively Must
409. ver R administration These carriers do not contain port circuit packs Two J58890AP carriers are in the PN for high and critical reliability duplicate processor systems Port Carrier optional Contains the port service PN or DEFINITY Server SI and Tone Clock and EI circuit packs EPN DEFINITY Server R Expansion control carrier Contains extra port Tone EPN DEFINITY Server R Clock maintenance interface and EI circuit packs DEFINITY Server SI S8700 Media Server and S8500 Media Server Switch node carrier Contains the SNI circuit packs EPN or DEFINITY Server R and that make up the CSS PPN S8700 Media Server Duplicated control carrier optional Contains the PN DEFINITY Server SI duplicate processor circuit packs to perform call processing maintenance and administration identical to that of the control carrier This carrier can also contain port circuit packs Control carrier for DEFINITY Server SI The control carrier is used for a DEFINITY Server SI This carrier is not used for an S8700 Media Server or an S8500 Media Server See Figure 61 Control carrier front on page 165 for an example of a control carrier 164 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 MCC1 Media Gateway Figure 61 Control carrier front
410. when the link to the main processor fails or is severed or when the processor or Center Stage Switch CSS fails The TN2301 Survivable Remote Switch SRS circuit pack connects the EPN links fiber or T1 E1 to the appropriate PPN for call processing It does this under control of the TN775C Maintenance circuit pack which monitors the health of the expansion interface TN570B The TN2301 logic switch circuit pack is not used in an ATM PNC TN2302AP IP Media Processor The TN2302AP provides VoIP audio access to the switch for local stations and for outside trunks The TN2302AP can perform echo cancellation silence suppression FAX relay service and DTMF detection The TN2302AP is the H 323 audio platform includes a 10 100 BaseT Ethernet interface supports the T 30 and T 38 standards for FAX transmission and is firmware downloadable The TN2302AP provides audio processing for between 32 and 64 voice channels depending on the CODECs in use The TN2302AP supports hairpin connections and shuffling of calls between TDM connections and IP to IP direct connections Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 203 December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply TN2305B ATM CES Trunk Port Network Interface for multimode fiber The TN2305 provides an ATM based replacement for the TN570D Expansion Interface The interface uses OC 3c or STM 1 155 Mbps multimode fiber The TN2305 supports both trunk and port network connectivity
411. ws access by way of the dialpad to 12 Communication Manager features that do not require indicators Volume up or down buttons for handset speaker and ringer Electronically stored part ID and serial number for use with Automatic Customer Telephone Rearrangement 9 foot phone cord and 14 foot gray modular line cord Stand included Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 267 December 2003 Telephones and speakerphones Avaya telephones Avaya 2420 digital telephone The Avaya 2420 is a 2 wire digital telephone The display of the Avaya 2420 consists of a monochrome liquid crystal display LCD which is 29 characters wide by 7 lines tall Display characters are defined by a 5 column by 8 row matrix of dots which is used to support 5 x 7 dot European or Katakana characters The following are characteristics of the Avaya 2420 telephone 7 line x 29 character LCD Handset and 12 button dialpad Adjustable viewing angle Wall mountable Eight general purpose buttons to access up to 24 system call appearance or features Downloaded call appearance or feature button labels Four local softkey feature buttons Exit previous and next buttons for display navigation Highly visible message waiting indicator Message button for expedited access to voice mail Conference transfer drop hold and redial buttons Headset jack that is separate from the handset jack Built in speakerphone with group listen operation Speaker headset
412. x optical cable connects the TN792 circuit packs This cable eliminates the additional electromagnetic emissions that would otherwise result from the doubled data rate on the bus The optical cable interface to the new DUPINT is on the front faceplate of the circuit pack The TN792 circuit pack is compatible with existing duplication cables TN793B Analog Line with Caller ID 24 ports The TN793B is a dual coded analog line 24 port circuit pack that supports Caller ID telephones and Caller ID devices Each port supports one telephone such as 500 rotary dial and 2500 telephones DTMF dial Use TN793B Vintage 1 or greater The TN793B supports on premises in building wiring with either touch tone or rotary dialing and with or without the LED and neon Message Waiting Indicators The TN793B circuit pack supports off premises wiring with either DTMF or rotary dialing but LED or neon message waiting indicators are not supported off premises The TN793B circuit pack along with a TN755B neon power circuit pack supports on premise telephones that are equipped with neon message waiting indicators The TN793B supports three ringer loads only one telephone can have an LED or neon message waiting indicator The TN793B circuit pack allows a maximum of 12 simultaneous ports ringing four on ports through 8 four on ports 9 through 16 and four on ports 17 through 24 The TN793B circuit pack supports A and yu law companding and administrable timers
413. xpansion PNs A port cabinet contains ports and an interface to an expansion control cabinet A port cabinet has optional port circuit packs in port slots 1 to 18 In a critical reliability system these can include a Tone Clock circuit pack in slot 1 and an expansion interface circuit packs in slots 2 and 3 A neon power unit can be installed in slots 17 and 18 An AC or DC power supply resides in the right side of each cabinet The following figure shows an example of a port cabinet 156 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 SCC1 Media Gateway Figure 57 Port cabinet g 000 o o o o o o o o o ccdf11h KLC 032502 SNANUZA Em onaZzof vpn Z a itd oo The following table describes the connectors to the port cabinet Connector Function 2 to 3 B2 to B3 1 to 18 B1 to B18 An Expansion Interface port that provides an interface for a fiber optic cable that runs either to an Expansion Interface circuit pack in another PN or a Switch Node Interface circuit pack in a center stage switch For an ATM configuration these slots contain an ATM interface circuit pack and a fiber optic cable connects to an ATM data switch 25 pair connectors that provid
414. y financial assets or toll facility access Eavesdropping privacy invasions to humans Mischief troubling but apparently innocuous tampering e Harm such as harmful tampering data loss or alteration regardless of motive or intent Be aware that there may be a risk of unauthorized intrusions associated with your system and or its networked equipment Also realize that if such an intrusion should occur it could result in a variety of losses to your company including but not limited to human data privacy intellectual property material assets financial resources labor costs and or legal costs Responsibility for Your Company s Telecommunications Security The final responsibility for securing both this system and its networked equipment rests with you Avaya s customer system administrator your telecommunications peers and your managers Base the fulfillment of your responsibility on acquired knowledge and resources from a variety of sources including but not limited to e Installation documents e System administration documents e Security documents e Hardware software based security tools e Shared information between you and your peers e Telecommunications security experts To prevent intrusions to your telecommunications equipment you and your peers should carefully program and configure e Your Avaya provided telecommunications systems and their interfaces e Your Avaya provided software applications as well as their
415. y Module EBM24 1000 VA The Extended Battery Module EBM24 supports the 1000 VA Online UPS with a 24v battery string to extend the run time see table for run times The EBM chassis is suitable for tower and rack mounted installations in a compact 2U height No other battery module or cabinet is compatible with the 1000 VA Online UPS Maximum Up to two Extended Battery Module EBM24 per 1000VA Online UPS Safety Compliance UL CSA NOM EMC Compliance FCC Class B VCCI Class II Dimensions H x W x D 89 mm x 432 mm x 494 mm 3 5 x 17 x 19 4 Weight 29 5 kg 65 pounds UPS Extended Battery Module EBM48 1500 2000 VA The UPS Extended Battery Module EBM48 supports the 1500 VA and 2000 VA online UPS with a 48v battery string to extend the run time up to 144 minutes at full load The EBM chassis is suitable for tower and rack mounted installations in a compact 2U height Maximum Up to four Extended Battery Module EBM48 per 1500 or 2000 VA Online UPS Safety Compliance UL CSA NOM EMC Compliance FCC Part 15 Class B and VCCI Class II Dimensions H x W x D 89 mm x 432 mm x 494 mm 3 5 x 17 x 19 4 Weight 29kg 65 pounds SNMP MODULE 1000 2000 VA The SNMP module is included in the 1000 VA package adding direct control and monitoring capabilities in SNMP based networks The module is hot swappable with the standard serial interface module Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager 289 December 2003
416. y of the standby processor Standby memory writes are not sent to the active processor UN331C Processor 212 The UN331C processor circuit pack is used in the DEFINITY R configurations only The UN331C controls the system and executes stored programs that perform call processing activity and maintenance The UN331C is a RISC that is designed around a MIPS R3000A CPU that operates at 33 MHz It employs 32 bit address and data buses to obtain and execute instructions at a rate approaching one instruction per clock cycle The 256 Kbyte instruction cache with burst mode refill and 256 Kbyte data cache are key to the performance of the processor A read and write buffer chip tailors the UN331C to the call processing environment Peripheral devices residing on the UN331C are positioned outside the CPU cache structure and interface to the CPU through the read write buffers These peripherals include e 512 Kbytes of ROM for the monitor e Counters and timers e UARTs e Control status and error registers e Logic for bus arbitration and the Bus Time Out feature The UN331C interfaces to the 32 bit multiplexed address data processor bus PM Bus and the 32 bit processor expansion bus PX Bus The PM Bus is for all processor write operations and single word 4 byte read operations Multiple word or burst reads are performed using the PM Bus to transfer the address to main memory The words of the burst are then returned using both the PM Bus and PX
417. y ringing only to carrier D If the ring generation in both of a carrier s power supplies fail no other power supply provides ringing for the carrier 176 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Circuit packs and power supplies 655A power supply 676C DC power supply A 48 VDC source supplies power to the DC power supply at up to 25 A The 676C power supply for the SCC1 Media Gateway produces DC outputs of 5 5 48 and 12 VDC The DC outputs are distributed across the cabinet s backplane to each circuit pack s slot The output value and frequency of the AC ringing voltage depend on the country of use The power supply has circuit breakers and electromagnetic interference EMI filtering 982LS current limiter The 982LS current limiter connects behind the Processor circuit pack s slot only in the processor port network PPN of a DEFINITY SI system The 982LS provides current limited accessory 48 VDC emergency transfer logic current limited 5 VDC to trip main circuit breaker if high temperature is detected and duplicated 48 VDC to fans in the PPN cabinet CFY1B current limiter The CFY1B current limiter is used only in the DEFINITY R system only The CFY1B circuit pack supports the PPN and the MCC1 and SCC1 Media Gateway EPNs The CFY1B current limiter connects behind the Maintenance circuit pack s slot and provides current limited accessory 48 VDC emergency transfer logic current limited 5
418. you to monitor the network traffic you need Ports which are members in a Link Aggregation Group LAG can also be used as Port Mirroring Destination or Source ports SMON The Avaya P330 supports Avaya s ground breaking SMON Switched Network Monitoring which the IETF has now adopted as a standard RFC2613 SMON provides an unprecedented top down monitoring of switched network traffic at the following levels e Enterprise Monitoring e Device Monitoring e VLAN Monitoring e Port level Monitoring This top down approach gives you rapid troubleshooting and performance trending to keep the network running optimally NOTE Cajun View is required to run SMON monitoring You need to purchase one SMON License per Avaya P330 Stack 296 Hardware Guide for Avaya Communication Manager December 2003 Avaya P133 and P134 Ethernet Switches Avaya P133 and P134 Ethernet Switches The Avaya P133G2 and P134G2 are part of the Avaya Switch Portfolio line of cost effective Workgroup Ethernet switches The Avaya P133G2 and P134G2 provide all the features needed at the network to implement emerging applications and yet are simple to install operate and manage Installing the Avaya P133G2 and P134G2 Ethernet switches at the network edge or a small enterprise allows customers to easily build a network fully featured to meet their requirements The switch s integrated uplinks enable connectivity to the network Backbone and you can scale up as you grow

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

DP48 Manual  MW-3752 取扱説明書  Soyo Slot 1 SY-6BA+100 Motherboard  Siemens HC450 User Manual  個人線量測定サービス規約（改訂版）  Xilinx UG130:Spartan-3 Starter Kit Board User Guide  Miele DA 6690 W Obsidian Black 36" Puristic Specification Sheet  Circulaire relative à la liste des incidents d`aviation civile devant être  Büro-Service - hergert24.de  Documentatie  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file